UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND
    EXCHANGE COMMISSION
    Washington, D.C.
    20549
 
 
 
 
    Form 10-K
 
 
 
 
    FOR ANNUAL AND TRANSITION
    REPORTS
    PURSUANT TO SECTIONS 13 OR
    15(d) OF THE
    SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF
    1934
 
    |  |  |  | 
| (Mark One) |  |  | 
| 
    þ
 |  | ANNUAL REPORT UNDER SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
    SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 | 
|  |  | For the fiscal year ended
    December 31, 2005 | 
| 
    o
 |  | TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
    SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 | 
|  |  | For the transition period
    from          
    to          . | 
 
    Commission file number: 1-32381
 
 
 
 
    HERBALIFE LTD.
    (Exact Name of Registrant as
    Specified in Its Charter)
 
    |  |  |  | 
| Cayman Islands |  | 98-0377871 | 
| (State or Other Jurisdiction
    of Incorporation or Organization)
 |  | (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
 | 
    P.O. Box 309GT
    Ugland House, South Church Street
    Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands
    (Address of Principal Executive
    Offices) (Zip Code)
 
    (310) 410-9600*
    (Registrants telephone
    number, including area code)
 
    Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the
    Act:
 
    |  |  |  | 
| 
    Title of Each Class
 |  | 
    Name of Each Exchange on Which
    Registered
 | 
|  | 
| Common Shares, par value
    $0.002 per share |  | New York Stock Exchange | 
 
    Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the
    Act:
    None
 
    Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known
    seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities
    Act.  Yes þ     No o
    
 
    Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file
    reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the
    Act.  Yes o     No þ
    
 
    Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has
    filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or
    15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the
    preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the
    Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has
    been subject to such filing requirements for the past
    90 days.  Yes þ     No o
    
 
    Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers
    pursuant to Item 405 of
    Regulation S-K
    (§229,405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and
    will not be contained, to the best of registrants
    knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements
    incorporated by reference in Part III of this
    Form 10-K
    or any amendment to this
    Form 10-K.  o
    
 
    Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large
    accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated
    filer. See definition of accelerated filer and large
    accelerated filer in
    Rule 12b-2
    of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
    Large accelerated
    filer þ     Accelerated
    filer o     Non-accelerated
    filer o
    
 
    Indicate by check mark whether registrant is a shell company (as
    defined in
    Rule 12b-2
    of the Exchange
    Act).  Yes o     No þ
    
 
    There were 69,949,152 common shares outstanding as of
    February 22, 2006. The aggregate market value of the
    Registrants common shares held by non-affiliates was
    approximately $571 million as of June 30, 2005, based
    upon the last reported sales price on the New York Stock
    Exchange on that date of $21.61.
 
    DOCUMENTS
    INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
 
    Portions of the registrants Definitive Proxy Statement to
    be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission no later
    than 120 days after the end of the Registrants fiscal
    year ended December 31, 2005, are incorporated by reference
    in Part III of this Form.
 
    |  |  |  | 
    | * |  | C/O Principal Financial and Accounting Officer of Herbalife
    International, Inc. | 
 
 
 
 
    FORWARD
    LOOKING STATEMENTS
 
    This document contains forward-looking statements
    within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of
    1933, as amended and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange
    Act of 1934, as amended. All statements other than statements of
    historical fact are forward-looking statements for
    purposes of federal and state securities laws, including any
    projections of earnings, revenue or other financial items; any
    statements of the plans, strategies and objectives of management
    for future operations; any statements concerning proposed new
    services or developments; any statements regarding future
    economic conditions or performance; any statements of belief;
    and any statements of assumptions underlying any of the
    foregoing. Forward-looking statements may include the words
    may, will, estimate,
    intend, continue, believe,
    expect or anticipate and other similar
    words.
 
    Although we believe that the expectations reflected in any of
    our forward-looking statements are reasonable, actual results
    could differ materially from those projected or assumed in any
    of our forward-looking statements. Our future financial
    condition and results of operations, as well as any
    forward-looking statements, are subject to change and to
    inherent risks and uncertainties, such as those disclosed in
    this document. Important factors that could cause our actual
    results, performance and achievements, or industry results to
    differ materially from estimates or projections contained in our
    forward-looking statements include, among others, the following:
 
    |  |  |  | 
    |  |  | our relationship with, and our ability to influence the actions
    of, our distributors; | 
|  | 
    |  |  | adverse publicity associated with our products or network
    marketing organization; | 
|  | 
    |  |  | uncertainties relating to interpretation and enforcement of
    recently enacted legislation in China governing direct selling; | 
|  | 
    |  |  | adverse changes in the Chinese economy, Chinese legal system or
    Chinese governmental policies; | 
|  | 
    |  |  | risk of improper action by Chinese employees or international
    distributors in violation of Chinese law; | 
|  | 
    |  |  | changing consumer preferences and demands; | 
|  | 
    |  |  | the competitive nature of our business; | 
|  | 
    |  |  | regulatory matters governing our products, including potential
    governmental or regulatory actions concerning the safety or
    efficacy of our products, and network marketing program; | 
|  | 
    |  |  | risks associated with operating internationally, including
    foreign exchange risks; | 
|  | 
    |  |  | our dependence on increased penetration of existing markets; | 
|  | 
    |  |  | contractual limitations on our ability to expand our business; | 
|  | 
    |  |  | our reliance on our information technology infrastructure and
    outside manufacturers; | 
|  | 
    |  |  | the sufficiency of trademarks and other intellectual property
    rights; | 
|  | 
    |  |  | product concentration; | 
|  | 
    |  |  | our reliance on our management team; | 
|  | 
    |  |  | uncertainties relating to the application of transfer pricing
    and similar tax regulations; | 
|  | 
    |  |  | taxation relating to our distributors; and | 
|  | 
    |  |  | product liability claims. | 
 
    Additional factors that could cause actual results to differ
    materially from our forward-looking statements are set forth in
    this Annual Report on
    Form 10-K,
    including under the heading Risk Factors,
    Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
    Condition and Results of Operations and in our Financial
    Statements and the related notes.
 
    Forward-looking statements in this Annual Report on
    Form 10-K
    speak only as of the date hereof, and forward looking statements
    in documents attached are incorporated by reference speak only
    as of the date of those documents. The Company does not
    undertake any obligation to update or release any revisions to
    any forward-
    
    2
 
 
    looking statement or to report any events or circumstances after
    the date hereof or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated
    events, except as required by law.
 
    The
    Company
 
    Unless otherwise noted, the terms we,
    our, us, Company,
    Herbalife and Successor refer to
    Herbalife Ltd. and its subsidiaries, including WH Capital
    Corporation (WH Capital Corp.) and Herbalife
    International, Inc. (Herbalife International) and
    its subsidiaries for periods subsequent to Herbalife
    Internationals acquisition on July 31, 2002 by an
    investment group led by Whitney & Co., LLC and Golden
    Gate Private Equity, Inc. (the Acquisition), and the
    terms we, our, us,
    Company and Predecessor refer to
    Herbalife International before the Acquisition for periods
    through July 31, 2002. Herbalife is a holding company, with
    substantially all of its assets consisting of the capital stock
    of its indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary, Herbalife
    International.
    
    3
 
 
 
    PART I
 
 
    GENERAL
 
    We are a global network marketing company that sells weight
    management, nutritional supplement and personal care products.
    We pursue our mission of changing peoples
    lives by providing a financially rewarding business
    opportunity to distributors and quality products to distributors
    and customers who seek a healthy lifestyle. We are one of the
    largest network marketing companies in the world with net sales
    of approximately $1.6 billion for the fiscal year ended
    December 31, 2005. We sell our products in 60 countries
    through a network of over one million independent distributors.
    In China, in order to comply with recently enacted legislation,
    we sell our products through retail stores and an employed sales
    force. We believe the quality of our products and the
    effectiveness of our distribution network, coupled with
    geographic expansion, have been the primary reasons for our
    success throughout our
    26-year
    company history.
 
    We offer products in three primary categories: weight
    management, inner nutrition and Outer
    Nutrition®.
    Our weight management product portfolio includes meal
    replacements, weight-loss accelerators, appetite suppression
    products and a variety of healthy snacks. In 2003, we introduced
    Niteworkstm,
    which supports energy and vascular and circulatory health. In
    March 2004, we launched the
    ShapeWorkstm
    weight management program, an enhancement to our best-selling
    Formula 1 weight management product, which personalizes protein
    intake and includes a customized meal plan. Our collection of
    inner nutrition products consists of dietary and nutritional
    supplements, each containing quality herbs, vitamins, minerals
    and natural ingredients in support of total well-being and
    long-term good health. In 2005, we entered into the high growth
    energy drink category in the U.S. and Canada with the
    introduction of Liftoff
    tm  an
    innovative, effervescent energy product. Our Outer
    Nutrition®
    products include skin cleansers, moisturizers, lotions, shampoos
    and conditioners, each based on botanical formulas to
    revitalize, soothe and smooth body, skin and hair. In 2005, we
    upgraded and expanded our personal care line with the
    introduction of
    NouriFusiontm.
    This product line utilizes vitamin A, C and E to provide
    benefits to the skin. Weight management, inner nutrition and
    outer nutrition accounted for 43.4%, 41.4% and 10.4% of our net
    sales in fiscal year 2005, respectively.
 
    We have significantly increased our emphasis on scientific
    research in the fields of weight management and nutrition over
    the past three years. We believe that our focus on nutrition
    science will continue to result in meaningful product
    enhancements that differentiate our products in the marketplace.
    Our research and development organization combines the
    experience of product development scientists within our Company
    with an external team including world-renowned scientists.
    Additionally, we contributed to the establishment of the Mark
    Hughes Cellular and Molecular Nutrition Lab at UCLA (the
    UCLA Lab), which is an independent lab devoted to
    the advancement of nutrition science. We introduced
    Niteworkstm,
    a cardiovascular product developed in conjunction with Louis
    Ignarro, Ph.D., a Nobel Laureate in Medicine in 2003 and,
    in March 2004, we introduced
    ShapeWorkstm,
    a comprehensive weight management program based on the clinical
    experience and the 15 years of meal replacement research of
    David Heber, M.D., Ph.D., Professor of Medicine and
    Public Health at the UCLA School of Medicine, Director of the
    UCLA Center for Human Nutrition and Director of the UCLA Center
    for Dietary Supplement Research in Botanicals.
 
    We have a 17-member Scientific Advisory Board, comprised of
    world-renowned scientists, and a Medical Advisory Board
    consisting of leading scientists and medical doctors. We consult
    with these professionals on the advancements in the field of
    nutrition science. Additionally, our Medical Advisory Board
    provides training on product usage and gives health-news updates
    through Herbalife literature, the internet and live training
    events around the world. The boards, both chaired by
    Dr. David Heber, support our internal product development
    team by providing expertise on obesity and human nutrition,
    conducting product research and advising on product concepts.
 
    We believe that the direct-selling channel is ideally suited to
    marketing our products, because sales of weight management,
    nutrition and personal care products are strengthened by ongoing
    personal contact between retail consumers and distributors. This
    personal contact may enhance consumers nutritional and
    health education and motivate consumers to begin and maintain
    wellness and weight management programs. In addition, by using
    our
    
    4
 
 
    products themselves, distributors can provide first-hand
    testimonials of product effectiveness, which often serve as a
    powerful sales tool.
 
    We are focused on building and maintaining our distributor
    network by offering financially rewarding and flexible career
    opportunities through sales of quality, innovative products to
    health conscious consumers. We believe the income opportunity
    provided by our network marketing program appeals to a broad
    cross-section of people throughout the world, particularly those
    seeking to supplement family income, start a home business or
    pursue entrepreneurial, full and part-time, employment
    opportunities. Our distributors, who are all independent
    contractors, can profit from selling our products and can also
    earn royalties and bonuses on sales made by the distributors
    whom they recruit to join their sales organizations.
 
    We enable distributors to maximize their potential by providing
    a broad array of motivational, educational and support services.
    We motivate our distributors through our performance-based
    compensation plan, individual recognition, reward programs and
    promotions, and participation in local, national and
    international Company-sponsored sales events and Extravaganzas.
    We are committed to providing professionally designed
    educational training materials that our distributors can use to
    enhance recruitment and maximize their sales. We and our
    distributor leadership conduct thousands of training sessions
    annually throughout the world to educate and motivate our
    distributors. These training events teach our distributors not
    only how to develop invaluable business-building and leadership
    skills, but also how to differentiate our products with their
    consumers. Our corporate-sponsored training events provide a
    forum for distributors, who otherwise operate independently, to
    share ideas with us and each other. In addition, our
    internet-based Herbalife Broadcasting Network delivers
    worldwide, educational, motivational and inspirational content,
    including addresses from our CEO. Our efficient and effective
    distribution, logistics and customer care support system assists
    our distributors by providing same day, or next-day sales
    capabilities and support services. We further aid our
    distributors by generating additional demand for our products
    through traditional marketing and public relations methods, such
    as through television ads, sporting event sponsorships and
    endorsements.
 
    We were founded in 1980 by Mark Hughes. In 2002, we were
    acquired by an investment group led by Whitney & Co.
    LLC (Whitney) and Golden Gate Private Equity, Inc.
    (Golden Gate Capital) (together, the Equity
    Sponsors). To consummate this acquisition, Whitney and
    Golden Gate Capital and their affiliates formed a new holding
    company called WH Holdings (Cayman Islands) Ltd., a Cayman
    Islands exempted limited liability company (which has since been
    renamed Herbalife Ltd.), and several new direct and indirect
    wholly owned subsidiaries of that holding company, including an
    acquisition vehicle called WH Acquisition Corp., a Nevada
    corporation, in order to acquire us. On July 31, 2002, WH
    Acquisition Corp. acquired us pursuant to an Agreement and Plan
    of Merger we entered into on April 10, 2002. As a result of
    the acquisition, we became a privately held company and were
    delisted from the NASDAQ National Market at that time.
 
    In December 2004, we and certain shareholders sold a total of
    16.7 million of our common shares in our initial public
    offering, and our common shares have since been listed on the
    New York Stock Exchange (the NYSE) under the symbol
    HLF.
 
    In December 2005, Herbalife completed a secondary public
    offering of 13 million common shares held by certain
    existing shareholders. The selling shareholders received all net
    proceeds from the sale of common shares sold in this offering.
    Accordingly, Herbalife did not receive any proceeds from the
    sale of such common shares.
 
    Our
    Competitive Strengths
 
    We believe that our success stems from our ability to motivate
    our distributor network with a range of quality, innovative and
    efficacious products that appeal to consumer preferences for
    healthy living. We have been able to achieve sustained and
    profitable growth by capitalizing on the following competitive
    strengths:
 
    Distributor Base.  We have over one million
    distributors, including over 334,000 supervisors as of
    December 2005. Our compensation system encourages distributors
    to remain active in the business and to build down-line sales
    organizations of their own, which can serve to increase their
    income and increase our product sales. Supervisors contribute
    significantly to our sales and some key supervisors who have
    attained the highest levels within our distributor network,
    specifically our Presidents Team and Chairmans Club,
    are
    
    5
 
 
    responsible for their organizations generation of a
    substantial portion of our sales and for recruiting a
    substantial number of our distributors.
 
    Product Portfolio.  We are committed to
    building distributor, customer and brand loyalty by providing a
    diverse portfolio of health-oriented and wellness products. As
    of December 31, 2005, we had 146 products encompassing over
    3,000 SKUs across our three primary product categories. The
    breadth of our product offerings enables our distributors to
    sell a comprehensive package of products designed to simplify
    weight management and nutrition. We continually review and if
    necessary improve upon our product formulations, many of which
    have been in existence for years, based upon developments in
    nutrition science. We believe that the longevity and variety in
    our product portfolio significantly enhances our
    distributors abilities to build their businesses.
 
    Nutrition Science-Based Product
    Development.  We have significantly increased our
    emphasis and investment in science-based product development in
    the fields of weight management, nutrition, and personal care
    during the past three years. We have an internal team of
    scientists dedicated to continually evaluating opportunities to
    enhance our existing products and to develop new science-based
    products. These new product development efforts are reviewed by
    prominent doctors and scientists who constitute our Scientific
    Advisory Board and Medical Advisory Board. In addition, in the
    past three years we provided donations to assist in the
    establishment of the UCLA Lab. We believe that the UCLA Lab
    provides opportunities for Herbalife to access cutting-edge
    science in herbal research and nutrition.
 
    Scalable Business Model.  Our business model
    enables us to grow our business with moderate investment in our
    infrastructure and other fixed costs. With the exception of our
    China business, we require no company-employed sales force to
    market and sell our products, we incur no direct incremental
    cost to add a new distributor in our existing markets, and our
    distributor compensation varies directly with sales. In
    addition, our distributors bear the majority of our consumer
    marketing expenses, and supervisors sponsor and coordinate a
    large share of distributor recruiting and training initiatives.
    Furthermore, we can readily increase production and distribution
    of our products as a result of our multiple third party
    manufacturing relationships and our global footprint of in-house
    distribution centers.
 
    Geographic Diversification.  We have a proven
    ability to establish our network marketing organization in new
    markets. Since our founding 26 years ago, we have expanded
    into 60 countries, including 18 countries in the last seven
    years. While sales within our local markets may fluctuate due to
    economic, market and regulatory conditions, competitive
    pressures, political or social instability or for company
    specific reasons, we believe that our geographic diversity
    mitigates our financial exposure to any particular market.
 
    Experienced Management Team.  The management
    team is led by Michael O. Johnson who became our Chief Executive
    Officer after spending 17 years with The Walt Disney
    Company, where he most recently served as President of Walt
    Disney International. Since joining our Company,
    Mr. Johnson has assembled a team of experienced executives,
    including Gregory Probert, President and Chief Operating Officer
    and formerly Chief Executive Officer of DMX Music and Chief
    Operating Officer of The Walt Disney Companys Buena Vista
    Home Entertainment division; Richard Goudis, Chief Financial
    Officer and formerly Chief Operating Officer of Rexall Sundown;
    and Brett R. Chapman, General Counsel and formerly Senior Vice
    President and Deputy General Counsel of The Walt Disney Company.
    In addition, Steve Henig, Ph.D., formerly Senior Vice
    President of Ocean Spray Cranberries, Inc., joined the Company
    in 2005 as Chief Scientific Officer with responsibility for our
    product research and development.
 
    Our
    Business Strategy
 
    We believe that our network marketing model is the most
    effective way to sell our products. Our objective is to increase
    the recruitment, retention, retailing and productivity of our
    distributor base by pursuing the following strategic initiatives:
 
    Distributor Strategy.  We continue to increase
    our investment in events and promotions as a catalyst to help
    our distributors improve the effectiveness and productivity of
    their businesses. We will attempt to globalize best-practice
    business methods, such as Nutrition Clubs and the Total Plan, to
    enable our distributors
    
    6
 
 
    to improve their penetration in existing markets. We have also
    created marketing programs, such as Generation H for our under
    30 year old distributors, to help us better target
    important subsegments of the distributor and consumer
    population. Additionally, in 2005 we introduced BizWorks, our
    Companys new business system which will assist our
    distributors in building their businesses more efficiently while
    better servicing their existing customers. And finally, to
    increase brand awareness among potential customers and
    distributors, we have entered into marketing alliances, created
    Team Herbalife and began allowing our distributors
    to utilize the Herbalife brand logo in their marketing efforts.
 
    Direct-to-Consumer
    Strategy.  We believe this strategy complements
    our distributors existing business opportunities and it
    should build a longer-term, more sustainable customer base. We
    believe that providing direct sales of our science-based
    products to end customers via the Internet, while maintaining
    the financial and business relationship between the customer and
    distributor, should allow distributors to increase retailing,
    improve recruiting and retain customers while leveraging our
    order taking, distribution, shipping, and collections resources.
    In consultation with distributor leadership, we introduced
    Liftoff.com in December 2005, to allow for a direct sale to end
    consumers via the internet of
    Liftofftm,
    our effervescent energy product. We plan to further expand the
    e-commerce
    direct-to-consumer
    platform in 2006.
 
    Product Strategy.  We are committed to
    providing our distributors with unique, innovative products to
    help them increase sales and recruit new distributors. On an
    ongoing basis we will augment our product portfolio with
    additional science-based products and, as appropriate, will
    bundle products addressing similar health concerns into packages
    and programs. We are establishing a core set of products that
    will be available in all markets around the world. We are also
    empowering regional and country managers to develop unique
    products that are specific to their markets which should ensure
    that local consumer needs can be met. Additionally, each year we
    plan to have mega launches of products
    and/or
    programs which should generate continual excitement among our
    distributors, and which could add to the core set of products.
    These mega launches will generally target specific
    market segments deemed strategic to us, such as a
    childrens line to target
    stay-at-home
    moms and a sports and fitness line to target consumers who have
    active lifestyles.
 
    China Strategy.  While we plan to expand into
    new markets each year, expanding in China represents a
    significant growth opportunity for us. In August 2005, China
    published direct sales and anti-pyramiding regulations that
    became effective in December 2005. We believe that China could
    become one of the largest direct-selling markets in the world
    over the next several years. To address this opportunity, we
    have assembled a management team with direct selling experience,
    secured a headquarters location in Shanghai, expanded our
    manufacturing capacity in our Suzhou China factory, and we are
    in the process of opening retail locations and registering
    additional products. In 2005, we opened 14 retail stores in 7
    key provinces.
 
    Infrastructure Strategy.  In 2003, we embarked
    upon a strategic initiative to significantly upgrade our
    technology infrastructure globally. We are implementing an
    Oracle enterprise-wide technology solution, with a scalable and
    stable open architecture platform, to enhance our efficiency and
    productivity as well as that of our distributors. In addition,
    we are upgrading our internet-based marketing and distributor
    services platform with tools such as BizWorks and
    MyHerbalife.com and we have invested in business intelligence
    tools to enable better analysis of our business. We expect these
    initiatives to be substantially complete by 2008. Additionally,
    we are investing in our employees through a comprehensive and
    global organizational development program which was initiated in
    2005.
 
    Product
    Overview
 
    For 26 years, our products have been designed to help
    distributors and customers from around the world lose weight,
    improve their health, and experience life-changing results. We
    have built our heritage on developing formulas that blend the
    best of nature with innovative techniques from nutrition
    science, appealing to the growing base of consumers seeking
    differentiated products and who desire a healthier lifestyle.
 
    As of December 31, 2005, we marketed and sold 146 products
    encompassing over 3,000 SKUs through our distributors and had
    approximately 1,750 trademarks globally. We group our products
    into three categories: weight management, inner nutrition, and
    Outer
    Nutrition®.
    Our products are often sold in programs, which are comprised of
    a series of related products designed to simplify weight
    management and nutrition for our consumers and
    
    7
 
 
    maximize our distributors cross-selling opportunities.
    These programs target specific consumer market segments, such as
    women, men, mature adults, sports enthusiasts, as well as
    weight-loss and weight-management customers and individuals
    looking to enhance their overall well-being.
 
    The following table summarizes our products by product category.
    The net sales figures are for the year ended December 31,
    2005.
 
    |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Product Category
 |  | 
    Description
 |  | 
    Representative
    Products
 | 
|  | 
| 
    Weight Management(43.4% of 2005 net
    sales)
 |  | Meal replacements, weight-loss
    accelerators and a variety of healthy snacks |  | Formula 1 Personalized Protein Powder
 Total
    Control®
 High Protein Bars and Snacks
 | 
| 
    Inner Nutrition (41.4% of 2005 net
    sales)
 |  | Dietary and nutritional
    supplements containing quality herbs, vitamins, minerals and
    other natural ingredients |  | Niteworkstm Garden 7
    tm
 Aloe
    Concentrate
 Liftoff
    tm
 | 
| 
    Outer
    Nutrition®(10.4% of 2005 net
    sales)
 |  | Skin cleansers, moisturizers,
    lotions, shampoos and conditioners |  | Skin
    Activator®
    Cream Radiant C
    tm
    Body Lotion
 Herbal Aloe Everyday Shampoo
 NouriFusiontm
 | 
 
    Weight
    management
 
    Our weight-management products include the following:
 
    |  |  |  | 
    |  |  | Formula 1 Protein Drink Mix, a meal-replacement protein powder
    available in multiple flavors; | 
|  | 
    |  |  | Formula 2 Multivitamin-Mineral & Herbal Tablets, which
    provide essential vitamins and nutrients and are part of our
    weight-management programs; | 
|  | 
    |  |  | Personalized Protein Powder, a soy and whey protein source
    developed to be added to our meal replacements to boost protein
    intake and decrease hunger; | 
|  | 
    |  |  | weight-loss accelerators, including Total
    Control®,
    which address specific challenges associated with dieting, such
    as lack of energy, hunger and food craving, fluid retention,
    decreased metabolism and digestive challenges, by building
    energy, boosting metabolism, curbing appetite and helping to
    promote weight loss; and | 
|  | 
    |  |  | healthy snacks, formulated to provide between-meal nutrition and
    satisfaction. | 
 
    Our best-selling Formula 1 meal replacement product has been
    part of our basic weight management program for 26 years
    and generated approximately 27.4% of our retail sales in 2005.
    In March 2004, we introduced
    ShapeWorkstm,
    a personalized protein-based meal replacement program based on
    the clinical experience and 15 years of meal replacement
    research of Dr. David Heber, Director of the UCLA Center
    for Human Nutrition. The
    ShapeWorkstm
    program incorporates several of our leading weight management
    products. Our distributors help identify body type, analyze lean
    body mass, and customize a
    ShapeWorkstm
    program that can help increase metabolism and control hunger.
 
    Inner
    nutrition
 
    We market numerous dietary and nutritional supplements designed
    to meet our customers specific nutritional needs. Each of
    these supplements contains quality herbs, vitamins, minerals and
    other natural ingredients and focuses on specific lifestages and
    lifestyles of our customers, including women, men, children,
    mature adults, and athletes. For example, in 2003, we introduced
    Niteworkstm,
    a product developed in conjunction with Nobel Laureate in
    Medicine, Dr. Louis Ignarro.
    Niteworkstm
    supports energy, circulatory and vascular health and enhances
    blood flow to the heart, brain and other vital organs. Another
    product, Garden 7
    tm,
    is designed to provide the phytonutrient benefits of seven
    servings of fruits and vegetables, has anti-oxidant and
    health-boosting properties, and comes in convenient daily packs
    which can make nutrition simple. In 2005, we entered into the
    high growth
    
    8
 
 
    energy drink category in the U.S. and Canada with the
    introduction of Liftoff
    tm  an
    innovative, effervescent energy product.
 
    Outer
    Nutrition®
 
    Our Outer
    Nutrition®
    products complement our weight-management and inner nutrition
    products and aim to improve the appearance of the body, skin and
    hair. These products include skin cleansers, toners,
    moisturizers and facial masks, shampoos and conditioners,
    body-wash items and a selection of fragrances for men and women
    under the brand names Radiant C
    tm
    and Skin
    Activator®,
    among others. For example, our Radiant C
    tm
    Daily Skin Booster is designed to harness the antioxidant
    power of vitamin C in a light gel-cream to help seal in moisture
    and minimize the appearance of fine lines and wrinkles. In
    addition, we offer Skin
    Activator®,
    an advanced cream based on glucosamine, almond oil, green tea
    and sugar that is also designed to reduce the appearance of fine
    lines and wrinkles, help skin regain a smoother, firmer
    appearance, and protect from dryness. In 2005 we upgraded and
    expanded our personal care line with the introduction of
    NouriFusiontm.
    This product line utilizes vitamin A, C, and E to provide
    benefits to the skin.
 
    Literature,
    promotional and other products
 
    We also sell literature and promotional materials, including
    sales aids, informational audiotapes, videotapes, CDs and DVDs
    designed to support our distributors marketing efforts, as
    well as
    start-up
    kits called International Business Packs for new
    distributors. For the year ended December 31, 2005,
    $75.9 million or 4.8% of our net sales were derived from
    literature and promotional materials. In 2005 we introduced
    BizWorks, an internet based subscription toolset for
    distributors that enhances the on-line experience and improves
    their productivity.
 
    Product
    Development
 
    We are committed to providing our distributors with unique,
    innovative science-based products to help them increase retail
    sales, and recruit and retain additional distributors. We
    believe this is accomplished by introducing new products and by
    upgrading, reformulating and repackaging existing product lines.
    Our internal team of scientists collaborate with the
    Companys Scientific Advisory Board and Medical Advisory
    Board to formulate, review and evaluate new product ideas. Once
    a particular market opportunity has been identified, our
    scientists along with our marketing and sales teams work closely
    with distributors to effect a successful development and launch
    of the product.
 
    We are focused on improving and enhancing our products through
    our product development efforts. With regard to the weight
    management and inner nutrition categories, new product
    development involves all of our product strategies groups
    including the product marketing, licensing, manufacturing,
    medical affairs, scientific affairs, technical services and
    quality control groups. Product development generally begins
    with a review of product or ingredient ideas by our scientific
    affairs group overseeing product design and feasibility
    research, and the technical services group overseeing scientific
    substantiation (evaluation of safety and efficacy), expert
    reviews and related product research. Product designs are
    transferred to technical services for development at the
    pre-prototype phase, but technically complex products are often
    taken to prototype phase by scientific affairs before transfer.
    The technical services group then develops the manufacturing
    specifications/technology transfer package, which often requires
    development of a prototype, and tests product stability.
    Prototypes are developed using contract facilities, with
    oversight by either scientific affairs or technical services, as
    appropriate. The quality control group, with support from the
    technical services group, is responsible for analytical methods
    development for ingredient label claims and manufacturing
    product release. Manufacturing is generally out-sourced to
    qualified vendors, although some products are manufactured at
    our China manufacturing facility. Product quality assurance is
    the responsibility of our quality control group. Concurrent with
    the technical evaluation and development of our products, our
    marketing teams work with our distributors strategy and planning
    teams to develop sales materials, training and education
    programs, and product testimonials to support new product
    launches.
 
    With regard to the Outer
    Nutrition®
    category, new product development involves undertaking market
    trend and competitor assessment. We then undertake ideation,
    which involves creating ideas that fill our needs or our gaps
    but that conform with our overall business strategy. We test
    final ideas with our distributors via global quantitative
    
    9
 
 
    testing. Those ideas that have high retail potential and high
    personal use potential are considered for development. We then
    initiate development and undertake sensory tests and home use
    tests to determine if we need to make any aesthetic
    improvements. Next, we test products in clinical trials or with
    expert panels for efficacy, safety and claim substantiation.
    Finally, we scale up for launch, complete stability and launch.
 
    During the past three years, we have significantly increased our
    emphasis on the science of weight management and nutrition. This
    is illustrated by our assembly of a dedicated internal product
    development team composed of leading scientists as well as our
    recent establishment of a Scientific Advisory Board and Medical
    Advisory Board. Our Scientific Advisory Board is comprised of 17
    renowned international scientists who are experts in the fields
    of obesity and human nutrition, and who conduct product research
    and advise on product concepts. Members of this board include
    David Heber, M.D., Ph.D., Professor of Medicine and
    Public Health at the UCLA School of Medicine, Director of the
    UCLA Center for Human Nutrition and Director of the UCLA Center
    for Dietary Supplement Research in Botanicals, and Louis
    Ignarro, Ph.D., Distinguished Professor of Pharmacology at
    the UCLA School of Medicine and Nobel Laureate in Medicine. In
    addition, our Medical Advisory Board is comprised of three
    leading scientists and medical doctors, who provide training on
    product usage and give health-news updates through Herbalife
    literature, the internet, and live training events around the
    world.
 
    We believe that it is important to maintain our relationships
    with the members of our Scientific Advisory Board and Medical
    Advisory Board and to recognize the time and effort that they
    expend on our behalf. As a result, we have agreed to compensate
    the members of these advisory boards as follows. A consulting
    firm with which Dr. Ignarro is affiliated is entitled to
    receive a royalty on sales of
    (a) Niteworkstm,
    (b) certain healthy heart products, and
    (c) other products that we may mutually designate in the
    future that are, in each case, sold with the aid of
    Dr. Ignarros consulting, promotional or endorsement
    services. We paid to the consulting firm, approximately
    $0.2 million, $0.9 million and $1.4 million in
    2003, 2004 and 2005, respectively. In addition, we have made
    donations from time to time to UCLA to fund research and
    educational programs. We contributed $50,000 in 2003, $100,000
    in 2004 and $100,000 in 2005 as part of this arrangement.
    Dr. Heber receives no direct compensation from us although
    we do reimburse him for travel expenses and we do pay to a
    consulting firm, with which Dr. Heber is affiliated, a
    quarterly consulting fee of $75,000. Members of our Scientific
    Advisory Board are compensated for their time and efforts in the
    following manner: (a) one member is a consultant to us
    whose compensation for service on the board is reflected in his
    consulting fees, and (b) ten members are paid an annual
    retainer of $5,000 plus travel expenses. In addition, each
    member of our Medical Advisory Board other than Dr. Heber
    (whose compensation is described above) receives a monthly
    retainer of $5,000, plus $3,000 for every day that they appear
    at a non-southern California distributor event and $2,000 for
    every day that they need to travel to such events.
 
    Since 2002, we have contributed to the establishment of the UCLA
    Lab through a grant aggregating $500,000. Additionally, in 2004
    we donated lab equipment and software to the UCLA Lab. UCLA
    agreed that the donations would be used to further research and
    education in the fields of weight management and botanical
    dietary supplements. While our direct relationship with UCLA is
    currently limited to conducting two ongoing clinical studies, we
    intend to take full advantage of the expertise at UCLA by
    committing to support research that will further our
    understanding of the benefits of phytochemicals.
 
    In August 2005, we appointed Steve Henig, Ph.D. to the
    newly created post of Chief Scientific Officer, with
    responsibility for our product research and development
    function. Mr. Henigs specific responsibilities
    include setting Herbalifes R&D direction; product
    innovation and development; scientific and medical affairs;
    product safety and efficacy; and leadership of Herbalifes
    Scientific Advisory Board, which is chaired by David
    Heber, M.D., Ph.D. Mr. Henig is a product innovator
    who brings more than two decades of experience in the
    development and marketing of nutrition products to Herbalife. He
    most recently served as Senior Vice President at Ocean Spray
    Cranberries, Inc. where he revitalized that companys new
    products program and medical research program for Ocean Spray.
    He has also consulted with a number of leading companies,
    including POM Wonderful.
 
    We believe our focus on nutrition science and our efforts at
    combining our internal research and development efforts with the
    scientific expertise of our Scientific Advisory Board, the
    educational skills of the Medical Advisory Board, and the
    resources of the UCLA Lab should result in meaningful product
    introductions and give our distributors and consumers increased
    confidence in our products.
    
    10
 
 
    Network
    Marketing Program
 
    General
 
    Our products are distributed through a global network marketing
    organization comprised of over one million independent
    distributors in 60 countries, except in China where, due to
    regulations, our sales are conducted through company operated
    retail stores, preferred customers, and employed sales
    management personnel. In addition to helping them achieve
    physical health and wellness through use of our products, we
    offer our distributors, who are independent contractors,
    attractive income opportunities. Distributors may earn income on
    their own sales and can also earn royalties and bonuses on sales
    made by the distributors in their sales organizations. We
    believe that our products are particularly well-suited to the
    network marketing distribution channel because sales of weight
    management and health and wellness products are strengthened by
    ongoing personal contact between retail consumers and
    distributors. We believe our continued commitment to developing
    innovative, science-based products will enhance our ability to
    attract new distributors as well as increase the productivity
    and retention of existing distributors. Furthermore, our
    international sponsorship program, which permits distributors to
    sponsor distributors in other countries where we are licensed to
    do business and where we have obtained required product
    approvals, provides a significant advantage to our distributors
    as compared with distributors in some other network marketing
    organizations.
 
    In connection with the Acquisition, we entered into an agreement
    with our distributors on July 18, 2002 that no material
    changes adverse to the distributors will be made to the existing
    marketing plan and that we will continue to distribute Herbalife
    products exclusively through our independent distributors. We
    believe that this agreement has strengthened our relationship
    with our existing distributors, improved our ability to recruit
    new distributors and generally increased the long-term stability
    of our business.
 
    Structure
    of the network marketing program
 
    To become a distributor, a person must be sponsored by an
    existing distributor, except in China where no sponsorship is
    allowed, and must purchase an International Business Pack from
    us, except in South Korea, where there is no charge for a
    distributor kit. The International Business Pack is a
    distributor kit available in local languages. The kit comes in
    two sizes. The larger kit costs the local currency equivalent of
    about $75 and includes a can of
    ShapeWorkstm/Formula 1,
    several bottles of different nutritional supplements, booklets
    describing us, our compensation plan and rules of conduct,
    various training and promotional materials, distributor
    applications and a product catalog. The smaller version costs
    the local currency equivalent of about $50 and includes sample
    products and essentially the same print and promotional
    materials as included in the larger kit version. To become a
    supervisor or qualify for a higher level, distributors must
    achieve specified volumes of product purchases or earn certain
    amounts of royalty overrides during specified time periods and
    must re-qualify for the levels once each year. To attain
    supervisor status, a distributor generally must purchase
    products representing at least 4,000 volume points in one month
    or 2,500 volume points in two consecutive months. China has its
    own unique qualifying program. Volume points are point values
    assigned to each of our products that are equal in all countries
    and are based on the suggested retail price of
    U.S. products (one volume point equates to one
    U.S. dollar). Supervisors may then attain higher levels,
    (consisting of the World Team, the Global Expansion Team, the
    Millionaire Team, the Presidents Team, the Chairmans
    Club and the Founders Circle) and earn increasing amounts of
    royalty overrides based on purchases by distributors within
    their organizations and, for members of our Global Expansion
    Team and above, earn production bonuses on sales in their
    downline sales organizations. Supervisors contribute
    significantly to our sales and some key supervisors who have
    attained the highest levels within our distributor network are
    responsible for their organizations generation of a
    substantial portion of our sales and for recruiting a
    substantial number of our distributors.
    
    11
 
 
    The following table sets forth the number of our supervisors at
    the dates indicated:
 
    |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  | February* |  | 
|  |  | 2001 |  |  | 2002 |  |  | 2003 |  |  | 2004** |  |  | 2005 |  | 
|  | 
| 
    The Americas
    
 |  |  | 55,465 |  |  |  | 62,737 |  |  |  | 67,921 |  |  |  | 75,359 |  |  |  | 87,925 |  | 
| 
    Europe
    
 |  |  | 42,419 |  |  |  | 47,230 |  |  |  | 51,290 |  |  |  | 70,239 |  |  |  | 65,104 |  | 
| 
    Asia/Pacific Rim
    
 |  |  | 43,230 |  |  |  | 40,423 |  |  |  | 35,637 |  |  |  | 31,790 |  |  |  | 38,524 |  | 
| 
    Japan
    
 |  |  | 23,589 |  |  |  | 22,013 |  |  |  | 18,287 |  |  |  | 13,946 |  |  |  | 9,547 |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Worldwide
    
 |  |  | 164,703 |  |  |  | 172,403 |  |  |  | 173,135 |  |  |  | 191,334 |  |  |  | 201,100 |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
 
 
    |  |  |  | 
    | * |  | In February of each year, we delete from the rank of supervisor
    those supervisors who did not satisfy the supervisor
    qualification requirements during the preceding twelve months.
    Distributors who meet the supervisor requirements at any time
    during the year are promoted to supervisor status at that time,
    including any supervisors who were deleted, but who subsequently
    requalified. For the latest twelve month re-qualification period
    ending January 2005, approximately 60 percent of our
    supervisors did not re-qualify and more than 90% of our
    distributors that are not supervisors turned over. Distributors
    who purchase our product for personal consumption or for short
    term weight loss or income goals may stay with us for several
    months to one year. Supervisors who have committed time and
    effort to build a sales organization generally stay for longer
    periods. We rely on certifications from the selling distributors
    as to the amount and source of product sales to other
    distributors which are not directly verifiable by us. In order
    to increase retailing of our products, we have modified our
    requalification criteria to provide that any distributor that
    earns at least 4,000 volume points in any
    12-month
    period can requalify as a supervisor and retain a discount of
    50% from suggested retail prices, but will forfeit their
    distributor organization and associated earnings. For a
    supervisor to requalify and retain their distributor
    organization and associated earnings, they need to earn 4,000
    volume points in one month or 2,500 volume points in two
    consecutive months. | 
|  | 
    | ** |  | In 2004, certain modifications were made to the re-qualification
    criteria resulting in approximately 19,000 additional
    supervisors, including approximately 9,000 related to a change
    in the business model in Russia. | 
 
    Distributor
    earnings
 
    Distributor earnings are derived from several sources. First,
    distributors may earn profits by purchasing our products at
    wholesale prices, which are discounted 25% to 50% from suggested
    retail prices, depending on the distributors level within
    our distributor network, and selling our products to retail
    customers or to other distributors. Second, distributors who
    sponsor other distributors and establish their own sales
    organizations may earn (a) royalty overrides, 15% of
    product retail sales in the aggregate, (b) production
    bonuses, 7% of product retail sales in the aggregate and
    (c) the Mark Hughes bonus, up to 1% of product retail sales
    in the aggregate. Royalty overrides together with the
    distributor allowances represent the potential earnings to
    distributors of up to approximately 73% of retail sales.
 
    Under the regulations recently published by the Government of
    China, direct selling companies will be limited to the payment
    of gross compensation to direct sellers of 30% of the revenue
    they generate through their own sales of products to consumers.
    The Company will incur substantial ongoing additional costs
    relating to the inclusion in the China business model of company
    operated retail stores, employed sales management personnel and
    company provided training and certification procedures for sales
    personnel, features not common elsewhere in our business model.
 
    Distributors earn the right to receive royalty overrides upon
    attaining the level of supervisor and above, and production
    bonuses upon attaining the level of Global Expansion Team and
    above. Once a distributor becomes a supervisor, he or she has an
    incentive to qualify, by earning specified amounts of royalty
    overrides, as a member of the Global Expansion Team, the
    Millionaire Team or the Presidents Team, and thereby
    receive production bonuses of up to 7%. We believe that the
    right of distributors to earn royalty overrides and production
    bonuses contributes significantly to our ability to retain our
    most productive distributors.
    
    12
 
 
    As noted above, our compensation plan offers distributors
    opportunities to achieve higher levels of potential earnings up
    to ultimately 73% of retail sales, through a combination of
    royalty overrides and distributor allowances. Each
    distributors success is dependent on two primary factors:
    the time, effort and commitment a distributor puts into his or
    her Herbalife business and the product sales made by a
    distributor and his or her sales organization.
 
    Many of our non-supervisor distributors join Herbalife to obtain
    a 25% discount on our products and become a discount consumer or
    merely have a part-time income goal in mind. Consequently,
    non-supervisor earnings tend to be relatively low and are not
    tracked by the Company.
 
    Distributor
    motivation and training
 
    We believe that motivation and training are key elements in
    distributor success and that we and our distributor supervisors
    have established a consistent schedule of events to support
    these needs. We and our distributor leadership conduct thousands
    of training sessions annually on local, regional and global
    levels to educate and motivate our distributors. Every month,
    there are hundreds of one-day Success Training Seminars held
    throughout the world. Annually, in each major territory or
    region, there is a three-day World Team School typically
    attended by 2,000 to 10,000 distributors that focuses on product
    and business development. Additionally, once a year in each
    region, we host an Extravaganza at which our distributors from
    around the world can come to learn about new products, expand
    their skills and celebrate their success. In 2005, we conducted
    a worldwide extravaganza in celebration of the Companys
    25th anniversary, in Atlanta where more than 34,000
    distributors attended. Additional regional events were held in
    2005 in Mexico City, Sao Paulo and Japan.
 
    In addition to these training sessions, we have our own
    Herbalife Broadcast Network that we use to provide
    distributors continual training and the most current product and
    marketing information. The Herbalife Broadcast Network can be
    seen on the internet.
 
    Distributor reward and recognition is a significant factor in
    motivating our distributors. Each year, we invest over
    $40 million in regional and worldwide promotions to
    motivate our distributors to achieve and exceed both sales and
    recruiting goals. Examples of our worldwide promotions are our
    25th Anniversary Cruise that took place in April 2005,
    under which distributors qualified to receive a cruise vacation,
    and our Atlanta Challenge, under which distributors earned
    rewards for exceeding their prior year base-line performance. In
    Atlanta, the Company introduced a Worldwide Cup Promotion that
    was the primary promotion for 2005.
    
    13
 
 
    Geographic
    Presence
 
    As of December 31, 2005, we conducted business in 60
    countries located in the Americas, Europe, Asia/Pacific Rim
    (excluding Japan) and Japan. The following charts sets forth the
    countries we have opened and currently operate in as of
    December 31, 2005, the year in which we commenced
    operations in those countries and net sales information by
    region for the past three fiscal years.
 
    |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  | Year 
 |  | 
| 
    Country
 |  | Entered |  | 
|  | 
| 
    Europe*
 |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    United Kingdom
    
 |  |  | 1984 |  | 
| 
    Spain
    
 |  |  | 1989 |  | 
| 
    Israel
    
 |  |  | 1989 |  | 
| 
    France
    
 |  |  | 1990 |  | 
| 
    Germany
    
 |  |  | 1990 |  | 
| 
    Portugal
    
 |  |  | 1992 |  | 
| 
    Czech Republic
    
 |  |  | 1992 |  | 
| 
    Italy
    
 |  |  | 1992 |  | 
| 
    Netherlands
    
 |  |  | 1993 |  | 
| 
    Belgium
    
 |  |  | 1994 |  | 
| 
    Poland
    
 |  |  | 1994 |  | 
| 
    Denmark
    
 |  |  | 1994 |  | 
| 
    Sweden
    
 |  |  | 1994 |  | 
| 
    Russia
    
 |  |  | 1995 |  | 
| 
    Austria
    
 |  |  | 1995 |  | 
| 
    Switzerland
    
 |  |  | 1995 |  | 
| 
    South Africa
    
 |  |  | 1995 |  | 
| 
    Norway
    
 |  |  | 1995 |  | 
| 
    Finland
    
 |  |  | 1995 |  | 
| 
    Greece
    
 |  |  | 1996 |  | 
| 
    Turkey
    
 |  |  | 1998 |  | 
| 
    Botswana
    
 |  |  | 1998 |  | 
| 
    Lesotho
    
 |  |  | 1998 |  | 
| 
    Namibia
    
 |  |  | 1998 |  | 
| 
    Swaziland
    
 |  |  | 1998 |  | 
| 
    Iceland
    
 |  |  | 1999 |  | 
| 
    Slovak Republic
    
 |  |  | 1999 |  | 
| 
    Cyprus
    
 |  |  | 2000 |  | 
| 
    Ireland
    
 |  |  | 2000 |  | 
| 
    Croatia
    
 |  |  | 2001 |  | 
| 
    Latvia
    
 |  |  | 2002 |  | 
| 
    Ukraine
    
 |  |  | 2002 |  | 
| 
    Estonia
    
 |  |  | 2003 |  | 
| 
    Lithuania
    
 |  |  | 2003 |  | 
| 
    Hungary
    
 |  |  | 2005 |  | 
    
    14
 
 
    |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  | Year 
 |  | 
| 
    Country
 |  | Entered |  | 
|  | 
| 
    The Americas
 |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    USA
    
 |  |  | 1980 |  | 
| 
    Canada
    
 |  |  | 1982 |  | 
| 
    Mexico
    
 |  |  | 1989 |  | 
| 
    Venezuela
    
 |  |  | 1994 |  | 
| 
    Dominican Republic
    
 |  |  | 1994 |  | 
| 
    Argentina
    
 |  |  | 1994 |  | 
| 
    Brazil
    
 |  |  | 1995 |  | 
| 
    Chile
    
 |  |  | 1997 |  | 
| 
    Jamaica
    
 |  |  | 1999 |  | 
| 
    Panama
    
 |  |  | 2000 |  | 
| 
    Colombia
    
 |  |  | 2001 |  | 
| 
    Bolivia
    
 |  |  | 2004 |  | 
| 
    Asia/Pacific Rim and
    Japan
 |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Australia
    
 |  |  | 1983 |  | 
| 
    New Zealand
    
 |  |  | 1988 |  | 
| 
    Japan
    
 |  |  | 1989 |  | 
| 
    Hong Kong
    
 |  |  | 1992 |  | 
| 
    Philippines
    
 |  |  | 1994 |  | 
| 
    Taiwan
    
 |  |  | 1995 |  | 
| 
    Korea (South)
    
 |  |  | 1996 |  | 
| 
    Thailand
    
 |  |  | 1997 |  | 
| 
    Indonesia
    
 |  |  | 1998 |  | 
| 
    India
    
 |  |  | 1999 |  | 
| 
    China
    
 |  |  | 2001 |  | 
| 
    Macau
    
 |  |  | 2002 |  | 
| 
    Singapore
    
 |  |  | 2003 |  | 
 
 
    |  |  |  | 
    | * |  | Europe includes Africa and Middle Eastern countries. | 
 
    |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | Number of 
 |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | Percent of 
 |  |  | Countries 
 |  | 
|  |  | Year Ended
    December 31, |  |  | Total Net Sales |  |  | December 31, 
 |  | 
| 
    Geographic Region
 |  | 2003 |  |  | 2004 |  |  | 2005 |  |  | 2005 |  |  | 2005 |  | 
|  | 
| 
    The Americas
    
 |  | $ | 424.4 |  |  | $ | 468.2 |  |  | $ | 681.7 |  |  |  | 43.5 | % |  |  | 12 |  | 
| 
    Europe
    
 |  |  | 448.2 |  |  |  | 536.2 |  |  |  | 545.3 |  |  |  | 34.8 | % |  |  | 35 |  | 
| 
    Asia/Pacific Rim (excluding Japan)
    
 |  |  | 167.5 |  |  |  | 206.5 |  |  |  | 245.1 |  |  |  | 15.6 | % |  |  | 12 |  | 
| 
    Japan
    
 |  |  | 119.3 |  |  |  | 98.8 |  |  |  | 94.7 |  |  |  | 6.1 | % |  |  | 1 |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Total
    
 |  | $ | 1,159.4 |  |  | $ | 1,309.7 |  |  | $ | 1,566.8 |  |  |  | 100.0 | % |  |  | 60 |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
 
    Over the most recent five years, the top six countries of each
    year have gone from representing approximately 69% of net sales
    in 2001 to 56% of net sales in 2005 reflecting our broad
    geographical diversification.
 
    After entering a new country, we in many instances experience an
    initial period of rapid growth in sales as new distributors are
    recruited, followed by a decline in sales. We believe that a
    significant factor affecting these markets is the opening of
    other new markets within the same geographic region or with the
    same or similar language or cultural bases. Some distributors
    then tend to focus their attention on the business opportunities
    provided by these newer markets instead of developing their
    established sales organizations in existing markets.
    Additionally, in some
    15
 
 
    instances, we have become aware that certain sales in certain
    existing markets were attributable to purchasers who distributed
    our products in countries that had not yet been opened. When
    these countries were opened, the sales in existing markets
    shifted to the newly opened markets, resulting in a decline in
    sales in the existing markets. To the extent we decide to open
    new markets in the future, we will continue to seek to minimize
    the impact on distributor focus in existing markets and to
    ensure that adequate distributor support services and other
    Herbalife systems are in place to support growth.
 
    Manufacturing
    and Distribution
 
    All of our weight management, nutritional and personal care
    products are manufactured for us by third party manufacturing
    companies, with the exception of products distributed in and
    sourced from China, where we have our own manufacturing
    facility. We source our products from multiple manufacturers,
    with our top three suppliers accounting for approximately 40% of
    our product purchases in 2005. In addition, each of our products
    can be made available from a secondary vendor if necessary. We
    work closely with our vendors in an effort to achieve the
    highest quality standards and product availability. We also have
    our own quality control lab in which we routinely test products
    received from vendors. We have established excellent
    relationships with our manufacturers and have obtained
    improvements in supply services, product quality and product
    delivery. Historically, we have not been subject to material
    price increases by our suppliers, and we believe that in the
    event of price increases, we have the ability to respond to a
    portion of the price increases by raising the prices of our
    products. We own the proprietary formulations for substantially
    all of our weight management products and dietary and
    nutritional supplements.
 
    In order to coordinate and manage the manufacturing of our
    products, we utilize a significant demand planning and
    forecasting process that is directly tied to our production
    planning and purchasing systems. Using this sophisticated
    planning software and process allows us to balance our inventory
    levels to provide exceptional service to distributors while
    minimizing working capital and inventory obsolescence.
 
    Our global distribution system features centralized distribution
    and telephone ordering systems coupled with storefront
    distributor service centers. Our major distribution warehouses
    have been automated with
    pick-to-light
    picking systems which consistently deliver over 99.5% order
    accuracy and handling systems that provide for inspection of
    every shipment before it is sent to delivery. Shipping and
    processing standards for orders placed are either the same day
    or the following business day. We have central sales ordering
    facilities for answering and processing telephone orders.
    Operators at such centers are capable of conversing in multiple
    languages.
 
    Our products are distributed to foreign markets either from the
    facilities of our manufacturers or from our Los Angeles and
    Venray, Netherlands distribution centers. Products are
    distributed in the United States market from our Los Angeles
    distribution center, our Memphis distribution center or from our
    Dallas sales center. Nutrition products manufactured in
    countries globally are generally transported by truck, cargo
    ship or plane to our international markets and are warehoused in
    either one of our foreign distribution centers or a contracted
    third party warehouse and distribution center. After arrival of
    the products in a foreign market, distributors purchase the
    products from the local distribution center or the associated
    sales center. Our Outer
    Nutrition®
    products are predominantly manufactured in Europe and the United
    States. The products manufactured in Europe are shipped to a
    centralized warehouse facility, from which delivery by truck,
    ship or plane to other international markets occurs.
 
    Product
    Return and Buy-Back Policies
 
    In most markets, our products include a customer satisfaction
    guarantee. Under this guarantee, within 30 days of
    purchase, any customer who is not satisfied with an Herbalife
    product for any reason may return it or any unused portion of it
    to the distributor from whom it was purchased for a full refund
    from the distributor or credit toward the purchase of another
    Herbalife product. If they return the products to us on a timely
    basis, distributors may obtain replacements from us for such
    returned products. In addition, in most jurisdictions, we
    maintain a buy-back program pursuant to which we will repurchase
    products sold to a distributor provided that the distributor
    resigns as an Herbalife distributor, returns the product in
    marketable condition generally within twelve months of original
    purchase and meets certain documentation and other requirements.
    We believe this buy-back policy addresses a number of the
    regulatory compliance issues pertaining to network marketing, in
    that it offers monetary protection to distributors who want to
    exit the business.
    
    16
 
 
    Historically, product returns and buy-backs have not been
    significant and have been steadily declining over these
    reporting periods. Product returns, refunds and buy-back
    expenses approximated 1.9%, 1.1%, and 1.0% of retail sales in
    2003, 2004 and 2005, respectively.
 
    Management
    Information, Internet and Telecommunication Systems
 
    In order to facilitate our continued growth and support
    distributor activities, we continually upgrade our management
    information, internet and telecommunication systems. These
    systems include: (1) a centralized host computer managed by
    Hewlett Packard in Colorado, which is linked to our
    international markets through a dedicated wide area network that
    provides on-line, real-time computer connectivity and access and
    hosts our legacy operating systems and our new Oracle platform;
    (2) local area networks of personal computers within our
    markets, serving our regional administrative staffs; (3) an
    international
    e-mail
    system through which our employees communicate; (4) a
    standardized Northern Telecom Meridian telecommunication system
    in most of our markets; (5) a fully integrated Oracle
    supply chain management system that has been installed in our
    distribution centers; and (6) internet websites to provide
    a variety of online services for distributors (status of
    qualifications, meeting announcements, product information,
    application forms, educational materials and, in the United
    States, sales ordering capabilities). These systems are designed
    to provide financial and operating data for management, timely
    and accurate product ordering, royalty override payment
    processing, inventory management and detailed distributor
    records. We intend to continue to invest in our systems in order
    to strengthen our operating platform.
 
    Regulation
 
    General.  In both our United States and foreign
    markets, we are affected by extensive laws, governmental
    regulations, administrative determinations, court decisions and
    similar constraints. Such laws, regulations and other
    constraints exist at the federal, state or local levels in the
    United States and at all levels of government in foreign
    jurisdictions, including regulations pertaining to: (1) the
    formulation, manufacturing, packaging, labeling, distribution,
    importation, sale and storage of our products; (2) product
    claims and advertising, including direct claims and advertising
    by us, as well as claims and advertising by distributors, for
    which we may be held responsible; (3) our network marketing
    program; (4) transfer pricing and similar regulations that
    affect the level of U.S. and foreign taxable income and customs
    duties; and (5) taxation of distributors (which in some
    instances may impose an obligation on us to collect the taxes
    and maintain appropriate records).
 
    Products.  In the United States, the
    formulation, manufacturing, packaging, storing, labeling,
    promotion, advertising, distribution and sale of our products
    are subject to regulation by various governmental agencies,
    including (1) the FDA, (2) the Federal Trade
    Commission (FTC), (3) the Consumer Product
    Safety Commission (CPSC), (4) the United States
    Department of Agriculture (USDA), (5) the
    Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), (6) the
    United States Postal Service, (7) United States Customs and
    Border Protection, and (8) the Drug Enforcement
    Administration. Our activities also are regulated by various
    agencies of the states, localities and foreign countries in
    which our products are manufactured, distributed and sold. The
    FDA, in particular, regulates the formulation, manufacture and
    labeling of conventional foods, dietary supplements, cosmetics
    and
    over-the-counter
    (OTC) drugs, such as those distributed by us. FDA
    regulations require us and our suppliers to meet relevant
    current good manufacturing practice (cGMP)
    regulations for the preparation, packing and storage of foods
    and OTC drugs. On March 7, 2003, the FDA released for
    comment its proposed cGMPs for dietary supplements. If the
    FDA issues the final cGMPs for dietary supplements in 2006, as
    the FDA now expects, we will have up to one year to ensure
    compliance. We expect to see an increase in certain
    manufacturing costs as a result of the necessary increase in
    testing of raw ingredients and finished products and compliance
    with higher quality standards.
 
    Most OTC drugs are subject to FDA Monographs that establish
    labeling and composition for these products. Our products must
    comply with these Monographs, and our manufacturers must list
    all products with the FDA and follow cGMP. Our cosmetic products
    are regulated for safety by the FDA, which requires that
    ingredients meet industry standards for non-allergenicity and
    non-toxicity. Performance claims for cosmetics may not be
    therapeutic.
 
    The U.S. 1994 Dietary Supplement Health and Education Act
    (DSHEA) revised the provisions of the Federal Food,
    Drug and Cosmetic Act (FFDCA) concerning the
    composition and labeling of dietary supplements
    
    17
 
 
    and, we believe, is generally favorable to the dietary
    supplement industry. The legislation created a new statutory
    class of dietary supplements. This new class includes vitamins,
    minerals, herbs, amino acids and other dietary substances for
    human use to supplement the diet, and the legislation
    grandfathers, with some limitations, dietary ingredients that
    were on the market before October 15, 1994. A dietary
    supplement that contains a dietary ingredient that was not on
    the market before October 15, 1994 will require evidence of
    a history of use or other evidence of safety establishing that
    it is reasonably expected to be safe. Manufacturers or marketers
    of dietary supplements in the United States and certain other
    jurisdictions that make product performance claims, including
    structure or function claims, must have substantiation in their
    possession that the statements are truthful and not misleading.
    The majority of the products marketed by us in the United States
    are classified as conventional foods or dietary supplements
    under the FFDCA. Internationally, the majority of products
    marketed by us are classified as foods or food supplements.
 
    In January 2000, the FDA issued a regulation that defines the
    types of statements that can be made concerning the effect of a
    dietary supplement on the structure or function of the body
    pursuant to DSHEA. Under DSHEA, dietary supplement labeling may
    bear structure or function claims, which are claims that the
    products affect the structure or function of the body, without
    prior FDA approval, but with notification to the FDA. They may
    not bear a claim that they can prevent, treat, cure, mitigate or
    diagnose disease (a disease claim). The regulation describes how
    the FDA distinguishes disease claims from structure or function
    claims. During 2004, the FDA issued a guidance, paralleling an
    earlier guidance from the FTC, defining a manufacturers
    obligations to substantiate structure/function claims. The FDA
    also issued a Structure/Function Claims Small Entity Compliance
    Guide. In addition, the agency permits companies to use
    FDA-approved full and qualified health claims for products
    containing specific ingredients that meet stated requirements.
 
    As a marketer of dietary and nutritional supplements and other
    products that are ingested by consumers, we are subject to the
    risk that one or more of the ingredients in our products may
    become the subject of regulatory action. A number of states
    restricted the sale of dietary supplements containing botanical
    sources of ephedrine alkaloids. As a result of these state
    regulations, we stopped sales of its dietary supplements
    containing botanical sources of ephedrine alkaloids due to a
    shift in consumer preference for ephedra free
    products and a significant increase in products liability
    insurance premiums for products containing botanical sources of
    ephedrine group alkaloids. On December 31, 2002, we ceased
    sales of
    Thermojetics®
    original green herbal tablets containing ephedrine alkaloids
    derived from Chinese Ma huang, as well as
    Thermojetics®
    green herbal tablets and
    Thermojetics®
    gold herbal tablets (the latter two containing the herb Sida
    cordifolia which is another botanical source of ephedrine
    alkaloids). On February 6, 2004, the FDA published a rule
    finding that dietary supplements containing ephedrine alkaloids
    present an unreasonable risk of illness or injury under
    conditions of use recommended or suggested in the labeling of
    the product, or, if no conditions of use are suggested in the
    labeling, under ordinary conditions of use, and are therefore
    adulterated.
 
    The FDA has on record a small number of reports of adverse
    reactions allegedly resulting from the ingestion of our
    Thermojetics®
    original green tablet. These reports are among thousands of
    reports of adverse reactions to these products sold by other
    companies.
 
    As a further outgrowth of the FDA ephedra safety review, the
    FDA, in January 2004, announced that it would undertake a review
    of the safety of the herb Citrus aurantium. We had
    previously used Citrus aurantium in the
    ShapeWorkstm
    total control and
    Thermojetics®
    green ephedra-free dietary supplements sold in the United States
    and in a number of international markets. Unconfirmed reports of
    serious adverse events, reportedly associated with Citrus
    aurantium, were disclosed by the FDA to the New York Times
    during April 2004. Under the Freedom of Information Act, we
    obtained a copy of those anecdotal serious adverse event
    reports. No Herbalife dietary supplement containing Citrus
    aurantium was cited by the FDA. Indeed, many cited products
    from other companies did not even contain Citrus
    aurantium. Nonetheless, we decided to reformulate our
    products and within the United States no longer market
    dietary supplements containing Citrus aurantium.
    Internationally, due to longer product registration lead times,
    we are in the process of reformulating our foreign products
    containing Citrus aurantium and expect to complete such
    reformulation by the end of 2006.
 
    The FDAs decision to ban ephedra triggered a significant
    reaction by the national media, some of whom are calling for the
    repeal or amendment of DSHEA. These media view supposed
    weaknesses within DSHEA as the
    
    18
 
 
    underlying reason why ephedra was allowed to remain on the
    market. We have been advised that DSHEA opponents in Congress
    may use this anti-DSHEA momentum to advance existing or new
    legislation during the 109th Congress to amend or repeal
    DSHEA. We currently expect to see the following: (1) calls
    for mandatory reporting of serious adverse event reports for
    supplements; (2) premarket approval for safety and
    effectiveness of dietary ingredients; (3) specific
    premarket review of dietary ingredient stimulants that are and
    will be used to replace ephedra; (4) reversal of the burden
    of proof standard which now rests on the FDA; and (5) a
    redefining of dietary ingredient to remove either
    botanicals or selected classes of ingredients now treated as
    dietary ingredients.
 
    On September 16, 2002, the FDA changed its policies for
    notifying companies of anecdotal adverse event reports for
    dietary supplements. Since then, to date we have received nine
    anecdotal special nutritional adverse events reports from the
    FDA. These anecdotal special nutritional adverse event reports
    describe a variety of reported complaints. While anecdotal
    redacted adverse event report documents do not always indicate
    which product(s) the consumer reportedly ingested, several
    adverse event reports, suggest the consumer ingested varying,
    sometimes unspecified, Herbalife products, including two
    products no longer sold by Herbalife, Thermojetics
    Original Green and Thermojetics Gold dietary
    supplements. The incidents occurred within varying intervals of
    time following the reported use of Herbalife products.  As a
    result of our receipt of adverse event reports we may from time
    to time elect or be required to remove a product from a market,
    either permanently or temporarily. We are in the process of
    refining our processes for gathering and reporting
    serious dietary supplement adverse event reports in
    those markets where such reporting is required. Currently, this
    process is managed by our Scientific Affairs department in
    collaboration with our Medical Affairs department and our
    Distributor Relations Call Centers.
 
    On March 7, 2003, the FDA proposed a new regulation to
    require current good manufacturing practices affecting the
    manufacture, packing, and holding of dietary supplements. The
    proposed regulation would establish standards to ensure that
    dietary supplements and dietary ingredients are not adulterated
    with contaminants or impurities, and are labeled to accurately
    reflect the active ingredients and other ingredients in the
    products. It also includes proposed requirements for designing
    and constructing physical plants, establishing quality control
    procedures, and testing manufactured dietary ingredients and
    dietary supplements, as well as proposed requirements for
    maintaining records and for handling consumer complaints related
    to cGMPs. We evaluated this proposal with respect to its
    potential impact upon the various contract manufacturers that we
    use to manufacture our products, some of whom might not meet the
    new standards. It is important to note that the proposed final
    rule, in an effort to limit disruption, includes a three-year
    phase-in for small businesses of any final regulation that is
    issued. This will mean that some of our contract manufacturers
    will not be fully impacted by the proposed regulation until at
    least 2009. However, the proposed final rule can be expected to
    result in additional costs and possibly the need to seek
    alternate suppliers.
 
    Some of the products marketed by us are considered conventional
    foods and are currently labeled as such. Within the United
    States, this category of products is subject to the Nutrition,
    Labeling and Education Act (NLEA), and regulations
    promulgated under the NLEA. The NLEA regulates health claims,
    ingredient labeling and nutrient content claims characterizing
    the level of a nutrient in the product. The ingredients added to
    conventional foods must either be generally recognized as safe
    by experts (GRAS) or be approved as food additives
    under FDA regulations.
 
    In foreign markets, prior to commencing operations and prior to
    making or permitting sales of our products in the market, we may
    be required to obtain an approval, license or certification from
    the relevant countrys ministry of health or comparable
    agency. Where a formal approval, license or certification is not
    required, we nonetheless seek a favorable opinion of counsel
    regarding our compliance with applicable laws. Prior to entering
    a new market in which a formal approval, license or certificate
    is required, we work extensively with local authorities in order
    to obtain the requisite approvals. The approval process
    generally requires us to present each product and product
    ingredient to appropriate regulators and, in some instances,
    arrange for testing of products by local technicians for
    ingredient analysis. The approvals may be conditioned on
    reformulation of our products, or may be unavailable with
    respect to some products or some ingredients. Product
    reformulation or the inability to introduce some products or
    ingredients into a particular market may have an adverse effect
    on sales. We must also comply with product labeling and
    packaging regulations that vary from country to country. Our
    failure to comply with these regulations can result in a product
    being removed from sale in a particular market, either
    temporarily or permanently.
    
    19
 
 
    In 2005, Herbalife voluntarily elected to temporarily withdraw
    its Sesame & Herb tablet product from the Israeli
    market. This product, which has been on the market since 1989,
    was sold only in Israel. Herbalifes voluntary decision to
    temporarily withdraw this product accompanied the initiation of
    a review by the Israeli Ministry of Health of anecdotal case
    reports of individuals having varying liver conditions when it
    was reported that a small number of these individuals had
    consumed Herbalife products. Herbalife scientists and medical
    doctors are closely cooperating with the Ministry of Health to
    facilitate this review. This review is ongoing and there can be
    no assurances as to the outcome.
 
    The FTC, which exercises jurisdiction over the advertising of
    all of our products, has in the past several years instituted
    enforcement actions against several dietary supplement companies
    and against manufacturers of weight loss products generally for
    false and misleading advertising of some of their products.
    These enforcement actions have often resulted in consent decrees
    and monetary payments by the companies involved. In addition,
    the FTC has increased its scrutiny of the use of testimonials,
    which we also utilize, as well as the role of expert endorsers
    and product clinical studies. Although we have not been the
    target of FTC enforcement action for the advertising of our
    products, we cannot be sure that the FTC, or comparable foreign
    agencies, will not question our advertising or other operations
    in the future. It is unclear whether the FTC will subject our
    advertisements to increased surveillance to ensure compliance
    with the principles set forth in the guide.
 
    In Europe, a pending EU Health Claim regulation, now being
    discussed within the European Parliament, could, depending on
    amendments, have an adverse effect on existing product
    wellness, well-being and good for
    you claims presently made on existing product labeling,
    literature and advertising. We and our industry allies are
    vigorously working to address this pending debate in ongoing
    discussion with Parliamentarians and the European Commission.
 
    In some countries, regulations applicable to the activities of
    our distributors also may affect our business because in some
    countries we are, or regulators may assert that we are,
    responsible for our distributors conduct. In these
    countries, regulators may request or require that we take steps
    to ensure that our distributors comply with local regulations.
    The types of regulated conduct include: (1) representations
    concerning our products; (2) income representations made by
    us and/or
    distributors; (3) public media advertisements, which in
    foreign markets may require prior approval by regulators; and
    (4) sales of products in markets in which the products have
    not been approved, licensed or certified for sale.
 
    In some markets, it is possible that improper product claims by
    distributors could result in our products being reviewed by
    regulatory authorities and, as a result, being classified or
    placed into another category as to which stricter regulations
    are applicable. In addition, we might be required to make
    labeling changes.
 
    We are unable to predict the nature of any future laws,
    regulations, interpretations or applications, nor can we predict
    what effect additional governmental regulations or
    administrative orders, when and if promulgated, would have on
    our business in the future. They could, however, require:
    (1) the reformulation of some products not capable of being
    reformulated; (2) imposition of additional record keeping
    requirements; (3) expanded documentation of the properties
    of some products; (4) expanded or different labeling;
    (5) additional scientific substantiation regarding product
    ingredients, safety or usefulness;
    and/or
    (6) additional distributor compliance surveillance and
    enforcement action by us.
 
    Any or all of these requirements could have a material adverse
    effect on our results of operations and financial condition. All
    of our officers and directors are subject to a permanent
    injunction issued in October 1986 pursuant to the settlement of
    an action instituted by the California Attorney General, the
    State Health Director and the Santa Cruz County District
    Attorney. We consented to the entry of this injunction without
    in any way admitting the allegations of the complaint. The
    injunction prevents us and our officers and directors from
    making specified claims in future advertising of our products
    and required us to implement some documentation systems with
    respect to payments to our distributors. At the same time, the
    injunction does not prevent us from continuing to make specified
    claims concerning our products that have been made and are being
    made, provided that we have a reasonable basis for making the
    claims.
 
    We are aware that, in some of our international markets, there
    has been recent adverse publicity concerning products that
    contain ingredients that have been genetically modified
    (GM). In some markets, the possibility of
    
    20
 
 
    health risks or perceived consumer preference thought to be
    associated with GM ingredients has prompted proposed or actual
    governmental regulation. For example, the European Union has
    adopted a EC Regulation 1829/2003 affecting the labeling of
    products containing ingredients that have been genetically
    modified, and the documents manufacturers and marketers will
    need to possess to ensure traceability at all
    steps in the chain of production and distribution. This new
    regulation, which took effect in 2004, has been implemented by
    us and our contract manufacturers, resulting in modifications to
    our labeling, and in some instances, to some of our foods and
    food supplements sold in Europe. Differing GM regulations
    affecting us also have been adopted in Brazil, Japan, Korea,
    Taiwan and Thailand. We cannot anticipate the extent to which
    future regulations in our markets will restrict the use of GM
    ingredients in our products or the impact of any regulations on
    our business in those markets. In response to any applicable
    regulations, we would, where practicable, attempt to reformulate
    our products to satisfy the regulations. We believe, based upon
    currently available information, that compliance with regulatory
    requirements in this area should not have a material adverse
    effect on us or our business. However, because publicity and
    governmental scrutiny of GM ingredients is a relatively new and
    evolving area, there can be no assurance in this regard. If a
    significant number of our products were found to be genetically
    modified and regulations in our markets significantly restricted
    the use of GM ingredients in our products, our business could be
    materially adversely affected.
 
    In addition, in certain of our markets, there has been recent
    adverse regulatory and press attention to ingredients that may
    cause what is commonly referred to as mad cow disease
    (BSE). Certain of our products contain ingredients
    derived from bovine sources. We are not aware of any infection
    or contamination of any of our products by BSE. Should any such
    infection or contamination be detected, it could have a material
    adverse effect on our business. Additionally, if governments
    preclude importation of products from the U.S. containing
    bovine-derived ingredients, it could adversely impact product
    availability
    and/or
    future price. Further, even if no such infection or
    contamination is detected, adverse publicity concerning the BSE
    risk, or governmental or regulatory developments aimed at
    combating the risk of BSE contamination by regulating bovine
    products
    and/or
    by-products, could have a material adverse effect on our
    business.
 
    We are also in the process of complying with recent regulations
    within the European Union, Australia, Brazil, Canada, China,
    Hong Kong, Japan, Taiwan, and Thailand affecting the use
    and/or
    labeling of irradiated raw ingredients. To date, we have dealt
    with irradiation compliance questions involving three products
    sold in the Netherlands and one product sold in Switzerland.
 
    Compliance with GM, BSE and irradiation regulations can be
    expected to increase the cost of manufacturing certain of our
    products.
 
    Network marketing program.  Our network
    marketing program is subject to a number of federal and state
    regulations administered by the FTC and various state agencies
    as well as regulations in foreign markets administered by
    foreign agencies. Regulations applicable to network marketing
    organizations generally are directed at ensuring that product
    sales ultimately are made to consumers and that advancement
    within our organization is based on sales of the
    organizations products rather than investments in the
    organization  or other non-retail sales related criteria. For
    instance, in some markets, there are limits on the extent to
    which distributors may earn royalty overrides on sales generated
    by distributors that were not directly sponsored by the
    distributor. When required by law, we obtain regulatory approval
    of our network marketing program or, when this approval is not
    required, the favorable opinion of local counsel as to
    regulatory compliance. Nevertheless, we remain subject to the
    risk that, in one or more markets, our marketing system could be
    found not to be in compliance with applicable regulations.
    Failure by us to comply with these regulations could have a
    material adverse effect on our business in a particular market
    or in general.
 
    We also are subject to the risk of private party challenges to
    the legality of our network marketing program. For example, in
    Webster v. Omnitrition International, Inc., 79 F.3d
    776 (9th Cir. 1996), the multi-level marketing program of
    Omnitrition International, Inc. (Omnitrition) was
    successfully challenged in a class action by Omnitrition
    distributors who alleged that Omnitrition was operating an
    illegal pyramid scheme in violation of federal and
    state laws. We believe that our network marketing program
    satisfies the standards set forth in the Omnitrition case and
    other applicable statutes and case law defining a legal
    marketing system, in part based upon significant differences
    between our marketing system and that described in the
    Omnitrition case.
    
    21
 
 
    Herbalife International and certain of its independent
    distributors have been named as defendants in a purported class
    action lawsuit filed February 17, 2005, in the Superior
    Court of California, County of San Francisco, and served on
    Herbalife International on March 14, 2005
    (Minton v. Herbalife International, et al). The
    case has been transferred to the Los Angeles County Superior
    Court. The plaintiff is challenging the marketing practices of
    certain Herbalife International independent distributors and
    Herbalife International under various state laws prohibiting
    endless chain schemes, insufficient disclosure in
    assisted marketing plans, unfair and deceptive business
    practices, and fraud and deceit. The plaintiff alleges that the
    Freedom Group system operated by certain independent
    distributors of Herbalife International products places too much
    emphasis on recruiting and encourages excessively large
    purchases of product and promotional materials by distributors.
    The plaintiff also alleges that Freedom Group pressured
    distributors to disseminate misleading promotional materials.
    The plaintiff seeks to hold Herbalife International vicariously
    liable for the actions of its independent distributors and is
    seeking damages and injunctive relief. The Company believes that
    we have meritorious defenses to the suit.
 
    Herbalife International and certain of its distributors have
    been named as defendants in a purported class action lawsuit
    filed July 16, 2003, in the Circuit Court of Ohio County in
    the State of West Virginia (Mey v. Herbalife
    International, Inc., et al). Herbalife International
    had removed the lawsuit to federal court and the court remanded
    the lawsuit to state court. The complaint alleges that certain
    telemarketing practices of certain Herbalife International
    distributors violate the Telephone Consumer Protection Act (the
    TCPA) and seeks to hold Herbalife International
    vicariously liable for the practices of its distributors. More
    specifically, the plaintiffs complaint alleges that
    several of Herbalifes distributors used pre-recorded
    telephone messages and autodialers to contact prospective
    customers in violation of the TCPAs prohibition of such
    practices. Herbalifes distributors are independent
    contractors and if any such distributors in fact violated the
    TCPA, they also violated Herbalifes policies which require
    its distributors to comply with all applicable federal, state
    and local laws. The Company believes that we have meritorious
    defenses to the suit.
 
    We are also subject to the risk of private party challenges to
    the legality of our network marketing program outside of the
    United States.
    Non-U.S. multi-level
    marketing programs of other companies have been successfully
    challenged in the past, and in a current lawsuit, allegations
    have been made challenging the legality of our network marketing
    program in Belgium. Test Ankoop-Test Achat, a Belgian consumer
    protection organization, sued Herbalife International Belgium,
    S.V. (HIB) on August 26, 2004, alleging that
    HIB violated Article 84 of the Belgian Fair Trade Practices
    Act by engaging in pyramid selling, i.e., establishing a
    network of professional or non-professional sales people who
    hope to make a profit more through the expansion of that network
    rather than through the sale of products to end-consumers.
    Currently, the lawsuit is in the pleading stage, and the
    plaintiffs filed their initial brief on September 27, 2005.
    An adverse judicial determination with respect to our network
    marketing program, or in proceedings not involving us directly
    but which challenge the legality of multi-level marketing
    systems, in Belgium or in any other market in which we operate,
    could negatively impact our business. The Company believes that
    we have meritorious defenses to the suit.
 
    It is an ongoing part of our business to monitor and respond to
    regulatory and legal developments, including those that may
    affect our network marketing program. However, the regulatory
    requirements concerning network marketing programs do not
    include bright line rules and are inherently fact-based. An
    adverse judicial determination with respect to our network
    marketing program could have a material adverse effect on our
    business. An adverse determination could: (1) require us to
    make modifications to our network marketing program,
    (2) result in negative publicity or (3) have a
    negative impact on distributor morale. In addition, adverse
    rulings by courts in any proceedings challenging the legality of
    multi-level marketing systems, even in those not involving us
    directly, could have a material adverse effect on our operations.
 
    Transfer pricing and similar regulations.  In
    many countries, including the United States, we are subject to
    transfer pricing and other tax regulations designed to ensure
    that appropriate levels of income are reported as earned by our
    U.S. or local entities and are taxed accordingly. In
    addition, our operations are subject to regulations designed to
    ensure that appropriate levels of customs duties are assessed on
    the importation of our products.
 
    Although we believe that we are in substantial compliance with
    all applicable regulations and restrictions, we are subject to
    the risk that governmental authorities could audit our transfer
    pricing and related practices and assert that additional taxes
    are owed. For example, we are currently subject to pending or
    proposed audits that are at
    
    22
 
 
    various levels of review, assessment or appeal in a number of
    jurisdictions involving transfer pricing issues, income taxes,
    duties, value added taxes, withholding taxes and related
    interest and penalties in material amounts. In some
    circumstances, additional taxes, interest and penalties have
    been assessed, and we will be required to appeal or litigate to
    reverse the assessments. We have taken advice from our tax
    advisors, and the Company believes that there are substantial
    defenses to the allegations that additional taxes are owing, and
    we are vigorously defending against the imposition of additional
    proposed taxes. The ultimate resolution of these matters may
    take several years, and the outcome is uncertain.
 
    In the event that the audits or assessments are concluded
    adversely to us, we may or may not be able to offset or mitigate
    the consolidated effect of foreign income tax assessments
    through the use of U.S. foreign tax credits. Currently, we
    anticipate utilizing the majority of our foreign tax credits in
    the year in which they arise with the unused amount carried
    forward. Because the laws and regulations governing
    U.S. foreign tax credits are complex and subject to
    periodic legislative amendment, we cannot be sure that we would
    in fact be able to take advantage of any foreign tax credits in
    the future. As a result, adverse outcomes in these matters could
    have a material impact on our financial condition and operating
    results.
 
    Other regulations.  We also are subject to a
    variety of other regulations in various foreign markets,
    including regulations pertaining to social security assessments,
    employment and severance pay requirements, import/export
    regulations and antitrust issues. As an example, in many
    markets, we are substantially restricted in the amount and types
    of rules and termination criteria that we can impose on
    distributors without having to pay social security assessments
    on behalf of the distributors and without incurring severance
    obligations to terminated distributors. In some countries, we
    may be subject to these obligations in any event.
 
    Our failure to comply with these regulations could have a
    material adverse effect on our business in a particular market
    or in general. Assertions that we failed to comply with
    regulations or the effect of adverse regulations in one market
    could adversely affect us in other markets as well by causing
    increased regulatory scrutiny in those other markets or as a
    result of the negative publicity generated in those other
    markets.
 
    Compliance procedures.  As indicated above,
    Herbalife, our products and our network marketing program are
    subject, both directly and indirectly through distributors
    conduct, to numerous federal, state and local regulations, both
    in the United States and foreign markets. Beginning in 1985, we
    began to institute formal regulatory compliance measures by
    developing a system to identify specific complaints against
    distributors and to remedy any violations by distributors
    through appropriate sanctions, including warnings, suspensions
    and, when necessary, terminations. In our manuals, seminars and
    other training programs and materials, we emphasize that
    distributors are prohibited from making therapeutic claims for
    our products.
 
    Our general policy regarding acceptance of distributor
    applications from individuals who do not reside in one of our
    markets is to refuse to accept the individuals distributor
    application. From time to time, exceptions to the policy are
    made on a
    country-by-country
    basis.
 
    In order to comply with regulations that apply to both us and
    our distributors, we conduct considerable research into the
    applicable regulatory framework prior to entering any new market
    to identify all necessary licenses and approvals and applicable
    limitations on our operations in that market. Typically, we
    conduct this research with the assistance of local legal counsel
    and other representatives. We devote substantial resources to
    obtaining the necessary licenses and approvals and bringing our
    operations into compliance with the applicable limitations. We
    also research laws applicable to distributor operations and
    revise or alter our distributor manuals and other training
    materials and programs to provide distributors with guidelines
    for operating a business, marketing and distributing our
    products and similar matters, as required by applicable
    regulations in each market. We, however, are unable to monitor
    our supervisors and distributors effectively to ensure that they
    refrain from distributing our products in countries where we
    have not commenced operations, and we do not devote significant
    resources to this type of monitoring.
 
    In addition, regulations in existing and new markets often are
    ambiguous and subject to considerable interpretive and
    enforcement discretion by the responsible regulators. Moreover,
    even when we believe that we and our distributors are initially
    in compliance with all applicable regulations, new regulations
    regularly are being added and the interpretation of existing
    regulations is subject to change. Further, the content and
    impact of
    
    23
 
 
    regulations to which we are subject may be influenced by public
    attention directed at us, our products or our network marketing
    program, so that extensive adverse publicity about us, our
    products or our network marketing program may result in
    increased regulatory scrutiny.
 
    It is an ongoing part of our business to anticipate and respond
    to new and changing regulations and to make corresponding
    changes in our operations to the extent practicable. Although we
    devote considerable resources to maintaining our compliance with
    regulatory constraints in each of our markets, we cannot be sure
    that (1) we would be found to be in full compliance with
    applicable regulations in all of our markets at any given time
    or (2) the regulatory authorities in one or more markets
    will not assert, either retroactively or prospectively or both,
    that our operations are not in full compliance. These assertions
    or the effect of adverse regulations in one market could
    negatively affect us in other markets as well by causing
    increased regulatory scrutiny in those other markets or as a
    result of the negative publicity generated in those other
    markets. These assertions could have a material adverse effect
    on us in a particular market or in general. Furthermore,
    depending upon the severity of regulatory changes in a
    particular market and the changes in our operations that would
    be necessitated to maintain compliance, these changes could
    result in our experiencing a material reduction in sales in the
    market or determining to exit the market altogether. In this
    event, we would attempt to devote the resources previously
    devoted to the market, to a new market or markets or other
    existing markets. However, we cannot be sure that this
    transition would not have an adverse effect on our business and
    results of operations either in the short or long-term.
 
    Trademarks
    and Proprietary Formulas
 
    We use the umbrella trademarks Herbalife, Thermojetics,
    Dermajetics, and protect several other trademarks and trade
    names in connection with our products and operations, for
    example, Shapeworks. Our trademark registrations are issued
    through the United States Patent and Trademark Office and in
    comparable agencies in the foreign countries. We consider our
    trademarks and trade names to be an important factor in our
    business. We also take care in protecting the intellectual
    property rights of our proprietary formulas by restricting
    access to our formulas within the Company to those persons or
    departments that require access to them to perform their
    functions, and by requiring our finished goods-suppliers and
    consultants to execute supply and non-disclosure agreements that
    seek to contractually protect our intellectual property rights.
    For example, we have recently developed a new product in the
    energy supplement category for which we have sought (through our
    employees who invented this product) one or more patents for the
    formulation as a whole. We strive to protect all new product
    developments as the confidential trade secrets of the Company
    and its inventor employees. However, despite our efforts, we may
    be unable to prevent third parties from infringing upon or
    misappropriating our proprietary rights.
 
    Competition
 
    The business of marketing weight management and nutrition
    products is highly competitive. This market segment includes
    numerous manufacturers, distributors, marketers, retailers and
    physicians that actively compete for the business of consumers
    both in the United States and abroad. The market is highly
    sensitive to the introduction of new products or weight
    management plans, including various prescription drugs that may
    rapidly capture a significant share of the market. As a result,
    our ability to remain competitive depends in part upon the
    successful introduction of new products. In addition, we
    anticipate that we will be subject to increasing competition in
    the future from sellers that utilize electronic commerce. We
    cannot be sure of the impact of electronic commerce or that it
    will not adversely affect our business.
 
    We are subject to significant competition for the recruitment of
    distributors from other network marketing organizations,
    including those that market weight management products,
    nutritional supplements, and personal care products, as well as
    other types of products. Some of our competitors are
    substantially larger than we are, and have considerably greater
    financial resources than we have. Our ability to remain
    competitive depends, in significant part, on our success in
    recruiting and retaining distributors through an attractive
    compensation plan and other incentives. We believe that our
    production bonus program, international sponsorship program and
    other compensation and incentive programs provide our
    distributors with significant earning potential. However, we
    cannot be sure that our programs for recruitment and retention
    of distributors will be successful.
    
    24
 
 
    Executive
    Officers of the Registrant
 
    Biographical information follows for each person who serves as
    an executive officer of the Company. The table sets forth
    certain information regarding these individuals. The information
    below is as of December 31, 2005.
 
    |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  | Officer 
 | 
| 
    Name
 |  | 
    Age
 |  | 
    Position with the
    Company
 |  | 
    Since
 | 
|  | 
| 
    Michael O. Johnson
    
 |  |  | 51 |  |  |  | Chief Executive Officer, Director |  |  |  | 2003 |  | 
| 
    Gregory Probert
    
 |  |  | 49 |  |  |  | President, Chief Operating Officer |  |  |  | 2003 |  | 
| 
    Richard Goudis
    
 |  |  | 44 |  |  |  | Chief Financial Officer |  |  |  | 2004 |  | 
| 
    Brett R. Chapman
    
 |  |  | 50 |  |  |  | General Counsel |  |  |  | 2003 |  | 
| 
    Paul Noack
    
 |  |  | 44 |  |  |  | Chief Strategic Officer |  |  |  | 2004 |  | 
| 
    Steve Henig Ph.D. 
    
 |  |  | 63 |  |  |  | Chief Scientific Officer |  |  |  | 2005 |  | 
 
    Michael O. Johnson is Chief Executive Officer of
    the Company. Mr. Johnson joined the Company in April 2003
    after 17 years with The Walt Disney Company, where he most
    recently served as President of Walt Disney International, and
    also served as President of Asia Pacific for The Walt Disney
    Company and President of Buena Vista Home Entertainment.
    Mr. Johnson has also previously served as a publisher of
    Audio Times magazine, and has directed the regional sales
    efforts of Warner Amex Satellite Entertainment Company for three
    of its television channels, including MTV, Nickelodeon and The
    Movie Channel. Mr. Johnson is currently a director of
    Univision Communications, Inc., a television company serving
    Spanish-speaking Americans. Mr. Johnson received his
    Bachelor of Arts in Political Science from Western State College.
 
    Gregory Probert is President and Chief Operating
    Officer of the Company. Mr. Probert joined the Company in
    August 2003, after serving as President and CEO of DMX MUSIC for
    over 2 years. Mr. Probert joined DMX MUSIC after
    serving as Chief Operating Officer of planet Lingo from January
    2000 to November 2000, where he led the team that designed and
    built the companys first product, an online conversational
    system for the $20 billion ESL market in Japan. Immediately
    prior to planet Lingo, Mr. Probert spent 12 years with
    The Walt Disney Company, where he most recently served as
    Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer for the
    $3.5 billion Buena Vista Home Entertainment worldwide
    business. Mr. Proberts positions with The Walt Disney
    Company also included service as Executive Vice President and
    Managing Director of the International Home Video Division,
    Senior Vice President and Managing Director of Buena Vista Home
    Entertainment, Asia Pacific Region, based in Hong Kong, and
    Chief Financial Officer of Buena Vista International,
    Disneys theatrical distribution arm, among others.
    Mr. Probert received his Bachelor of Science from the
    University of Southern California and his MBA from California
    State University, Los Angeles.
 
    Richard Goudis joined the Company in June 2004, as
    Chief Financial Officer. From 1998 to 2001, Mr. Goudis was
    the Chief Operating Officer of Rexall Sundown, a Nasdaq
    100 company that was sold to Royal Numico in 2000. After
    the sale to Royal Numico, Mr. Goudis had operations
    responsibility for all of Royal Numicos
    U.S. investments, including General Nutrition Centers, or
    GNC, Unicity International and Rexall Sundown. From 2002 to May
    2004, Mr. Goudis was a partner at Flamingo Capital
    Partners, a firm he founded with several retired executives from
    Rexall Sundown. Prior to working at Rexall Sundown,
    Mr. Goudis worked at Sunbeam Corporation and
    Pratt & Whitney.
 
    Brett R. Chapman joined the Company in October
    2003, as General Counsel and Secretary. Prior to joining the
    Company, Mr. Chapman spent thirteen years at The Walt
    Disney Company, most recently as Senior Vice President and
    Deputy General Counsel, with responsibility for all legal
    matters relating to Disneys Media Networks Group,
    including the ABC Television Network, the companys cable
    properties including The Disney Channel and ESPN, and
    Disneys radio and internet businesses. Prior to working at
    The Walt Disney Company, Mr. Chapman was an associate at
    the law firm of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom
    LLP. Mr. Chapman received his Bachelor of Science and
    Master of Science in Business Administration from California
    State University, Northridge and his Juris Doctorate from
    Southwestern University School of Law.
 
    Paul Noack joined the Company in January 2004, as
    Senior Vice President, Corporate Planning and Strategy and was
    most recently promoted to Chief Strategic Officer. Prior to
    joining the Company, Mr. Noack spent 3 years at DMX
    MUSIC as Senior Vice President and Chief Strategic Officer with
    responsibility for the companys strategic
    
    25
 
 
    alliances and international operations in Asia, Japan, Latin
    America and Canada. Prior to working at DMX MUSIC,
    Mr. Noack served as Senior Managing Director of
    Knightsbridge Holdings, a San Francisco based merchant banking
    company and spent 11 years at The Walt Disney Company.
    Mr. Noack holds a B.A. from St. Johns University.
 
    Steve Henig, Ph.D. joined the Company in July
    2005, as Chief Scientific Officer. Prior to joining the Company,
    Mr. Henig spent 6 years at Ocean Spray Cranberries,
    Inc., as Senior Vice President, technology and innovation with
    responsibility for the companys new products program and
    medical research program. Prior to working at Ocean Spray
    Cranberries, Inc. Mr. Henig served as Senior Vice
    President, technology and marketing services at Con Agras
    Grocery products. Mr. Henig holds a Ph.D. in food science
    from Rutgers University, a M.S. in food and biotechnology and a
    B.S. in chemical engineering from Technion-Israel Institute of
    technology.
 
    Employees
 
    As of December 31, 2005, we had 2,946 full-time
    employees. In China, as of December 31, 2005, we also had
    labor contracts with approximately 842 sales representatives.
    These numbers do not include our distributors, who are
    independent contractors rather than our employees. Except for
    some employees in Mexico and in certain European countries, none
    of our employees are members of any labor union, and we have
    never experienced any business interruption as a result of any
    labor disputes.
 
    Available
    Information
 
    Our internet website address is www.Herbalife.com. We
    make available free of charge on our website our Annual Reports
    on
    Form 10-K,
    Quarterly Reports on
    Form 10-Q,
    Current Reports on
    Form 8-K
    and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to
    Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
    1934, as amended (the Exchange Act) as soon as
    reasonably practical after we file such material with, or
    furnish it to, the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
    SEC). This information is also available in print to
    any shareholders who request it, with any such requests
    addressed to Investor Relations, 1800 Century Park East, Los
    Angeles, CA 90067. Certain of these documents may also be
    obtained by calling the Securities and Exchange Commission
    at 1-800-SEC-0330.
    The Securities and Exchange Commission also maintains an
    internet website that contains reports, and other information
    regarding issuers that file electronically with the Securities
    and Exchange Commission at www.sec.gov. We also make
    available free of charge on our website our Corporate Governance
    Guidelines, our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, and the
    Charters of our Audit Committee, Corporate Governance and
    Nominating Committee, and Compensation Committee.
 
 
    Our
    failure to establish and maintain distributor relationships for
    any reason could negatively impact sales of our products and
    harm our financial condition and operating
    results.
 
    We distribute our products exclusively through over one million
    independent distributors, and we depend upon them directly for
    substantially all of our sales. To increase our revenue, we must
    increase the number of, or the productivity of, our
    distributors. Accordingly, our success depends in significant
    part upon our ability to recruit, retain and motivate a large
    base of distributors. There is a high rate of turnover among our
    distributors, a characteristic of the network marketing
    business. The loss of a significant number of distributors for
    any reason could negatively impact sales of our products and
    could impair our ability to attract new distributors. In our
    efforts to attract and retain distributors, we compete with
    other network marketing organizations, including those in the
    weight management product, dietary and nutritional supplement
    and personal care and cosmetic product industries. Our operating
    results could be harmed if our existing and new business
    opportunities and products do not generate sufficient interest
    to retain existing distributors and attract new distributors.
 
    In light of the high
    year-over-year
    rate of turnover in our distributor base, we have our
    supervisors and non-supervisor distributors requalify annually
    in order to help us maintain a more accurate count of their
    numbers. For the latest twelve month re-qualification period
    ending January 2005, 60% of our supervisors did not re-qualify
    and more than 90% of our distributors that are not supervisors
    turned over. Distributors who purchase our product for personal
    consumption or for short-term income goals may stay with us for
    several months to one year. Supervisors who have committed time
    and effort to build a sales organization will generally stay for
    longer periods. Distributors
    
    26
 
 
    have highly variable levels of training, skills and
    capabilities. The turnover rate of our distributors, and our
    operating results, can be adversely impacted if we and our
    senior distributor leadership do not provide the necessary
    mentoring, training and business support tools for new
    distributors to become successful sales people in a short period
    of time.
 
    We estimate that, of our over one million independent
    distributors, we had approximately 201,000 supervisors after
    requalifications in February 2005. These supervisors, together
    with their downline sales organizations, account for
    substantially all of our revenues. Our distributors, including
    our supervisors, may voluntarily terminate their distributor
    agreements with us at any time. The loss of a group of leading
    supervisors, together with their downline sales organizations,
    or the loss of a significant number of distributors for any
    reason, could negatively impact sales of our products, impair
    our ability to attract new distributors and harm our financial
    condition and operating results.
 
    Since
    we cannot exert the same level of influence or control over our
    independent distributors as we could were they our own
    employees, our distributors could fail to comply with our
    distributor policies and procedures, which could result in
    claims against us that could harm our financial condition and
    operating results.
 
    Our distributors are independent contractors and, accordingly,
    we are not in a position to directly provide the same direction,
    motivation and oversight as we would if distributors were our
    own employees. As a result, there can be no assurance that our
    distributors will participate in our marketing strategies or
    plans, accept our introduction of new products, or comply with
    our distributor policies and procedures.
 
    Extensive federal, state and local laws regulate our business,
    our products and our network marketing program. Because we have
    expanded into foreign countries, our policies and procedures for
    our independent distributors differ due to the different legal
    requirements of each country in which we do business. While we
    have implemented distributor policies and procedures designed to
    govern distributor conduct and to protect the goodwill
    associated with Herbalife trademarks and tradenames, it can be
    difficult to enforce these policies and procedures because of
    the large number of distributors and their independent status.
    Violations by our distributors of applicable law or of our
    policies and procedures in dealing with customers could reflect
    negatively on our products and operations, and harm our business
    reputation. In addition, it is possible that a court could hold
    us civilly or criminally accountable based on vicarious
    liability because of the actions of our independent
    distributors. If any of these events occur, the value of an
    investment in our common shares could be impaired.
 
    Adverse
    publicity associated with our products, ingredients or network
    marketing program, or those of similar companies, could harm our
    financial condition and operating results.
 
    The size of our distribution force and the results of our
    operations may be significantly affected by the publics
    perception of our Company and similar companies. This perception
    is dependent upon opinions concerning:
 
    |  |  |  | 
    |  |  | the safety and quality of our products and ingredients; | 
|  | 
    |  |  | the safety and quality of similar products and ingredients
    distributed by other companies; | 
|  | 
    |  |  | our distributors; | 
|  | 
    |  |  | our network marketing program; and | 
|  | 
    |  |  | the direct selling business generally. | 
 
    Adverse publicity concerning any actual or purported failure of
    our Company or our distributors to comply with applicable laws
    and regulations regarding product claims and advertising, good
    manufacturing practices, the regulation of our network marketing
    program, the licensing of our products for sale in our target
    markets or other aspects of our business, whether or not
    resulting in enforcement actions or the imposition of penalties,
    could have an adverse effect on the goodwill of our Company and
    could negatively affect our ability to attract, motivate and
    retain distributors, which would negatively impact our ability
    to generate revenue. We cannot ensure that all distributors will
    comply with applicable legal requirements relating to the
    advertising, labeling, licensing or distribution of our products.
    
    27
 
 
    In addition, our distributors and consumers
    perception of the safety and quality of our products and
    ingredients as well as similar products and ingredients
    distributed by other companies can be significantly influenced
    by national media attention, publicized scientific research or
    findings, widespread product liability claims and other
    publicity concerning our products or ingredients or similar
    products and ingredients distributed by other companies. Adverse
    publicity, whether or not accurate or resulting from
    consumers use or misuse of our products, that associates
    consumption of our products or ingredients or any similar
    products or ingredients with illness or other adverse effects,
    questions the benefits of our or similar products or claims that
    any such products are ineffective, inappropriately labeled or
    have inaccurate instructions as to their use, could negatively
    impact our reputation or the market demand for our products.
 
    Adverse publicity relating to us, our products or our
    operations, including our network marketing program or the
    attractiveness or viability of the financial opportunities
    provided thereby, has had, and could again have, a negative
    effect on our ability to attract, motivate and retain
    distributors. In the mid-1980s, our products and marketing
    program became the subject of regulatory scrutiny in the United
    States, resulting in large part from claims and representations
    made about our products by our distributors, including
    impermissible therapeutic claims. The resulting adverse
    publicity caused a rapid, substantial loss of distributors in
    the United States and a corresponding reduction in sales
    beginning in 1985. We expect that negative publicity will, from
    time to time, continue to negatively impact our business in
    particular markets.
 
    Our
    failure to appropriately respond to changing consumer
    preferences and demand for new products or product enhancements
    could significantly harm our distributor and customer
    relationships and product sales and harm our financial condition
    and operating results and cause the loss or reduction in the
    value of your investment in our common shares.
 
    Our business is subject to changing consumer trends and
    preferences, especially with respect to weight management
    products. Our continued success depends in part on our ability
    to anticipate and respond to these changes, and we may not
    respond in a timely or commercially appropriate manner to such
    changes. Furthermore, the nutritional supplement industry is
    characterized by rapid and frequent changes in demand for
    products and new product introductions and enhancements. Our
    failure to accurately predict these trends could negatively
    impact consumer opinion of our products, which in turn could
    harm our customer and distributor relationships and cause the
    loss of sales. The success of our new product offerings and
    enhancements depends upon a number of factors, including our
    ability to:
 
    |  |  |  | 
    |  |  | accurately anticipate customer needs; | 
|  | 
    |  |  | innovate and develop new products or product enhancements that
    meet these needs; | 
|  | 
    |  |  | successfully commercialize new products or product enhancements
    in a timely manner; | 
|  | 
    |  |  | price our products competitively; | 
|  | 
    |  |  | manufacture and deliver our products in sufficient volumes and
    in a timely manner; and | 
|  | 
    |  |  | differentiate our product offerings from those of our
    competitors. | 
 
    If we do not introduce new products or make enhancements to meet
    the changing needs of our customers in a timely manner, some of
    our products could be rendered obsolete, which could negatively
    impact our revenues, financial condition and operating results.
 
    Due to
    the high level of competition in our industry, we might fail to
    retain our customers and distributors, which would harm our
    financial condition and operating results.
 
    The business of marketing weight management and nutrition
    products is highly competitive and sensitive to the introduction
    of new products or weight management plans, including various
    prescription drugs, which may rapidly capture a significant
    share of the market. These market segments include numerous
    manufacturers, distributors, marketers, retailers and physicians
    that actively compete for the business of consumers both in the
    United States and abroad. In addition, we anticipate that we
    will be subject to increasing competition in the future from
    sellers that utilize electronic commerce. Some of these
    competitors have longer operating histories,
    
    28
 
 
    significantly greater financial, technical, product development,
    marketing and sales resources, greater name recognition, larger
    established customer bases and better-developed distribution
    channels than we do. Our present or future competitors may be
    able to develop products that are comparable or superior to
    those we offer, adapt more quickly than we do to new
    technologies, evolving industry trends and standards or customer
    requirements, or devote greater resources to the development,
    promotion and sale of their products than we do. For example, if
    our competitors develop other diet or weight loss treatments
    that prove to be more effective than our products, demand for
    our products could be reduced. Accordingly, we may not be able
    to compete effectively in our markets and competition may
    intensify.
 
    We are also subject to significant competition for the
    recruitment of distributors from other network marketing
    organizations, including those that market weight management
    products, dietary and nutritional supplements and personal care
    products as well as other types of products. We compete for
    global customers and distributors with regard to weight
    management, nutritional supplement and personal care products.
    Our competitors include both direct selling companies such as
    NuSkin Enterprises, Natures Sunshine, Alticor/Amway,
    Melaleuca, Avon Products, Oriflame, and Mary Kay, as well as
    retail establishments such as Weight Watchers, Jenny Craig,
    General Nutrition Centers, Wal-Mart and retail pharmacies. In
    addition, because the industry in which we operate is not
    particularly capital intensive or otherwise subject to high
    barriers to entry, it is relatively easy for new competitors to
    emerge who will compete with us for our distributors and
    customers. In addition, the fact that our distributors may
    easily enter and exit our network marketing program contributes
    to the level of competition that we face. For example, a
    distributor can enter or exit our network marketing system with
    relative ease at any time without facing a significant
    investment or loss of capital because (1) we have a low
    upfront financial cost (generally $50 to $75) to become a
    Herbalife distributor, (2) we do not require any specific
    amount of time to work as a distributor, (3) we do not
    insist on any special training to be a distributor and
    (4) we do not prohibit a new distributor from working with
    another company. Our ability to remain competitive therefore
    depends, in significant part, on our success in recruiting and
    retaining distributors through an attractive compensation plan,
    the maintenance of an attractive product portfolio and other
    incentives. We cannot ensure that our programs for recruitment
    and retention of distributors will be successful, and if they
    are not, our financial condition and operating results would be
    harmed.
 
    We are
    affected by extensive laws, governmental regulations,
    administrative determinations, court decisions and similar
    constraints both domestically and abroad and our failure or our
    distributors failure to comply with these restraints could
    lead to the imposition of significant penalties or claims, which
    could harm our financial condition and operating
    results.
 
    In both domestic and foreign markets, the formulation,
    manufacturing, packaging, labeling, distribution, importation,
    exportation, licensing, sale and storage of our products are
    affected by extensive laws, governmental regulations,
    administrative determinations, court decisions and similar
    constraints. Such laws, regulations and other constraints may
    exist at the federal, state or local levels in the United States
    and at all levels of government in foreign jurisdictions. There
    can be no assurance that we or our distributors are in
    compliance with all of these regulations. Our failure or our
    distributors failure to comply with these regulations or
    new regulations could lead to the imposition of significant
    penalties or claims and could negatively impact our business. In
    addition, the adoption of new regulations or changes in the
    interpretations of existing regulations may result in
    significant compliance costs or discontinuation of product sales
    and may negatively impact the marketing of our products,
    resulting in significant loss of sales revenues. For example,
    the Food and Drug Administration, or the FDA, has announced
    plans to issue new guidance or regulations relating to low
    carbohydrate claims for foods, which could negatively impact our
    sales of such products.
 
    Governmental regulations in countries where we plan to commence
    or expand operations may prevent or delay entry into those
    markets. In addition, our ability to sustain satisfactory levels
    of sales in our markets is dependent in significant part on our
    ability to introduce additional products into such markets.
    However, governmental regulations in our markets, both domestic
    and international, can delay or prevent the introduction, or
    require the reformulation or withdrawal, of certain of our
    products. For example, during the third quarter of 1995, we
    received inquiries from certain governmental agencies within
    Germany and Portugal regarding our product,
    Thermojetics®
    Instant Herbal Beverage, relating to the caffeine content of
    the product and the status of the product as an instant
    tea, which was disfavored by regulators, versus a
    beverage. Although we initially suspended the
    
    29
 
 
    product sale in Germany and Portugal at the request of the
    regulators, we successfully reintroduced it once regulatory
    issues were satisfactorily resolved. Any such regulatory action,
    whether or not it results in a final determination adverse to
    us, could create negative publicity, with detrimental effects on
    the motivation and recruitment of distributors and,
    consequently, on sales.
 
    On March 7, 2003, the FDA proposed a new regulation to
    require current good manufacturing practices affecting the
    manufacture, packing, and holding of dietary supplements. The
    proposed regulation would establish standards to ensure that
    dietary supplements and dietary ingredients are not adulterated
    with contaminants or impurities, and are labeled to accurately
    reflect the active ingredients and other ingredients in the
    products. It also includes proposed requirements for designing
    and constructing physical plants, establishing quality control
    procedures, and testing manufactured dietary ingredients and
    dietary supplements, as well as proposed requirements for
    maintaining records and for handling consumer complaints related
    to cGMPs. We are evaluating this proposal with respect to its
    potential impact upon the various contract manufacturers that we
    use to manufacturer our products, some of whom might not meet
    the new standards. It is important to note that the proposed
    regulation, in an effort to limit disruption, includes a
    three-year phase-in for small businesses of any final regulation
    that is issued. This will mean that some of our contract
    manufacturers will not be fully impacted by the proposed
    regulation until at least 2008. However, the proposed regulation
    can be expected to result in additional costs and possibly the
    need to seek alternate suppliers.
 
    Our
    network marketing program could be found to be not in compliance
    with current or newly adopted laws or regulations in one or more
    markets, which could prevent us from conducting our business in
    these markets and harm our financial condition and operating
    results.
 
    Our network marketing program is subject to a number of federal
    and state regulations administered by the Federal Trade
    Commission and various state agencies in the United States as
    well as regulations on direct selling in foreign markets
    administered by foreign agencies. We are subject to the risk
    that, in one or more markets, our network marketing program
    could be found not to be in compliance with applicable law or
    regulations. Regulations applicable to network marketing
    organizations generally are directed at preventing fraudulent or
    deceptive schemes, often referred to as pyramid or
    chain sales schemes, by ensuring that product sales
    ultimately are made to consumers and that advancement within an
    organization is based on sales of the organizations
    products rather than investments in the organization or other
    non-retail sales-related criteria. The regulatory requirements
    concerning network marketing programs do not include
    bright line rules and are inherently fact-based, and
    thus, even in jurisdictions where we believe that our network
    marketing program is in full compliance with applicable laws or
    regulations governing network marketing systems, we are subject
    to the risk that these laws or regulations or the enforcement or
    interpretation of these laws and regulations by governmental
    agencies or courts can change. The failure of our network
    marketing program to comply with current or newly adopted
    regulations could negatively impact our business in a particular
    market or in general.
 
    We are also subject to the risk of private party challenges to
    the legality of our network marketing program. The multi-level
    marketing programs of other companies have been successfully
    challenged in the past, and in a current lawsuit, allegations
    have been made challenging the legality of our network marketing
    program in Belgium. Test Ankoop-Test Achat, a Belgian consumer
    protection organization, sued Herbalife International Belgium,
    S.V., or HIB, on August 26, 2004, alleging that HIB
    violated Article 84 of the Belgian Fair Trade Practices Act
    by engaging in pyramid selling, i.e., establishing a
    network of professional or non-professional sales people who
    hope to make a profit more through the expansion of that network
    rather than through the sale of products to end-consumers. The
    plaintiff is seeking a payment of 25,000 (equal to
    approximately $30,000 as of December 31, 2005) per
    purported violation as well as costs of the trial. For the year
    ended December 31, 2005, our net sales in Belgium were
    approximately $15.9 million. Currently, the lawsuit is in
    the pleading stage. The plaintiffs filed their initial brief on
    September 27, 2005. An adverse judicial determination with
    respect to our network marketing program, or in proceedings not
    involving us directly but which challenge the legality of
    multi-level marketing systems, in Belgium or in any other market
    in which we operate, could negatively impact our business.
    
    30
 
 
    A
    substantial portion of our business is conducted in foreign
    markets, exposing us to the risks of trade or foreign exchange
    restrictions, increased tariffs, foreign currency fluctuations
    and similar risks associated with foreign
    operations.
 
    Approximately 82% of our net sales for the year ended
    December 31, 2005, were generated outside the
    United States, exposing our business to risks associated
    with foreign operations. For example, a foreign government may
    impose trade or foreign exchange restrictions or increased
    tariffs, which could negatively impact our operations. We are
    also exposed to risks associated with foreign currency
    fluctuations. For instance, purchases from suppliers are
    generally made in U.S. dollars while sales to distributors
    are generally made in local currencies. Accordingly,
    strengthening of the U.S. dollar versus a foreign currency
    could have a negative impact on us. Although we engage in
    transactions to protect against risks associated with foreign
    currency fluctuations, we cannot be certain any hedging activity
    will effectively reduce our exchange rate exposure. Our
    operations in some markets also may be adversely affected by
    political, economic and social instability in foreign countries.
    As we continue to focus on expanding our existing international
    operations, these and other risks associated with international
    operations may increase, which could harm our financial
    condition and operating results.
 
    Our
    expansion in China is subject to general, as well as
    industry-specific, economic, political and legal developments in
    China, and requires that we utilize a different business model
    from that we use elsewhere in the world.
 
    Our expansion of operations into China is subject to risks and
    uncertainties related to general economic, political and legal
    developments in China, among other things. The Chinese
    government exercises significant control over the Chinese
    economy, including but not limited to controlling capital
    investments, allocating resources, setting monetary policy,
    controlling foreign exchange and monitoring foreign exchange
    rates, implementing and overseeing tax regulations and providing
    preferential treatment to certain industry segments or
    companies. Accordingly, any adverse change in the Chinese
    economy, the Chinese legal system or Chinese governmental,
    economic or other policies could have a material adverse effect
    on our business in China.
 
    In August 2005, China published regulations governing direct
    selling (effective December 1, 2005) and prohibiting
    pyramid promotional schemes (effective November 1,
    2005) and a number of administrative methods and
    proclamations were issued in proposal form in September 2005.
    When final, effective and applicable to us, these regulations
    will require us to use a business model different from that
    which we offer in other markets. To allow us to operate in
    advance of the effectiveness of these new regulations, as well
    as to operate once those regulations are implemented, we have
    created and introduced a model specifically for China. In China,
    we have Company-operated retail stores that sell through
    employed sales management personnel to customers and preferred
    customers. We provide training and certification procedures for
    sales personnel in China. Once the regulations are effective, we
    also expect to sell through independent direct sellers. These
    features are not common to the business model we employ
    elsewhere in the world. The direct selling regulations require
    us to apply for approval to conduct a direct selling enterprise
    in China. There can be no assurance that we will be able to
    obtain that license. Additionally, although certain regulations
    have been published, others are pending, and there is
    uncertainty regarding the interpretation and enforcement of such
    regulations. The regulatory environment in China is evolving,
    and officials in the Chinese government often exercise
    discretion in deciding how to interpret and apply regulations.
    As such, we have worked closely with governmental agencies and
    advisors in interpreting both the existing regulations and the
    new regulations. However, we cannot be certain that our business
    model will be deemed by national or local Chinese regulatory
    authorities to be compliant with these or other more general
    regulations. In the past, the Chinese government has rigorously
    monitored the direct selling market in China, and has taken
    serious action against companies that the government believed
    were engaging in activities they regarded to be in violation of
    applicable law, including shutting down their businesses and
    imposing substantial fines. As a result, there can be no
    guarantee that the Chinese governments interpretation and
    application of the existing and new regulations will not
    negatively impact our business in China, result in regulatory
    investigations or lead to fines or penalties.
 
    Chinese regulations prevent persons who are not Chinese
    nationals from engaging in direct selling in China. We cannot
    guarantee that any of our distributors living outside of China
    or any of our independent sales representatives or employed
    sales management personnel in China will not engage in
    activities that violate our policies in this market and
    therefore result in regulatory action and adverse publicity.
    
    31
 
 
    As we expand operations in China, we anticipate that certain
    distributors will switch their focus from their home markets to
    that of China. As a result, we may see reduced distributor focus
    in Hong Kong, Taiwan and possibly other of our markets as
    Chinese nationals that are distributors shift their attention to
    China, and a resultant reduction in distributor growth,
    leadership and revenue in these other countries.
 
    If our operations in China are successful, we may experience
    rapid growth in China, and there can be no assurances that we
    will be able to successfully manage rapid expansion of
    manufacturing operations and a rapidly growing and dynamic sales
    force. There also can be no assurances that we will not
    experience difficulties in dealing with or taking employment
    related actions (such as hiring, terminations and salary
    administration, including social benefit payments) with respect
    to our employed sales representatives, particularly given the
    highly regulated nature of the employment relationship in China.
    If we are unable to effectively manage such growth and expansion
    of our retail stores, manufacturing operations or our employees,
    our government relations may be compromised and our operations
    in China may be harmed.
 
    Our China business model, particularly with regard to sales
    management responsibilities and remuneration, differs from our
    traditional business model. There is a risk that such changes
    and transitions may not be understood by our distributors or
    employees, may be viewed negatively by our distributors or
    employees, or may not be correctly utilized by our distributors
    or employees. If that is the case, our business could be
    negatively impacted.
 
    If we
    fail to further penetrate existing markets or successfully
    expand our business into new markets, then the growth in sales
    of our products, along with our operating results, could be
    negatively impacted and investors could lose all or part of
    their investment in our common shares.
 
    The success of our business is to a large extent contingent on
    our ability to continue to grow by entering new markets and
    further penetrating existing markets. Our ability to further
    penetrate existing markets in which we compete or to
    successfully expand our business into additional countries in
    Eastern Europe, Southeast Asia, South America or elsewhere,
    to the extent we believe that we have identified attractive
    geographic expansion opportunities in the future, is subject to
    numerous factors, many of which are out of our control.
 
    In addition, government regulations in both our domestic and
    international markets can delay or prevent the introduction, or
    require the reformulation or withdrawal, of some of our
    products, which could negatively impact our business, financial
    condition and results of operations. Also, our ability to
    increase market penetration in certain countries may be limited
    by the finite number of persons in a given country inclined to
    pursue a direct selling business opportunity. Moreover, our
    growth will depend upon improved training and other activities
    that enhance distributor retention in our markets. We cannot
    assure you that our efforts to increase our market penetration
    and distributor retention in existing markets will be
    successful. Thus, if we are unable to continue to expand into
    new markets or further penetrate existing markets, our operating
    results would suffer and the market value of our common shares
    could decline.
 
    Our
    contractual obligation to sell our products only through our
    Herbalife distributor network and to refrain from changing
    certain aspects of our marketing plan may limit our
    growth.
 
    In connection with the Acquisition, we entered into an agreement
    with our distributors that provided assurances that the change
    in ownership of our Company would not negatively affect certain
    aspects of their business. Through this agreement, we have
    committed to our distributors that we will not sell Herbalife
    products through any distribution channel other than our network
    of independent Herbalife distributors. Thus, we are
    contractually prohibited from expanding our business by selling
    Herbalife products through other distribution channels that may
    be available to our competitors, such as over the internet,
    through wholesale sales, by establishing retail stores or
    through mail order systems. Since this is an ongoing or
    open-ended commitment, there can be no assurance that we will be
    able to take advantage of innovative new distribution channels
    that are developed in the future.
 
    In addition, our agreement with our distributors provides that
    we will not change certain aspects of our marketing plan without
    the consent of a specified percentage of our distributors. For
    example, our agreement with our distributors provides that we
    may increase, but not decrease, the discount percentages
    available to our distributors for the purchase of products or
    the applicable royalty override percentages, including roll-ups,
    and
    
    32
 
 
    production and other bonus percentages available to our
    distributors at various qualification levels within our
    distributor hierarchy. We may not modify the eligibility or
    qualification criteria for these discounts, royalty overrides
    and production and other bonuses unless we do so in a manner to
    make eligibility
    and/or
    qualification easier than under the applicable criteria in
    effect as of the date of the agreement. Our agreement with our
    distributors further provides that we may not vary the criteria
    for qualification for each distributor tier within our
    distributor hierarchy, unless we do so in such a way so as to
    make qualification easier.
 
    Although we reserved the right to make these changes to our
    marketing plan without the consent of our distributors in the
    event that changes are required by applicable law or are
    necessary in our reasonable business judgment to account for
    specific local market or currency conditions to achieve a
    reasonable profit on operations, there can be no assurance that
    our agreement with our distributors will not restrict our
    ability to adapt our marketing plan to the evolving requirements
    of the markets in which we operate. As a result, our growth, and
    the potential of growth in the value of your investment in our
    common shares, may be limited.
 
    We
    depend on the integrity and reliability of our information
    technology infrastructure, and any related inadequacies may
    result in substantial interruptions to our
    business.
 
    Our ability to timely provide products to our distributors and
    their customers, and services to our distributors, depends on
    the integrity of our information technology system, which we are
    in the process of upgrading, including the reliability of
    software and services supplied by our vendors. As part of this
    upgrade, we have invested approximately $42.3 million as of
    December 31, 2005. We intend to invest an additional
    $22.2 million through December 31, 2006. We are
    implementing an Oracle enterprise-wide technology solution, a
    scalable and stable open architecture platform, to enhance our
    and our distributors efficiency and productivity. In
    addition, we are upgrading our internet-based marketing and
    distributor services platform, MyHerbalife.com. We expect
    these initiatives to be substantially complete by 2008.
 
    The most important aspect of our information technology
    infrastructure is the system through which we record and track
    distributor sales, volume points, royalty overrides, bonuses and
    other incentives. We have encountered, and may encounter in the
    future, errors in our software or our enterprise network, or
    inadequacies in the software and services supplied by our
    vendors, although to date none of these errors or inadequacies
    has had a meaningful negative impact on our business. Any such
    errors or inadequacies that we may encounter in the future may
    result in substantial interruptions to our services and may
    damage our relationships with, or cause us to lose, our
    distributors if the errors or inadequacies impair our ability to
    track sales and pay royalty overrides, bonuses and other
    incentives, which would harm our financial condition and
    operating results. Such errors may be expensive or difficult to
    correct in a timely manner, and we may have little or no control
    over whether any inadequacies in software or services supplied
    to us by third parties are corrected, if at all.
 
    Since
    we rely on independent third parties for the manufacture and
    supply of our products, if these third parties fail to reliably
    supply products to us at required levels of quality, then our
    financial condition and operating results would be
    harmed.
 
    All of our products are manufactured by outside companies,
    except for a small amount of products manufactured in our own
    manufacturing facility in China. We cannot assure you that our
    outside manufacturers will continue to reliably supply products
    to us at the levels of quality, or the quantities, we require,
    especially after the FDA imposes cGMPs regulations.
 
    Our supply contracts generally have a two-year term. Except for
    force majeure events, such as natural disasters and other acts
    of God, and non-performance by Herbalife, our manufacturers
    generally cannot unilaterally terminate these contracts. These
    contracts can generally be extended by us at the end of the
    relevant time period and we have exercised this right in the
    past. Globally we have over 40 suppliers of our products. For
    our major products, we have both primary and secondary
    suppliers. Our major suppliers include Natures Bounty for
    protein powders, Fine Foods (Italy) for protein powders and
    nutritional supplements, PharmaChem Labs for teas and
    Niteworkstm
    and JB Labs for fiber. In the event any of our third-party
    manufacturers were to become unable or unwilling to continue to
    provide us with products in required volumes and at suitable
    quality levels, we would be required to identify and obtain
    acceptable replacement manufacturing sources. There is no
    assurance that we would
    
    33
 
 
    be able to obtain alternative manufacturing sources on a timely
    basis. An extended interruption in the supply of products would
    result in the loss of sales. In addition, any actual or
    perceived degradation of product quality as a result of reliance
    on third party manufacturers may have an adverse effect on sales
    or result in increased product returns and buybacks.
 
    If we
    fail to protect our trademarks and tradenames, then our ability
    to compete could be negatively affected, which would harm our
    financial condition and operating results.
 
    The market for our products depends to a significant extent upon
    the goodwill associated with our trademark and tradenames. We
    own, or have licenses to use, the material trademark and
    tradename rights used in connection with the packaging,
    marketing and distribution of our products in the markets where
    those products are sold. Therefore, trademark and tradename
    protection is important to our business. Although most of our
    trademarks are registered in the United States and in certain
    foreign countries in which we operate, we may not be successful
    in asserting trademark or tradename protection. In addition, the
    laws of certain foreign countries may not protect our
    intellectual property rights to the same extent as the laws of
    the United States. The loss or infringement of our trademarks or
    tradenames could impair the goodwill associated with our brands
    and harm our reputation, which would harm our financial
    condition and operating results.
 
    Unlike in most of the other markets in which we operate, limited
    protection of intellectual property is available under Chinese
    law. Accordingly, we face an increased risk in China that
    unauthorized parties may attempt to copy or otherwise obtain or
    use our trademarks, copyrights, product formulations or other
    intellectual property. Further, since Chinese commercial law is
    relatively undeveloped, we may have limited legal recourse in
    the event we encounter significant difficulties with
    intellectual property theft or infringement. As a result, we
    cannot assure you that we will be able to adequately protect our
    product formulations or other intellectual property.
 
    If our
    distributors fail to comply with labeling laws, then our
    financial condition and operating results would be
    harmed.
 
    Although the physical labeling of our products is not within the
    control of our independent distributors, our distributors must
    nevertheless advertise our products in compliance with the
    extensive regulations that exist in certain jurisdictions, such
    as the United States, which considers product advertising to be
    labeling for regulatory purposes.
 
    Our products are sold principally as foods, dietary supplements
    and cosmetics and are subject to rigorous FDA and related legal
    regimens limiting the types of therapeutic claims that can be
    made for our products. The treatment or cure of disease, for
    example, is not a permitted claim for these products. While we
    train and attempt to monitor our distributors marketing
    materials, we cannot ensure that all such materials comply with
    bans on therapeutic claims. If our distributors fail to comply
    with these restrictions, then we and our distributors could be
    subjected to claims, financial penalties, mandatory product
    recalls or relabeling requirements, which could harm our
    financial condition and operating results. Although we expect
    that our responsibility for the actions of our independent
    distributors in such an instance would be dependent on a
    determination that we either controlled or condoned a
    non-compliant advertising practice, there can be no assurance
    that we could not be held responsible for the actions of our
    independent distributors.
 
    If our
    intellectual property is not adequate to provide us with a
    competitive advantage or to prevent competitors from replicating
    our products, or if we infringe the intellectual property rights
    of others, then our financial condition and operating results
    would be harmed.
 
    Our future success and ability to compete depend upon our
    ability to timely produce innovative products and product
    enhancements that motivate our distributors and customers, which
    we attempt to protect under a combination of copyright,
    trademark and trade secret laws, confidentiality procedures and
    contractual provisions. However, our products are generally not
    patented domestically or abroad, and the legal protections
    afforded by our common law and contractual proprietary rights in
    our products provide only limited protection and may be
    time-consuming and expensive to enforce
    and/or
    maintain. Further, despite our efforts, we may be unable to
    prevent third
    
    34
 
 
    parties from infringing upon or misappropriating our proprietary
    rights or from independently developing non-infringing products
    that are competitive with, equivalent to
    and/or
    superior to our products.
 
    Additionally, third parties may claim that products we have
    independently developed infringe upon their intellectual
    property rights. For example, in two related lawsuits that are
    currently pending in California, Unither Pharma, Inc. and others
    are alleging that sales by Herbalife International of
    (1) its
    Niteworkstm
    and Prelox Blue products and (2) its former products
    Womans Advantage with DHEA and Optimum Performance
    infringe on patents that are licensed to or owned by those
    parties, and are seeking unspecified damages, attorneys
    fees and injunctive relief from the Company. Although we believe
    that we have meritorious defenses to, and are vigorously
    defending against, these allegations, there can be no assurance
    that one or more of our products will not be found to infringe
    upon the intellectual property rights of these parties or others.
 
    Monitoring infringement
    and/or
    misappropriation of intellectual property can be difficult and
    expensive, and we may not be able to detect any infringement or
    misappropriation of our proprietary rights. Even if we do detect
    infringement or misappropriation of our proprietary rights,
    litigation to enforce these rights could cause us to divert
    financial and other resources away from our business operations.
    Further, the laws of some foreign countries do not protect our
    proprietary rights to the same extent as do the laws of the
    United States.
 
    Since
    one of our products constitutes a significant portion of our
    retail sales, significant decreases in consumer demand for this
    product or our failure to produce a suitable replacement should
    we cease offering it would harm our financial condition and
    operating results.
 
    Our Formula 1 meal replacement product constitutes a significant
    portion of our sales, accounting for approximately 27%, 22%, and
    23% of retail sales for the fiscal years ended December 31,
    2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. If consumer demand for this
    product decreases significantly or we cease offering this
    product without a suitable replacement, then our financial
    condition and operating results would be harmed.
 
    If we
    lose the services of members of our senior management team, then
    our financial condition and operating results would be
    harmed.
 
    We depend on the continued services of our Chief Executive
    Officer, Michael O. Johnson, and our current senior management
    team and the relationships that they have developed with our
    senior distributor leadership, especially in light of the high
    level of turnover in our former senior management team, and the
    resulting need to re-establish good working relationships with
    our senior distributor leadership, after the death of our
    founder in May of 2000. Although we have entered into employment
    agreements with many members of our senior management team, and
    do not believe that any of them are planning to leave or retire
    in the near term, we cannot assure you that our senior managers
    will remain with us. The loss or departure of any member of our
    senior management team could negatively impact our distributor
    relations and operating results. If any of these executives do
    not remain with us, our business could suffer. The loss of such
    key personnel could negatively impact our ability to implement
    our business strategy, and our continued success will also be
    dependent upon our ability to retain existing, and attract
    additional, qualified personnel to meet our needs. We currently
    do not maintain key person life insurance with
    respect to our senior management team.
 
    The
    covenants in our existing indebtedness limit our discretion with
    respect to certain business matters, which could limit our
    ability to pursue certain strategic objectives and in turn harm
    our financial condition and operating results.
 
    Our
    91/2% Notes
    and senior credit facility contain numerous financial and
    operating covenants that restrict our and our subsidiaries
    ability to, among other things:
 
    |  |  |  | 
    |  |  | pay dividends, redeem share capital or capital stock and make
    other restricted payments and investments; | 
|  | 
    |  |  | incur additional debt or issue preferred shares; | 
|  | 
    |  |  | allow the imposition of dividend or other distribution
    restrictions on our subsidiaries; | 
|  | 
    |  |  | create liens on our and our subsidiaries assets; | 
    
    35
 
 
 
    |  |  |  | 
    |  |  | engage in transactions with affiliates; | 
|  | 
    |  |  | guarantee other indebtedness; and | 
|  | 
    |  |  | merge, consolidate or sell all or substantially all of our
    assets and the assets of our subsidiaries. | 
 
    In addition, our senior credit facility requires us to meet
    certain financial ratios and financial conditions. Our ability
    to comply with these covenants may be affected by events beyond
    our control, including prevailing economic, financial and
    industry conditions. Failure to comply with these covenants
    could result in a default causing all amounts to become due and
    payable under our outstanding notes
    and/or the
    senior credit facility, which is secured by substantially all of
    our assets, which the lenders thereunder could proceed to
    foreclose against.
 
    If we
    do not comply with transfer pricing and similar tax regulations,
    then we may be subjected to additional taxes, interest and
    penalties in material amounts, which could harm our financial
    condition and operating results.
 
    As a multinational corporation, in many countries including the
    United States, we are subject to transfer pricing and other tax
    regulations designed to ensure that our intercompany
    transactions are consummated at prices that have not been
    manipulated to produce a desired tax result, that appropriate
    levels of income are reported as earned by our United States or
    local entities, and that we are taxed appropriately on such
    transactions. In addition, our operations are subject to
    regulations designed to ensure that appropriate levels of
    customs duties are assessed on the importation of our products.
    We are currently subject to pending or proposed audits that are
    at various levels of review, assessment or appeal in a number of
    jurisdictions involving transfer pricing issues, income taxes,
    customs duties, value added taxes, withholding taxes, sales and
    use and other taxes and related interest and penalties in
    material amounts. In some circumstances, additional taxes,
    interest and penalties have been assessed and we will be
    required to pay the assessments or litigate to reverse the
    assessments. We have reserved in the consolidated financial
    statements an amount that we believe represents the most likely
    outcome of the resolution of these disputes, but if we are
    incorrect in our assessment we may have to pay the full amount
    asserted. Ultimate resolution of these matters may take several
    years, and the outcome is uncertain. If the United States
    Internal Revenue Service or the taxing authorities of any other
    jurisdiction were to successfully challenge our transfer pricing
    practices, we could become subject to higher taxes and our
    earnings would be adversely affected.
 
    We may
    be held responsible for certain taxes or assessments relating to
    the activities of our distributors, which could harm our
    financial condition and operating results.
 
    Our distributors are subject to taxation, and in some instances,
    legislation or governmental agencies impose an obligation on us
    to collect taxes, such as value added taxes, and to maintain
    appropriate records. In addition, we are subject to the risk in
    some jurisdictions of being responsible for social security and
    similar taxes with respect to our distributors. In the event
    that local laws and regulations or the interpretation of local
    laws and regulations change to require us to treat our
    independent distributors as employees, or that our distributors
    are deemed by local regulatory authorities in one or more of the
    jurisdictions in which we operate to be our employees rather
    than independent contractors under existing laws and
    interpretations, we may be held responsible for social security
    and related taxes in those jurisdictions, plus any related
    assessments and penalties, which could harm our financial
    condition and operating results.
 
    We may
    incur material product liability claims, which could increase
    our costs and harm our financial condition and operating
    results.
 
    Our products consist of herbs, vitamins and minerals and other
    ingredients that are classified as foods or dietary supplements
    and are not subject to pre-market regulatory approval in the
    United States. Our products could contain contaminated
    substances, and some of our products contain innovative
    ingredients that do not have long histories of human
    consumption. We generally do not conduct or sponsor clinical
    studies for our products and previously unknown adverse
    reactions resulting from human consumption of these ingredients
    could occur. As a marketer of dietary and nutritional
    supplements and other products that are ingested by consumers or
    applied to their bodies, we have been, and may again be,
    subjected to various product liability claims, including that
    the products contain contaminants, the products include
    inadequate instructions as to their uses, or the products
    include
    
    36
 
 
    inadequate warnings concerning side effects and interactions
    with other substances. It is possible that widespread product
    liability claims could increase our costs, and adversely affect
    our revenues and operating income. Moreover, liability claims
    arising from a serious adverse event may increase our costs
    through higher insurance premiums and deductibles, and may make
    it more difficult to secure adequate insurance coverage in the
    future. In addition, our product liability insurance may fail to
    cover future product liability claims, thereby requiring us to
    pay substantial monetary damages and adversely affecting our
    business. Finally, given the higher level of self-insured
    retentions that we have accepted under our current product
    liability insurance policies, which are as high as approximately
    $10 million, in certain cases we may be subject to the full
    amount of liability associated with any injuries, which could be
    substantial.
 
    Several years ago, a number of states restricted the sale of
    dietary supplements containing botanical sources of ephedrine
    alkaloids and on February  6, 2004, the FDA banned the
    use of such ephedrine alkaloids. Until late 2002, we had sold
    Thermojetics®
    original green herbal tablets,
    Thermojetics®
    green herbal tablets and
    Thermojetics®
    gold herbal tablets, all of which contained ephedrine alkaloids.
    Accordingly, we run the risk of product liability claims related
    to the ingestion of ephedrine alkaloids contained in those
    products. Currently, we have been named as a defendant in
    product liability lawsuits seeking to link the ingestion of
    certain of the aforementioned products to subsequent alleged
    medical problems suffered by plaintiffs. Although we believe
    that we have meritorious defenses to the allegations contained
    in these lawsuits, and are vigorously defending these claims,
    there can be no assurance that we will prevail in our defense of
    any or all of these matters.
 
    A few
    of our shareholders will collectively exert significant
    influence over us and have the power to cause the approval or
    rejection of all shareholder actions and may take actions that
    conflict with your interests.
 
    As of February 1, 2006, affiliates of Whitney and Golden
    Gate Capital own approximately 41.5% of the voting power of our
    share capital. Accordingly, the Equity Sponsors collectively
    will have the power to exert significant influence over us and
    the approval or rejection of any matter on which the
    shareholders may vote, including the election of directors,
    amendment of our memorandum and articles of association and
    approval of significant corporate transactions and they will
    have significant control over our management and policies. This
    influence over corporate actions may also delay, deter or
    prevent transactions that would result in a change of control.
    Moreover, the Equity Sponsors may have interests that conflict
    with yours.
 
    We are
    subject to, among other things, the attestation requirements
    regarding the effectiveness of internal control over financial
    reporting. These requirements have increased our compliance
    costs, and failure to comply in a timely manner could adversely
    affect the value of our securities.
 
    We are required to comply with various corporate governance and
    financial reporting requirements under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of
    2002, as well as new rules and regulations adopted by the
    Commission, the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board and
    the NYSE. In particular, we are required to include management
    and auditor reports on the effectiveness of internal control
    over financial reporting as part of our annual report on
    Form 10-K
    for the year ended December 31, 2005, pursuant to
    Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We expect to
    continue to spend significant amounts of time and money on
    compliance with these rules. Our failure to correct any noted
    weaknesses in internal controls over financial reporting could
    result in the disclosure of material weaknesses which could have
    a material adverse effect upon the market value of our stock.
 
    Holders
    of our common shares may face difficulties in protecting their
    interests because we are incorporated under Cayman Islands
    law.
 
    Our corporate affairs are governed by our amended and restated
    memorandum and articles of association, by the Companies Law
    (2004 Revision) and the common law of the Cayman Islands. The
    rights of our shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of
    our directors under Cayman Islands law are not as clearly
    established as under statutes or judicial precedent in existence
    in jurisdictions in the United States. Therefore, shareholders
    may have more difficulty in protecting their interests in the
    face of actions by our management, directors or controlling
    shareholders than would shareholders of a corporation
    incorporated in a jurisdiction in the United States, due to the
    comparatively less developed nature of Cayman Islands law in
    this area.
    
    37
 
 
    Unlike many jurisdictions in the United States, Cayman Islands
    law does not specifically provide for shareholder appraisal
    rights on a merger or consolidation of a company. This may make
    it more difficult for shareholders to assess the value of any
    consideration they may receive in a merger or consolidation or
    to require that the offer give shareholders additional
    consideration if they believe the consideration offered is
    insufficient.
 
    Shareholders of Cayman Islands exempted companies such as
    ourselves have no general rights under Cayman Islands law to
    inspect corporate records and accounts or to obtain copies of
    lists of our shareholders. Our directors have discretion under
    our articles of association to determine whether or not, and
    under what conditions, our corporate records may be inspected by
    our shareholders, but are not obliged to make them available to
    our shareholders. This may make it more difficult for you to
    obtain the information needed to establish any facts necessary
    for a shareholder motion or to solicit proxies from other
    shareholders in connection with a proxy contest.
 
    Subject to limited exceptions, under Cayman Islands law, a
    minority shareholder may not bring a derivative action against
    the board of directors. Maples and Calder, our Cayman Islands
    counsel, has informed us that they are not aware of any reported
    class action or derivative action having been brought in a
    Cayman Islands court.
 
    Provisions
    of our articles of association and Cayman Islands corporate law
    may impede a takeover or make it more difficult for shareholders
    to change the direction or management of the Company, which
    could adversely affect the value of our common shares and
    provide shareholders with less input into the management of the
    Company than they might otherwise have.
 
    Our articles of association permit our board of directors to
    issue preference shares from time to time, with such rights and
    preferences as they consider appropriate. Our board of directors
    could authorize the issuance of preference shares with terms and
    conditions and under circumstances that could have an effect of
    discouraging a takeover or other transaction.
 
    In addition, our articles of association contain certain other
    provisions which could have an effect of discouraging a takeover
    or other transaction or preventing or making it more difficult
    for shareholders to change the direction or management of our
    Company, including a classified board, the inability of
    shareholders to act by written consent, a limitation on the
    ability of shareholders to call special meetings of shareholders
    and advance notice provisions. As a result, our shareholders may
    have less input into the management of our Company than they
    might otherwise have if these provisions were not included in
    our articles of association.
 
    Unlike many jurisdictions in the United States, Cayman Islands
    law does not provide for mergers as that expression is
    understood under corporate law in the United States. However,
    Cayman Islands law does have statutory provisions that provide
    for the reconstruction and amalgamation of companies, which are
    commonly referred to in the Cayman Islands as schemes of
    arrangement. The procedural and legal requirements
    necessary to consummate these transactions are more rigorous and
    take longer to complete than the procedures typically required
    to consummate a merger in the United States. Under Cayman
    Islands law and practice, a scheme of arrangement in relation to
    a solvent Cayman Islands company must be approved at a
    shareholders meeting by each class of shareholders, in
    each case, by a majority of the number of holders of each class
    of a companys shares that are present and voting (either
    in person or by proxy) at such a meeting, which holders must
    also represent 75% in value of such class issued that are
    present and voting (either in person or by proxy) at such
    meeting (excluding the shares owned by the parties to the scheme
    of arrangement).
 
    The convening of these meetings and the terms of the
    amalgamation must also be sanctioned by the Grand Court of the
    Cayman Islands. Although there is no requirement to seek the
    consent of the creditors of the parties involved in the scheme
    of arrangement, the Grand Court typically seeks to ensure that
    the creditors have consented to the transfer of their
    liabilities to the surviving entity or that the scheme of
    arrangement does not otherwise have a material adverse effect on
    the creditors interests. Furthermore, the Grand Court will
    only approve a scheme of arrangement if it is satisfied that:
 
    |  |  |  | 
    |  |  | the statutory provisions as to majority vote have been complied
    with; | 
|  | 
    |  |  | the shareholders have been fairly represented at the meeting in
    question; | 
|  | 
    |  |  | the scheme of arrangement is such as a businessman would
    reasonably approve; and | 
    
    38
 
 
 
    |  |  |  | 
    |  |  | the scheme of arrangement is not one that would more properly be
    sanctioned under some other provision of the Companies Law. | 
 
    There
    is uncertainty as to shareholders ability to enforce
    certain foreign civil liabilities in the Cayman
    Islands.
 
    We are incorporated as an exempted company with limited
    liability under the laws of the Cayman Islands. A material
    portion of our assets are located outside of the United States.
    As a result, it may be difficult for our shareholders to enforce
    judgments against us or judgments obtained in U.S. courts
    predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal
    securities laws of the United States or any state of the United
    States.
 
    We have been advised by our Cayman Islands counsel, Maples and
    Calder, that although there is no statutory enforcement in the
    Cayman Islands of judgments obtained in the United States, the
    courts of the Cayman Islands will  based on the
    principle that a judgment by a competent foreign court imposes
    upon the judgment debtor an obligation to pay the sum for which
    judgment has been given  recognize and enforce a
    foreign judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction if such
    judgment is final, for a liquidated sum, not in respect of taxes
    or a fine or penalty, is not inconsistent with a Cayman Islands
    judgment in respect of the same matters, and was not obtained in
    a manner, and is not of a kind, the enforcement of which is
    contrary to the public policy of the Cayman Islands. There is
    doubt, however, as to whether the Grand Court of the Cayman
    Islands will (a) recognize or enforce judgments of
    U.S. courts predicated upon the civil liability provisions
    of the federal securities laws of the United States or any
    state of the United States, or (b) in original actions
    brought in the Cayman Islands, impose liabilities predicated
    upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities
    laws of the United States or any state of the United States, on
    the grounds that such provisions are penal in nature.
 
    The Grand Court of the Cayman Islands may stay proceedings if
    concurrent proceedings are being brought elsewhere.
 
    |  |  | 
    | Item 1B. | UNRESOLVED
    STAFF COMMENTS | 
 
    None.
 
 
    We lease all of our physical properties located in the United
    States. Our executive offices, located in Century City,
    California, include approximately 121,000 square feet of
    general office space leased under arrangements expiring in
    August 2007. We lease an aggregate of approximately
    144,000 square feet of office space, computer facilities
    and conference rooms in Inglewood, California, leased under an
    arrangement expiring in October 2006. In December 2005, we
    signed an agreement to lease 186,000 square feet of office
    space in Torrance, California. This lease agreement has terms
    through January 2016 and will replace our Inglewood facility.
    Additionally, we lease facilities located in Los Angeles and
    Memphis. The Los Angeles and Memphis lease agreements have terms
    through June 2006 and August 2006, respectively. In Venray,
    Netherlands, we lease our European centralized warehouse of
    approximately 150,000 square feet under an arrangement
    expiring in June 2007. We also lease warehouse, manufacturing
    plant and office space in a majority of our other geographic
    areas of operation. We believe that our existing facilities are
    adequate to meet our current requirements and that comparable
    space is readily available at each of these locations.
 
    |  |  | 
    | Item 3. | LEGAL
    PROCEEDINGS | 
 
    We are from time to time engaged in routine litigation. We
    regularly review all pending litigation matters in which we are
    involved and establish reserves deemed appropriate by management
    for these litigation matters when a probable loss estimate can
    be made.
 
    Herbalife International and certain of its independent
    distributors have been named as defendants in a purported class
    action lawsuit filed February 17, 2005, in the Superior
    Court of California, County of San Francisco, and served on
    Herbalife International on March 14, 2005
    (Minton v. Herbalife International, et al). The
    case has been transferred to the Los Angeles County Superior
    Court. The plaintiff is challenging the marketing practices of
    
    39
 
 
    certain Herbalife International independent distributors and
    Herbalife International under various state laws prohibiting
    endless chain schemes, insufficient disclosure in
    assisted marketing plans, unfair and deceptive business
    practices, and fraud and deceit. The plaintiff alleges that the
    Freedom Group system operated by certain independent
    distributors of Herbalife International products places too much
    emphasis on recruiting and encourages excessively large
    purchases of product and promotional materials by distributors.
    The plaintiff also alleges that Freedom Group pressured
    distributors to disseminate misleading promotional materials.
    The plaintiff seeks to hold Herbalife International vicariously
    liable for the actions of its independent distributors and is
    seeking damages and injunctive relief. The Company believes that
    we have meritorious defenses to the suit.
 
    Herbalife International and certain of its distributors have
    been named as defendants in a purported class action lawsuit
    filed July 16, 2003, in the Circuit Court of Ohio County in
    the State of West Virginia (Mey v. Herbalife
    International, Inc., et al). The complaint alleges that
    certain telemarketing practices of certain Herbalife
    International distributors violate the Telephone Consumer
    Protection Act, or TCPA, and seeks to hold Herbalife
    International vicariously liable for the practices of its
    distributors. More specifically, the plaintiffs complaint
    alleges that several of Herbalife Internationals
    distributors used pre-recorded telephone messages and
    autodialers to contact prospective customers in violation of the
    TCPAs prohibition of such practices. Herbalife
    Internationals distributors are independent contractors
    and if any such distributors in fact violated the TCPA they also
    violated Herbalifes policies which require its
    distributors to comply with all applicable federal, state and
    local laws. The Company believes that we have meritorious
    defenses to the suit.
 
    As a marketer of dietary and nutritional supplements and other
    products that are ingested by consumers or applied to their
    bodies, we have been and are currently subjected to various
    product liability claims. The effects of these claims to date
    have not been material to us, and the reasonably possible range
    of exposure on currently existing claims is not material to us.
    We believe that we have meritorious defenses to the allegations
    contained in the lawsuits. We currently maintain product
    liability insurance with an annual deductible of
    $10 million.
 
    Certain of our subsidiaries have been subject to tax audits by
    governmental authorities in their respective countries. In
    certain of these tax audits, governmental authorities are
    proposing that significant amounts of additional taxes and
    related interest and penalties are due. We and our tax advisors
    believe that there are substantial defenses to their allegations
    that additional taxes are owing, and we are vigorously
    contesting the additional proposed taxes and related charges.
 
    |  |  | 
    | Item 4. | SUBMISSION
    OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS | 
 
    At the Annual General Meeting of Shareholders, the
    Companys 2005 annual meeting, held on November 2,
    2005, 62,303,630 shares were present either in person or by
    proxy.
 
    At this meeting, the shareholders voted as set forth below on
    the following matters:
 
    |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | Broker 
 |  | 
| 
    Proposition
 |  | For |  |  | Against |  |  | Abstain |  |  | Withheld |  |  | Non-Votes |  | 
|  | 
| 
    1. To elect three directors,
    each for a term of three years.
    
 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Peter M. Castleman
    
 |  |  | 55,801,634 |  |  |  | N/A |  |  |  | N/A |  |  |  | 6,501,996 |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Michael O. Johnson
    
 |  |  | 55,825,590 |  |  |  | N/A |  |  |  | N/A |  |  |  | 6,478,040 |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    John Tartol
    
 |  |  | 55,806,464 |  |  |  | N/A |  |  |  | N/A |  |  |  | 6,497,136 |  |  |  | 30 |  | 
| 
    2. To approve the
    Companys 2005 Stock Incentive Plan
    
 |  |  | 48,675,410 |  |  |  | 8,472,678 |  |  |  | 4,506 |  |  |  | N/A |  |  |  | 5,151,036 |  | 
| 
    3. To approve the
    Companys Executive Incentive Plan
    
 |  |  | 55,863,838 |  |  |  | 1,282,278 |  |  |  | 6,480 |  |  |  | N/A |  |  |  | 5,151,034 |  | 
| 
    4. To ratify the appointment
    of the Companys independent registered public accountants
    for fiscal year 2005
    
 |  |  | 61,863,460 |  |  |  | 432,172 |  |  |  | 7,998 |  |  |  | N/A |  |  |  |  |  | 
    
    40
 
 
    PART II
 
    |  |  | 
    | Item 5. | MARKET
    FOR REGISTRANTS COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
    AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES | 
 
    Information
    with Respect to our Common Shares
 
    Our common shares have been listed on the New York Stock
    Exchange (NYSE) since December 16, 2004, and
    trade under the symbol HLF. The following table sets
    forth the range of the high and low sales prices for our common
    shares in each of the relevant fiscal quarters presented, based
    upon quotations on the NYSE consolidated transaction reporting
    system.
 
    |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Quarter Ended
 |  | High |  |  | Low |  | 
|  | 
| 
    March 31, 2004
    
 |  |  | n/a |  |  |  | n/a |  | 
| 
    June 30, 2004
    
 |  |  | n/a |  |  |  | n/a |  | 
| 
    September 30, 2004
    
 |  |  | n/a |  |  |  | n/a |  | 
| 
    December 31, 2004
    
 |  | $ | 16.85 |  |  | $ | 14.00 |  | 
 
    |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Quarter Ended
 |  | High |  |  | Low |  | 
|  | 
| 
    March 31, 2005
    
 |  | $ | 16.70 |  |  | $ | 15.10 |  | 
| 
    June 30, 2005
    
 |  | $ | 21.86 |  |  | $ | 14.52 |  | 
| 
    September 30, 2005
    
 |  | $ | 30.50 |  |  | $ | 21.00 |  | 
| 
    December 31, 2005
    
 |  | $ | 33.75 |  |  | $ | 25.25 |  | 
 
    The market price of our common shares is subject to fluctuations
    in response to variations in our quarterly operating results,
    general trends in the market for our products and product
    candidates, economic and currency exchange issues in the foreign
    markets in which we operate and other factors, many of which are
    not within our control. In addition, broad market fluctuations,
    as well as general economic, business and political conditions
    may adversely affect the market for our common shares,
    regardless of our actual or projected performance.
 
    The closing price of our common shares on February 22,
    2006, was $30.45. The approximate number of holders of record of
    our common shares as of February 22, 2006 was 1,249. This
    number of holders of record does not represent the actual number
    of beneficial owners of our common shares because shares are
    frequently held in street name by securities dealers
    and others for the benefit of individual owners who have the
    right to vote their shares.
 
    Information
    with Respect to Dividends
 
    In December 2004, we used a portion of the net proceeds from the
    initial public offering of our common shares to pay a special
    dividend of $2.64 per common share, or $139.7 million,
    to our shareholders of record on December 14, 2004. In
    addition, we paid a cash dividend of $0.12 per common
    share; or $6.3 million, to shareholders on record as of
    December 13, 2004.
 
    The declaration of future dividends is subject to the discretion
    of our board of directors and will depend upon various factors,
    including our net earnings, financial condition, restrictions
    imposed by our credit agreement, cash requirements, future
    prospects and other factors deemed relevant by our board of
    directors. Our credit agreement permits payments of dividends as
    long as no default exist and the amount does not exceed
    $20.0 million per fiscal year, provided that the amount of
    dividends may be increased by 25% of the consolidated net income
    for the prior fiscal year, if the Leverage Ratio as defined in
    the credit agreement for the four fiscal quarters of such fiscal
    year is less than or equal to 2.00:1.00.
 
    Information
    with Respect to Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity
    Compensation Plans
 
    The following table sets forth as of December 31, 2005, the
    information with respect to (a) number of securities to be
    issued upon exercise of outstanding options, warrants and
    rights, (b) weighted average exercise price of
    
    41
 
 
    outstanding options, warrants and rights and (c) number of
    securities remaining available for future issuance under equity
    compensation plans.
 
    |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | Number of securities 
 |  | 
|  |  | Number of securities 
 |  |  |  |  |  | remaining available for 
 |  | 
|  |  | to be issued 
 |  |  | Weighted average 
 |  |  | Future issuance under 
 |  | 
|  |  | upon exercise of 
 |  |  | exercise price of 
 |  |  | equity compensation plans 
 |  | 
|  |  | outstanding options, 
 |  |  | outstanding options, 
 |  |  | (excluding securities 
 |  | 
|  |  | warrants and rights |  |  | warrants and rights |  |  | in column (a) |  | 
|  |  | (a) |  |  | (b) |  |  | (c) |  | 
|  | 
| 
    Equity compensation plans approved
    by security holders
    
 |  |  | 10,197,233 |  |  | $ | 12.30 |  |  |  | 6,010,274 |  | 
| 
    Equity compensation plans not
    approved by security holders
    
 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Total
    
 |  |  | 10,197,233 |  |  | $ | 12.30 |  |  |  | 6,010,274 |  | 
    
    42
 
 
 
    |  |  | 
    | Item 6. | SELECTED
    FINANCIAL DATA | 
 
    The following table sets forth certain of our historical
    financial data. We have derived the selected historical
    consolidated financial data as of December 31, 2001, the
    seven month period ended July 31, 2002, the five month
    period ended December 31, 2002 and the years ended
    December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005, from our audited
    financial statements and the related notes. Not all periods
    shown below are include in this Annual Report on
    Form 10-K.
    The selected consolidated historical financial data set forth
    below are not necessarily indicative of the results of future
    operations and should be read in conjunction with the discussion
    under the heading Managements Discussion and
    Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,
    and the historical consolidated financial statements and
    accompanying notes included elsewhere in this document. All
    common share and earnings per share data for the Company gives
    effect to a 1:2 reverse stock split, which took effect
    December 1, 2004.
 
    |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  | Predecessor |  |  | Successor |  | 
|  |  | Year Ended 
 |  |  | January 1 to 
 |  |  | August 1 to 
 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  | December 31, 
 |  |  | July 31, 
 |  |  | December 31, 
 |  |  | Year Ended
    December 31, |  | 
|  |  | 2001 |  |  | 2002 |  |  | 2002 |  |  | 2003 |  |  | 2004 |  |  | 2005 |  | 
|  |  | (In thousands except per share
    data) |  | 
|  | 
| 
    Income Statement
    Data:
 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Net sales
    
 |  | $ | 1,020,130 |  |  | $ | 644,188 |  |  | $ | 449,524 |  |  | $ | 1,159,433 |  |  | $ | 1,309,663 |  |  | $ | 1,566,750 |  | 
| 
    Cost of sales
    
 |  |  | 241,522 |  |  |  | 140,553 |  |  |  | 95,001 |  |  |  | 235,785 |  |  |  | 269,913 |  |  |  | 315,746 |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Gross profit
    
 |  |  | 778,608 |  |  |  | 503,635 |  |  |  | 354,523 |  |  |  | 923,648 |  |  |  | 1,039,750 |  |  |  | 1,251,004 |  | 
| 
    Royalty overrides
    
 |  |  | 355,225 |  |  |  | 227,233 |  |  |  | 159,915 |  |  |  | 415,351 |  |  |  | 464,892 |  |  |  | 555,665 |  | 
| 
    Selling, General and
    Administrative Expenses(1)
    
 |  |  | 354,608 |  |  |  | 207,390 |  |  |  | 135,536 |  |  |  | 401,261 |  |  |  | 436,139 |  |  |  | 476,268 |  | 
| 
    Acquisition transaction expenses(2)
    
 |  |  |  |  |  |  | 54,708 |  |  |  | 6,183 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Operating income(1)
    
 |  |  | 68,775 |  |  |  | 14,304 |  |  |  | 52,889 |  |  |  | 107,036 |  |  |  | 138,719 |  |  |  | 219,071 |  | 
| 
    Interest income (expense), net
    
 |  |  | 3,413 |  |  |  | 1,364 |  |  |  | (23,898 | ) |  |  | (41,468 | ) |  |  | (123,305 | ) |  |  | (43,924 | ) | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Income before income taxes and
    minority interest
    
 |  |  | 72,188 |  |  |  | 15,668 |  |  |  | 28,991 |  |  |  | 65,568 |  |  |  | 15,414 |  |  |  | 175,147 |  | 
| 
    Income taxes
    
 |  |  | 28,875 |  |  |  | 6,267 |  |  |  | 14,986 |  |  |  | 28,721 |  |  |  | 29,725 |  |  |  | 82,007 |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Income (loss) before minority
    interest
    
 |  |  | 43,313 |  |  |  | 9,401 |  |  |  | 14,005 |  |  |  | 36,847 |  |  |  | (14,311 | ) |  |  | 93,140 |  | 
| 
    Minority interest
    
 |  |  | 725 |  |  |  | 189 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Net income (loss)
    
 |  | $ | 42,588 |  |  | $ | 9,212 |  |  | $ | 14,005 |  |  | $ | 36,847 |  |  | $ | (14,311 | ) |  | $ | 93,140 |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Earnings (loss) per share
    
 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Basic
    
 |  | $ | 1.40 |  |  | $ | 0.28 |  |  | $ |  |  |  | $ |  |  |  | $ | (0.27 | ) |  | $ | 1.35 |  | 
| 
    Diluted
    
 |  | $ | 1.36 |  |  | $ | 0.27 |  |  | $ | 0.27 |  |  | $ | 0.69 |  |  | $ | (0.27 | ) |  | $ | 1.28 |  | 
| 
    Weighted average shares outstanding
    
 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Basic
    
 |  |  | 30,422 |  |  |  | 32,387 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 52,911 |  |  |  | 68,972 |  | 
| 
    Diluted
    
 |  |  | 31,250 |  |  |  | 33,800 |  |  |  | 51,021 |  |  |  | 53,446 |  |  |  | 52,911 |  |  |  | 72,728 |  | 
| 
    Other Financial Data:
 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Retail sales(3)
    
 |  | $ | 1,656,168 |  |  | $ | 1,047,690 |  |  | $ | 731,505 |  |  | $ | 1,894,384 |  |  | $ | 2,146,241 |  |  | $ | 2,575,716 |  | 
| 
    Net cash provided by (used in):
    
 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Operating activities
    
 |  |  | 95,465 |  |  |  | 37,901 |  |  |  | 28,039 |  |  |  | 94,350 |  |  |  | 80,110 |  |  |  | 143,352 |  | 
| 
    Investing activities
    
 |  |  | (16,366 | ) |  |  | 18,995 |  |  |  | (456,046 | ) |  |  | 3,152 |  |  |  | (8,086 | ) |  |  | (32,526 | ) | 
| 
    Financing activities
    
 |  |  | (3,456 | ) |  |  | (35,292 | ) |  |  | 491,519 |  |  |  | (18,831 | ) |  |  | (23,160 | ) |  |  | (225,890 | ) | 
| 
    Depreciation and amortization
    
 |  |  | 18,056 |  |  |  | 11,722 |  |  |  | 11,424 |  |  |  | 55,605 |  |  |  | 43,896 |  |  |  | 35,436 |  | 
| 
    Capital expenditures(4)
    
 |  |  | 14,751 |  |  |  | 6,799 |  |  |  | 3,599 |  |  |  | 20,435 |  |  |  | 30,279 |  |  |  | 32,604 |  | 
 
    
    43
 
 
    |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  | Predecessor |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  | As of 
 |  |  | Company |  | 
|  |  | December 31, 
 |  |  | As of
    December 31, |  | 
|  |  | 2001 |  |  | 2002 |  |  | 2003 |  |  | 2004 |  |  | 2005 |  | 
|  |  | (In thousands except per share
    data) |  | 
|  | 
| 
    Balance Sheet Data:
 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Cash and cash equivalents(5)
    
 |  | $ | 201,181 |  |  | $ | 76,024 |  |  | $ | 156,380 |  |  | $ | 201,577 |  |  | $ | 88,248 |  | 
| 
    Receivables, net
    
 |  |  | 27,609 |  |  |  | 29,026 |  |  |  | 31,977 |  |  |  | 29,546 |  |  |  | 37,266 |  | 
| 
    Inventories
    
 |  |  | 72,208 |  |  |  | 56,868 |  |  |  | 59,397 |  |  |  | 71,092 |  |  |  | 109,785 |  | 
| 
    Total working capital
    
 |  |  | 177,813 |  |  |  | 7,186 |  |  |  | 1,521 |  |  |  | (1,556 | ) |  |  | 14,094 |  | 
| 
    Total assets
    
 |  |  | 470,335 |  |  |  | 855,705 |  |  |  | 903,964 |  |  |  | 948,701 |  |  |  | 837,801 |  | 
| 
    Total debt
    
 |  |  | 10,612 |  |  |  | 340,759 |  |  |  | 325,294 |  |  |  | 486,217 |  |  |  | 263,092 |  | 
| 
    Shareholders equity(6)
    
 |  |  | 260,916 |  |  |  | 191,274 |  |  |  | 237,788 |  |  |  | 64,342 |  |  |  | 168,888 |  | 
| 
    Cash Dividends per common share
    
 |  |  | 0.60 |  |  |  | 0.30 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 2.76 |  |  |  |  |  | 
 
 
    |  |  |  | 
    | (1) |  | The year ended December 31, 2003 includes $5.1 million
    in legal and related costs associated with litigation resulting
    from the Acquisition. | 
|  | 
    | (2) |  | The seven months ended July 31, 2002 and the five months
    ended December 31, 2002, include fees and expenses related
    to the Acquisition. | 
|  | 
    | (3) |  | In previous years, we reported retail sales on the face of our
    income statement in addition to the required disclosure of net
    sales. Retail sales represent the gross sales amount reflected
    on our invoices to our distributors. We do not receive the
    retail sales amount. Product sales represent the
    actual product purchase price paid to us by our distributors,
    after giving effect to distributor discounts referred to as
    distributor allowances, which total approximately
    50% of suggested retail sales prices. Distributor allowances as
    a percentage of sales may vary by country depending upon
    regulatory restrictions that limit or otherwise restrict
    distributor allowances. Net sales represents product
    sales and handling and freight income. | 
 
    Retail sales data is referred to in Managements
    Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
    Operations. Our use of retail sales reflect the
    fundamental role of retail sales in our accounting
    systems, internal controls and operations, including the basis
    upon which the distributors are being paid. In addition,
    information in daily and monthly reports reviewed by our
    management relies on retail sales data.
 
    The following represents the reconciliation of retail sales to
    net sales for each of the periods set forth above:
 
    |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  | Predecessor |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  | Year Ended 
 |  |  | January 1 to 
 |  |  | August 1 to 
 |  |  | Company |  | 
|  |  | December 31, 
 |  |  | July 31, 
 |  |  | December 31, 
 |  |  | Year Ended
    December 31, |  | 
|  |  | 2001 |  |  | 2002 |  |  | 2002 |  |  | 2003 |  |  | 2004 |  |  | 2005 |  | 
|  |  | (Dollars in thousands) |  | 
|  | 
| 
    Retail sales
    
 |  | $ | 1,656,168 |  |  | $ | 1,047,690 |  |  | $ | 731,505 |  |  | $ | 1,894,384 |  |  | $ | 2,146,241 |  |  | $ | 2,575,716 |  | 
| 
    Distributor allowance
    
 |  |  | (774,513 | ) |  |  | (492,997 | ) |  |  | (345,145 | ) |  |  | (899,264 | ) |  |  | (1,021,196 | ) |  |  | (1,225,441 | ) | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Product sales
    
 |  |  | 881,655 |  |  |  | 554,693 |  |  |  | 386,360 |  |  |  | 995,120 |  |  |  | 1,125,045 |  |  |  | 1,350,275 |  | 
| 
    Handling and freight income
    
 |  |  | 138,475 |  |  |  | 89,495 |  |  |  | 63,164 |  |  |  | 164,313 |  |  |  | 184,618 |  |  |  | 216,475 |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Net sales
    
 |  | $ | 1,020,130 |  |  | $ | 644,188 |  |  | $ | 449,524 |  |  | $ | 1,159,433 |  |  | $ | 1,309,663 |  |  | $ | 1,566,750 |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
 
    |  |  |  | 
    | (4) |  | Includes acquisition of property from capitalized leases of
    $3.8 million, $2.1 million, $1.4 million,
    $6.8 million, $7.2 million and $1.1 million for
    2001, the seven months ended July 31, 2002, the five months
    ended December 31, 2002, the years ended December 31,
    2003, 2004, and 2005, respectively. | 
|  | 
    | (5) |  | Includes restricted cash of $10.6 million and
    $5.7 million as of December 31, 2002 and
    December 31, 2003, respectively, and $1.3 million of
    marketable securities at December 31, 2002. | 
|  | 
    | (6) |  | In December 2004 we used a portion of the net proceeds from the
    initial public offering of our common shares to pay a $2.64
    dollar amount per common share or $139.7 million special
    cash dividend to our shareholders of | 
    44
 
 
    |  |  |  | 
    |  |  | record on December 14, 2004. In addition, we paid a
    $0.12 per common share or $6.3 million cash dividend
    to shareholders on record on December 13, 2004. In March
    2004 in conjunction with the conversion of our 12% preferred
    shares into common shares we paid a total of $221.6 million
    to the preferred shareholders including, $38.5 million,
    representing accrued and unpaid dividends. | 
 
    |  |  | 
    | Item 7. | MANAGEMENTS
    DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
    OPERATIONS | 
 
    You should read the following discussion and analysis in
    conjunction with Selected Financial Data and our
    consolidated financial statements and related notes, each
    included elsewhere in this Annual Report on
    Form 10-K.
 
    Overview
 
    We are a global network marketing company that sells weight
    management, nutritional supplement and personal care products.
    We pursue our mission of changing peoples
    lives by providing a financially rewarding business
    opportunity to distributors and quality products to distributors
    and customers who seek a healthy lifestyle. We are one of the
    largest network marketing companies in the world with net sales
    of approximately $1.6 billion for the year ended
    December 31, 2005. We sell our products in 60 countries
    through a network of over one million independent distributors.
    We believe the quality of our products and the effectiveness of
    our distribution network, coupled with geographic expansion,
    have been the primary reasons for our success throughout our
    26-year
    operating history.
 
    We offer products in three principal categories: weight
    management products, nutritional supplements which we refer to
    as inner nutrition and personal care products which
    we refer to as Outer
    Nutrition®.
    Our products are often sold in programs, which are comprised of
    a series of related products designed to simplify weight
    management and nutrition for our consumers and maximize our
    distributors cross-selling opportunities.
 
    Industry-wide factors that affect us and our competitors include
    the increasing prevalence of obesity and the aging of the
    worldwide population, which are driving demand for nutrition and
    wellness-related products and the recruitment and retention of
    distributors.
 
    The opportunities and challenges upon which we are most focused
    are driving retailing of our product, recruitment and retention
    of distributors and improving distributor productivity, entering
    new markets, including China, further penetrating existing
    markets, pursuing local distributor initiatives, introducing new
    products, developing niche market segments and further investing
    in our infrastructure.
 
    A key non-financial measure we focus on is Volume Points on a
    Royalty Basis (hereafter, Volume Points), which is
    essentially our weighted unit measure of product sales volume.
    It is a useful measure for us, as it excludes the impact of
    foreign currency fluctuations and ignores the differences
    generated by varying retail pricing across geographic markets.
    In general, an increase in Volume Points in a particular region
    or country directionally indicates an increase in local currency
    net sales.
 
    Volume
    Points by Geographic Region
 
    |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  | For the Year Ended
    December 31, |  | 
|  |  | 2003 |  |  | % Change |  |  | 2004 |  |  | % Change |  |  | 2005 |  |  | % Change |  | 
|  |  | (Volume points in
    millions) |  | 
|  | 
| 
    The Americas
    
 |  |  | 688.1 |  |  |  | 1.3 | % |  |  | 761.7 |  |  |  | 10.7 | % |  |  | 1,071.2 |  |  |  | 40.6 | % | 
| 
    Europe
    
 |  |  | 525.0 |  |  |  | 11.2 |  |  |  | 574.5 |  |  |  | 9.4 |  |  |  | 572.9 |  |  |  | (0.3 | ) | 
| 
    Asia/Pacific Rim
    
 |  |  | 229.4 |  |  |  | (15.7 | ) |  |  | 269.2 |  |  |  | 17.3 |  |  |  | 305.3 |  |  |  | 13.4 |  | 
| 
    Japan
    
 |  |  | 102.5 |  |  |  | (17.8 | ) |  |  | 72.8 |  |  |  | (29.0 | ) |  |  | 70.6 |  |  |  | (3.0 | ) | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Worldwide
    
 |  |  | 1,545.0 |  |  |  | (0.2 | )% |  |  | 1,678.2 |  |  |  | 8.6 | % |  |  | 2,020.0 |  |  |  | 20.4 | % | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
 
    Another key non-financial measure on which we focus is the
    number of distributors qualified as supervisors under our
    compensation system. Distributors qualify for supervisor status
    based on their Volume Points.
    
    45
 
 
    The growth in the number of supervisors is a general indicator
    of the level of distributor recruitment, which generally drives
    net sales in a particular country or region. Our compensation
    system requires each supervisor to re-qualify for such status
    each year, prior to February. There is significant variation in
    the number of supervisors from the fourth quarter to the first
    quarter of any given year due to the timing of the
    re-qualification process. This fluctuation is normal and
    consistent, does not reflect a dramatic underlying change in the
    business in comparing these two sequential quarters, and will
    become more meaningful period to period throughout the year.
 
    The following tables show trends in the number of supervisors
    over the reporting period by region, and fluctuations within
    each notable country are discussed in the appropriate net sales
    section below where pertinent. In February of each year, we
    delete from the rank of supervisor those supervisors who did not
    satisfy the supervisor qualification requirements during the
    preceding twelve months. Distributors who meet the supervisor
    requirements at any time during the year are promoted to
    supervisor status at that time, including any supervisors who
    were deleted, but who subsequently requalified.
 
    Number of
    Supervisors by Geographic Region as of Reporting
    Period
 
    |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  | As of
    December 31, |  | 
|  |  | 2003 |  |  | % Change |  |  | 2004 |  |  | % Change |  |  | 2005 |  |  | % Change |  | 
|  | 
| 
    The Americas
    
 |  |  | 110,165 |  |  |  | 4.4 | % |  |  | 124,605 |  |  |  | 13.1 | % |  |  | 160,878 |  |  |  | 29.1 | % | 
| 
    Europe
    
 |  |  | 84,665 |  |  |  | 10.5 |  |  |  | 102,203 |  |  |  | 20.7 |  |  |  | 95,628 |  |  |  | (6.4 | ) | 
| 
    Asia/Pacific Rim
    
 |  |  | 55,564 |  |  |  | (14.7 | ) |  |  | 55,460 |  |  |  | (0.2 | ) |  |  | 64,286 |  |  |  | 15.9 |  | 
| 
    Japan
    
 |  |  | 24,485 |  |  |  | (23.3 | ) |  |  | 16,860 |  |  |  | (31.1 | ) |  |  | 13,566 |  |  |  | (19.5 | ) | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Worldwide
    
 |  |  | 274,879 |  |  |  | (1.5 | )% |  |  | 299,128 |  |  |  | 8.8 | % |  |  | 334,358 |  |  |  | 11.8 | % | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
 
    Number of
    Supervisors by Geographic Region as of Requalification
    Period
 
    |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  | As of February, |  | 
|  |  | 2003 |  |  | 2004* |  |  | 2005 |  | 
|  | 
| 
    The Americas
    
 |  |  | 67,921 |  |  |  | 75,359 |  |  |  | 87,925 |  | 
| 
    Europe
    
 |  |  | 51,290 |  |  |  | 70,239 |  |  |  | 65,104 |  | 
| 
    Asia/Pacific Rim
    
 |  |  | 35,637 |  |  |  | 31,790 |  |  |  | 38,524 |  | 
| 
    Japan
    
 |  |  | 18,287 |  |  |  | 13,946 |  |  |  | 9,547 |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Worldwide
    
 |  |  | 173,135 |  |  |  | 191,334 |  |  |  | 201,100 |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
 
 
    |  |  |  | 
    | * |  | In 2004 certain modifications were made to the requalification
    criteria resulting in approximately 19,000 additional
    supervisors, including approximately 9,000 relating to a change
    in the business model in Russia. | 
 
    Supervisors must requalify annually. The requalification period
    covers the twelve months starting in February and ending the
    following January. The number of supervisors by geographic
    region as of the reporting dates will normally be higher than
    the number of supervisors by geographic region as of the
    requalification period because supervisors who do not requalify
    during the relevant twelve-month period will be dropped from the
    rank of supervisor in February. Since supervisors purchase most
    of our products for resale to other distributors and consumers,
    comparisons of supervisor totals on a
    year-to-year,
    same period basis are good indicators of our recruitment and
    retention efforts in different geographic regions.
 
    The value of the average monthly purchase of Herbalife products
    by our supervisors has remained relatively constant over time.
    Consequently, increases in our sales are driven primarily by our
    retention of supervisors and by our recruitment and retention of
    distributors, rather than through increases in the productivity
    of our overall supervisor base.
 
    In 2004, we made a modification to the supervisor
    requalification criteria as a limited test. This modification
    allowed distributors who otherwise would have failed to
    requalify as supervisors to continue to purchase products from
    the Company and to receive the benefit of product discounts,
    while forfeiting their down-line royalties. We
    
    46
 
 
    believe this test was successful because we retained
    approximately 10,000 distributors, and generated approximately
    12 million additional Volume Points on an annualized basis,
    which would represent approximately $9.4 million in net
    sales, $5.2 million in operating margin and an immaterial
    impact to Selling, General & Administrative Expenses.
    As a result of the test, the Company modified the supervisor
    requalification criteria for all distributors in 2005.
 
    We provide distributors with products, support material,
    training, special events and a competitive compensation program.
    If a distributor wants to pursue the Herbalife business
    opportunity, the distributor is responsible for growing his or
    her business and personally pays for the sales activities
    related to attracting new customers and recruiting distributors
    by hosting events such as Herbalife Opportunity Meetings or
    Success Training Seminars; by advertising Herbalifes
    products; by purchasing and using promotional materials such as
    t-shirts, buttons and caps; by utilizing and paying for direct
    mail and print material such as brochures, flyers, catalogs,
    business cards, posters and banners and telephone book listings;
    by purchasing inventory for sale or use as samples; and by
    training, mentoring and following up (in person or via the phone
    or internet) with customers and recruits on how to use Herbalife
    products
    and/or
    pursue the Herbalife business opportunity.
 
    Presentation
 
    Retail Sales represent the gross sales amounts on
    our invoices to distributors before distributor allowances (as
    defined below), and net sales, which reflects
    distribution allowances and handling and freight income, is what
    the Company collects and recognizes as net sales in its
    financial statements. We discuss Retail Sales because of its
    fundamental role in our compensation systems, internal controls
    and operations, including its role as the basis upon which
    distributor discounts, royalties and bonuses are awarded. In
    addition, information in daily and monthly reports reviewed by
    our management relies on Retail Sales data. However, such a
    measure is not in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting
    Principles in the U.S. (GAAP). You should not
    consider Retail Sales in isolation from, nor as a substitute
    for, net sales and other consolidated income or cash flow
    statement data prepared in accordance with GAAP, or as a measure
    of profitability or liquidity. A reconciliation of net sales to
    Retail Sales is presented below under Results of
    Operations. Product sales represent the actual
    product purchase price paid to us by our distributors, after
    giving effect to distributor discounts referred to as
    distributor allowances, which approximate 50% of
    retail sales prices. Distributor allowances as a percentage of
    sales may vary by country depending upon regulatory restrictions
    that limit or otherwise restrict distributor allowances.
 
    Our gross profit consists of net sales less
    cost of sales, which represents the prices we pay to
    our raw material suppliers and manufacturers of our products as
    well as costs related to product shipments, duties and tariffs,
    freight expenses relating to shipment of products to
    distributors and importers and similar expenses.
 
    Royalty Overrides are our most significant expense
    and consist of:
 
    |  |  |  | 
    |  |  | royalty overrides, or commissions, and bonuses, which total
    approximately 15% and 7%, respectively, of the Retail Sales of
    weight management, inner nutrition, Outer
    Nutrition®
    and promotional products; | 
|  | 
    |  |  | the Mark Hughes Bonus payable to some of our most senior
    distributors in the aggregate amount of up to 1% of Retail Sales
    of weight management, inner nutrition, Outer
    Nutrition®
    and promotional products; and | 
|  | 
    |  |  | other discretionary incentive cash bonuses to qualifying
    distributors. | 
 
    Royalty Overrides are generally earned based on Retail Sales,
    and approximate in the aggregate about 22% of Retail Sales or
    approximately 35% of our net sales. Royalty Overrides together
    with distributor allowances represent the potential earnings to
    distributors of up to approximately 73% of Retail Sales. The
    compensation to distributors is generally for the development,
    retention and improved productivity of their distributor sales
    organizations and is paid to several levels of distributors on
    each sale. Because of local country regulatory constraints, we
    may be required to modify our typical distributor incentive
    plans as described above. Consequently, the total distributor
    discount percentage may vary over time. We also offer reduced
    distributor allowances and pay reduced royalty overrides with
    respect to certain products worldwide.
    Non-U.S. royalty
    checks that have aged, for a variety of reasons, beyond a
    certainty of being paid, are taken back into income. Management
    has calculated this period of certainty to be three years
    worldwide, whereas previously this period varied by country,
    ranging from 12 months to 30 years. In order to
    achieve consistency among all countries, the Company adjusted
    the period over
    
    47
 
 
    which such amounts would be taken into income to three years on
    a Company-wide basis, beginning with the third quarter of 2004.
 
    Our operating margins consist of net sales less cost
    of sales and royalty overrides.
 
    Selling, General and Administrative Expenses
    represent our operating expenses, components of which include
    labor and benefits, sales events, professional fees, travel and
    entertainment, distributor marketing, occupancy costs,
    communication costs, bank fees, depreciation and amortization,
    foreign exchange gains and losses and other miscellaneous
    operating expenses.
 
    113/4% Notes
    refers to Herbalife Internationals
    113/4% senior
    subordinated notes due 2010.
    91/2% Notes
    refers to our
    91/2% notes
    due 2011.
 
    Most of our sales to distributors outside the United States are
    made in the respective local currencies. In preparing our
    financial statements, we translate revenues into
    U.S. dollars using average exchange rates. Additionally,
    the majority of our purchases from our suppliers generally are
    made in U.S. dollars. Consequently, a strengthening of the
    U.S. dollar versus a foreign currency can have a negative
    impact on our reported sales and operating margins and can
    generate transaction losses on intercompany transactions.
    Throughout the last five years, foreign currency exchange rates
    have fluctuated significantly. From time to time, we enter into
    foreign exchange forward contracts and option contracts to
    mitigate our foreign currency exchange risk.
 
    Summary
    Financial Results
 
    For the year ended December 31, 2005, net sales increased
    by 19.6% as compared to 2004, driven by increases in all regions
    except for a decrease in Japan. The combination of continued
    strong recruitment and retention of distributors and retailing
    of our products in our key markets, various promotions leading
    up to the 25th Anniversary Extravaganza in Atlanta in April
    2005 and the Worldwide Cup promotions during 2005, generally
    favorable foreign currency exchange rates, the launch of new
    products such as Liftoff
    tm
    and
    Nourifusiontm
    coupled with the ongoing roll out of
    ShapeWorkstm
    and
    NiteWorkstm
    to more countries along with the globalization of distributor
    best practices such as Nutrition Clubs and the Total Plan
    contributed to the sales increase. The sales growth in the U.S.
    and South Korea was an encouraging result of our effort and
    commitment to turn around these countries, through the
    establishment of new country management, re-invigoration of our
    product portfolio, and re-engagement of the distributor
    leadership in these regions. Continued strong sales growth in
    Mexico was primarily attributable to the growth in Nutrition
    Clubs, a party planning concept.
 
    For the year ended December 31, 2005, net income was
    $93.1 million, or $1.28 per diluted share, compared to
    the prior-year net loss of $14.3 million or loss of
    $0.27 per diluted share. Net income as reported includes
    the effect of recapitalization transaction expenses of
    $14.2 million and $71.5 million (approximately
    $60.5 million net of tax) in 2005 and 2004, respectively, a
    non-cash tax charge of $5.5 million associated with moving
    our China subsidiary within the global corporate structure in
    the second quarter of 2005, and the favorable after-tax impact
    of $2.5 million relating to a change in the allowance for
    uncollectible royalty overrides receivables from distributors in
    the third quarter of 2005, partially offset by the
    $1.5 million favorable after-tax impact of aged royalties
    in the third quarter of 2004. The improvement in net income was
    a result of a 19.6% increase in net sales, the continued
    favorable impact from appreciation of foreign currencies, lower
    interest and income tax expense, partially offset by
    expenditures we are undertaking in business initiatives
    resulting in higher operating expenses primarily from increased
    labor, benefits, incentive compensation and  event and promotion
    expenses. Overall, the appreciation of foreign currencies had a
    $10.8 million favorable impact on net income for the year
    ended December 31, 2005.
    
    48
 
 
    Results
    of Operations
 
    Our results of operations for the periods described below are
    not necessarily indicative of results of operations for future
    periods, which depend upon numerous factors, including our
    ability to recruit new distributors and retain existing
    distributors, open new markets and further penetrate existing
    markets, and introduce new products and programs that will help
    our distributors increase their retail efforts, and develop
    niche market segments.
 
    The following table sets forth selected results of our
    operations expressed as a percentage of net sales for the
    periods indicated.
 
    |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  | Company |  | 
|  |  | Year Ended 
 |  |  | Year Ended 
 |  |  | Year Ended 
 |  | 
|  |  | December 31, 
 |  |  | December 31, 
 |  |  | December 31, 
 |  | 
|  |  | 2003 |  |  | 2004 |  |  | 2005 |  | 
|  | 
| 
    Operations:
 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Net sales
    
 |  |  | 100.0 | % |  |  | 100.0 | % |  |  | 100.0 | % | 
| 
    Cost of sales
    
 |  |  | 20.3 |  |  |  | 20.6 |  |  |  | 20.1 |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Gross profit
    
 |  |  | 79.7 |  |  |  | 79.4 |  |  |  | 79.9 |  | 
| 
    Royalty overrides
    
 |  |  | 35.8 |  |  |  | 35.5 |  |  |  | 35.5 |  | 
| 
    Selling, General &
    Administrative expenses
    
 |  |  | 34.7 |  |  |  | 33.3 |  |  |  | 30.4 |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Operating income
    
 |  |  | 9.2 |  |  |  | 10.6 |  |  |  | 14.0 |  | 
| 
    Interest income (expense), net
    
 |  |  | (3.5 | ) |  |  | (9.4 | ) |  |  | (2.8 | ) | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Income before income taxes
    
 |  |  | 5.7 |  |  |  | 1.2 |  |  |  | 11.2 |  | 
| 
    Income taxes
    
 |  |  | 2.5 |  |  |  | 2.3 |  |  |  | 5.3 |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Net income (loss)
    
 |  |  | 3.2 |  |  |  | (1.1 | ) |  |  | 5.9 |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
 
    Year
    ended December 31, 2005 compared to year ended
    December 31, 2004
 
    Net
    Sales
 
    The following chart reconciles Retail Sales to net sales:
 
    Sales by
    Geographic Region
 
    |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  | Year Ended
    December 31, |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  | 2004 |  |  | 2005 |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | Handling & 
 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | Handling & 
 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  | Retail 
 |  |  | Distributor 
 |  |  | Product 
 |  |  | Freight 
 |  |  | Net 
 |  |  | Retail 
 |  |  | Distributor 
 |  |  | Product 
 |  |  | Freight 
 |  |  | Net 
 |  |  | Change in 
 |  | 
|  |  | Sales |  |  | Allowance |  |  | Sales |  |  | Income |  |  | Sales |  |  | Sales |  |  | Allowance |  |  | Sales |  |  | Income |  |  | Sales |  |  | Net Sales |  | 
|  |  | (Dollars in millions) |  | 
|  | 
| 
    The Americas
    
 |  | $ | 762.6 |  |  | $ | (364.4 | ) |  | $ | 398.2 |  |  | $ | 70.0 |  |  | $ | 468.2 |  |  | $ | 1,123.2 |  |  | $ | (539.6 | ) |  | $ | 583.6 |  |  | $ | 98.1 |  |  | $ | 681.7 |  |  |  | 45.6 | % | 
| 
    Europe
    
 |  |  | 875.5 |  |  |  | (418.0 | ) |  |  | 457.5 |  |  |  | 78.7 |  |  |  | 536.2 |  |  |  | 890.4 |  |  |  | (424.1 | ) |  |  | 466.3 |  |  |  | 79.0 |  |  |  | 545.3 |  |  |  | 1.7 | % | 
| 
    Asia/Pacific Rim
    
 |  |  | 338.7 |  |  |  | (156.3 | ) |  |  | 182.4 |  |  |  | 24.1 |  |  |  | 206.5 |  |  |  | 399.7 |  |  |  | (182.7 | ) |  |  | 217.0 |  |  |  | 28.1 |  |  |  | 245.1 |  |  |  | 18.7 | % | 
| 
    Japan
    
 |  |  | 169.4 |  |  |  | (82.5 | ) |  |  | 86.9 |  |  |  | 11.9 |  |  |  | 98.8 |  |  |  | 162.4 |  |  |  | (79.0 | ) |  |  | 83.4 |  |  |  | 11.3 |  |  |  | 94.7 |  |  |  | (4.1 | )% | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Total
    
 |  | $ | 2,146.2 |  |  | $ | (1,021.2 | ) |  | $ | 1,125.0 |  |  | $ | 184.7 |  |  | $ | 1,309.7 |  |  | $ | 2,575.7 |  |  | $ | (1,225.4 | ) |  | $ | 1,350.3 |  |  | $ | 216.5 |  |  | $ | 1,566.8 |  |  |  | 19.6 | % | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
 
    Changes in net sales are directly associated with the recruiting
    and retention of our distributor force, retailing of our
    products, the quality and completeness of the product offerings
    that the distributor force has to sell and the number of
    countries in which we operate. Managements role, both
    in-country and at the corporate level is to provide distributors
    with a competitive and broad product line, encourage strong
    teamwork and leadership among the Chairmans Club and
    Presidents Team distributors and offer leading edge
    business tools to make doing business with Herbalife simple.
    Management uses the distributor marketing program coupled with
    educational and motivational tools to incent distributors to
    drive recruiting, retention and retailing, which in turn affect
    net sales. Such tools include corporate sales
    events  Extravaganzas and World Team
    Schools  where large groups of distributors
    gather, thus allowing them to network with other distributors,
    learn recruiting, retention and retailing
    
    49
 
 
    techniques from our leading distributors, and become more
    familiar with how to market and sell our products and business
    opportunities. Accordingly, management believes that these
    development and motivation programs can increase the
    productivity of the supervisor network. The expenses for such
    programs are included in Selling General &
    Administrative Expenses. Sales are driven by several factors,
    including the number and productivity of distributors and
    supervisors who continually build, educate and motivate their
    respective distribution and sales organizations. We also use
    event and non-event product promotions to motivate distributors
    to increase recruiting, retention and retailing activities.
    These promotions have prizes ranging from qualifying for events
    to vacations. The costs of these promotions are included in
    Selling, General & Administrative Expenses.
 
    The factors described above have driven growth in our business.
    The following net sales by geographic region discussion further
    details some of the above factors and describes unique growth
    factors specific to certain major countries. The Company
    believes that the correct business foundation, coupled with
    ongoing training and promotional initiatives is required to
    increase recruiting and retention of distributors and retailing
    of the Companys products. The correct business foundation
    includes strong country management that works closely with the
    distributor leadership, unified distributor leadership, a broad
    product line that appeals to local consumer needs, a favorable
    regulatory environment, a scalable and stable technology
    platform and an attractive distributor marketing plan.
    Initiatives such as Success Training Seminars, World Team
    Schools, Promotional Events and regional Extravaganzas are
    integral components of developing a highly motivated and
    educated distributor sales organization that will work toward
    increasing the recruitment and retention of distributors.
 
    The Companys strategy will continue to include creating
    and maintaining growth within existing markets. We expect to
    increase our spending in Selling, General &
    Administrative Expenses to maintain or stimulate sales growth,
    while making strategic investments in new initiatives. In
    addition, new ideas are being generated in our regional markets,
    either by distributors, country management or corporate
    management. Examples are the Nutrition Clubs in Mexico, the
    Total Plan in Brazil and GenerationH (GenH) in the
    U.S., as described in the net sales discussion below.
    Managements strategy is to review the applicability of
    expanding successful country initiatives throughout a region
    and/or
    globally and where appropriate, and financially support the
    globalization of these initiatives.
 
    The
    Americas
 
    Net sales in The Americas increased $213.5 million, or
    45.6%, for the year ended December 31, 2005, as compared to
    2004. In local currency, net sales increased by 39.2% for the
    year ended December 31, 2005, as compared to 2004. The
    fluctuation of foreign currency rates had a positive impact of
    $30.0 million on net sales for the year ended
    December 31, 2005. The overall increase was a result of net
    sales growth in Mexico, Brazil and U.S. of
    $116.5 million, $43.2 million and $31.8 million,
    or 113.8%, 63.1%, and 12.6%, respectively, for the year ended
    December 31, 2005. These countries continue to benefit from
    strong country and distributor leadership that focuses on
    recruiting and retention of the distributor force that retails
    our product, and a product line and business opportunity that is
    attractive to the demographics in those countries.
 
    The continued net sales growth in Mexico is evidenced by the
    increased number of supervisors, up 77.3% at December 31,
    2005 compared to December 31, 2004, which reflects the
    renewed emphasis on distributor and customer retention programs
    such as the Nutrition Clubs, which are new and innovative means
    by which distributors are retailing our products to new
    customers, some of whom may eventually become distributors of
    our products. The costs to set up a Nutrition Club are generally
    nominal, and are borne solely by the distributor. Our
    distributors are operating over 27,000 Nutrition Clubs
    world-wide, approximately 25,000 are open in Mexico.
 
    The continued net sales growth in Brazil is evidenced by the
    increased number of supervisors, up 33.3% at December 31,
    2005 compared to December 31, 2004, and is a result of the
    expansion of the Total Plan, strong distributor leadership, a
    highly effective country management team and a good product
    portfolio. The Total Plan is a low cost lead generating method
    where distributors use our personal care line of products and
    offer consultations to obtain referrals. This concept
    specifically supports our retailing and recruiting initiatives
    and has been a catalyst for growth in Brazil. In December 2005,
    Brazil held its
    10th Anniversary
    Event, with over 10,000 distributors in attendance. At this
    event, new products (Firm Cell, Radiant C Scrub, Cleanser and
    Body Lotion) were launched that further support the Total Plan,
    reinforcing our objective to increase the recruitment, retailing
    and retention by
    
    50
 
 
    distributors, and a demonstration of our online distributor
    tool, BizWorks, was provided to highlight the benefits of real
    time organizational volume reports as a means to improve
    efficiency for distributors. The positive momentum from the
    event should help continue the sales growth trend into 2006.
 
    Net sales growth in the U.S. is evidenced by the increased
    number of supervisors, up 4.7% at December 31, 2005
    compared to December 31, 2004, with a volume point increase
    of 14.5% compared to prior year. As a result of the numerous
    steps taken in 2004 and 2005 to improve the business in the
    U.S., including the establishment of a dedicated
    U.S. country management team; branding efforts such as
    sponsorship of the JP Morgan Chase tennis tournament, the AVP
    Volleyball Tour and the Nautica Malibu Triathlon; and various
    promotions such as the 2005 Presidents Team Challenge, the
    World Team Bonus, the Atlanta Challenge in connection with the
    25th Anniversary Extravaganza and the Worldwide Cup
    promotion, net sales have exceeded the annual results for 2004.
    At the 25th Anniversary Extravaganza two new products were
    introduced,
    Liftofftm
    and
    NouriFusiontm.
    Liftofftm
    represents the Companys entry into the energy drink market
    and is intended to support our GenH program to attract a younger
    demographic segment into the distributor organization.
    NouriFusiontm
    supports the Total Plan method of operation and was a strategic
    launch to improve diversity in the product portfolio, since skin
    care (Outer Nutrition) is the category least developed as of
    2005. In October of 2005 we introduced a comprehensive Heart
    Health line which incorporates
    Niteworkstm,
    CoreComplextm,
    TriShieldtm,
    MegaGarlictm
    and
    Herbalifelinetm,
    and is endorsed by Dr. Louis Ignarro. At our World Team
    School/Leadership Development Weekend held in October 2005, we
    launched our 2006 worldwide promotion, Active World Team, which
    we believe will, when coupled with our product launches and
    branding initiatives have a positive impact on sales growth in
    2006.
 
    We believe that 2006 sales in the Americas region should
    continue its positive year over year growth primarily as a
    result of the expected continuation of the strong momentum in
    Mexico, Brazil, and the U.S.
 
    Europe
 
    Net sales in Europe increased $9.1 million, or 1.7%, for
    the year ended December 31, 2005, as compared to 2004. In
    local currency, net sales increased 1.0% for the year ended
    December 31, 2005, as compared to 2004. The fluctuation of
    foreign currency rates had a positive impact on net sales of
    $3.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2005.
    Throughout 2004, Europe experienced sales growth when compared
    to 2003, partly due to the Billion Dollar Challenge promotion in
    the first and second quarters of 2004. Such sales growth was not
    expected to be sustainable in 2005. While some markets did
    sustain growth such as Spain, France and South Africa, two key
    markets, Germany and the Netherlands, experienced sales declines
    of 20.8% and 16.2%, respectively, for the year ended
    December 31, 2005.
 
    We have recently appointed a new country manager in Germany and
    the new management team is developing a turnaround plan for 2006
    to re-engage the local distributor leadership and to rebuild
    confidence among distributors to improve recruiting and
    retention. The German leadership has begun to work together to
    improve our brand image, to implement the GenH initiative, and
    have formed an executive committee to focus on other
    initiatives. In the Netherlands we have taken steps to re-engage
    the local distributor leadership and promote the GenH initiative
    within the country.
 
    Net sales in Spain were up $7.6 million, or 23.1%, for the
    year ended December 31, 2005, as compared to 2004. The
    increase in net sales is primarily due to unified distributor
    leadership, an increasing emphasis locally on health and
    nutrition and the continuing positive impact of certain
    promotions in 2005. In France, one of our largest European
    markets, net sales were up $6.6 million, or 25.8%, for the
    year ended December 31, 2005, as compared to 2004, partly
    due to adoption of a new nutritional distributor training
    program and a special vacation promotion. Net sales in South
    Africa were up $7.1 million or 51.7%, as compared to 2004,
    primarily due to a unified distributor leadership and successful
    promotional activity. Additionally, in South Africa, we
    celebrated our 10th anniversary of doing business in the
    country with a major sales event during the third quarter.
 
    We concluded the year with a World Team School in Budapest,
    Hungary, where over 8,000 European distributors attended
    product, leadership, and business opportunity training sessions.
    During the event there was specific training on Nutrition Clubs,
    and the 2006 Active World Team promotion was introduced.
    
    51
 
 
    We believe that 2006 net sales in Europe should continue
    the positive year over year volume growth partly due to our
    global and local branding initiatives, such as sponsoring the
    London Triathlon, which are intended to continually improve our
    corporate and brand reputation in the market and our
    introduction of new products into the region, such as
    Liftofftm.
    In addition, with the recent changes to our management teams,
    both regionally and locally, we expect to formulate and
    implement a successful strategy to turn around several declining
    markets in Europe and continue positive growth trends in others.
 
    Asia/Pacific
    Rim
 
    Net sales in Asia/Pacific Rim increased $38.6 million, or
    18.7%, for the year ended December 31, 2005, as compared to
    2004. In local currency, net sales increased 14.2% for the year
    ended December 31, 2005, as compared to 2004. The
    fluctuation of foreign currency rates had a $9.3 million
    positive impact on net sales for the year ended
    December 31, 2005. The overall increase was attributable
    mainly to increases in Taiwan and South Korea.
 
    Net sales in Taiwan increased $18.4 million, or 25.6%, for
    the year ended December 31, 2005, over 2004, due primarily
    to an increase in the number of supervisors by 24.7% at
    December 31, 2005, as compared to the same time last year,
    highly engaged distributor leadership, increased local
    distributor trainings and initiatives to promote individual
    recognition of well performing distributors, new product
    launches, positive momentum from the World Team School held in
    Singapore in October 2005, the
    25th Anniversary
    Atlanta Extravaganza, and the Worldwide Cup Promotion. The
    Singapore World Team School was attended by approximately 5,000
    distributors who received product, leadership, and business
    opportunity training. Net sales in South Korea increased
    $12.2 million, or 34.0%, for the year ended
    December 31, 2005, as compared to 2004. This improvement in
    2005 was a result of positive momentum from the sales events and
    promotions discussed above and unified focus by Koreas
    country and distributor leadership. Also, in late 2004 we
    introduced
    ShapeWorkstm
    in South Korea, which had a positive impact on recruiting and
    retailing initiatives in 2005.
 
    Overall, we believe that continued local distributor training,
    positive momentum from the Singapore World Team School, the
    launch of new products
    (Nourifusiontm
    was launched in South Korea and Taiwan in late 2005), the
    opening of Malaysia in February 2006 and introduction of new
    business tools, should contribute to ongoing sales increases and
    support the continued globalization of Nutrition Clubs and the
    Total Plan in the Asia/Pacific Rim region in 2006.
 
    Japan
 
    Net sales in Japan decreased $4.1 million, or 4.1%, for the
    year ended December 31, 2005, as compared to 2004. In local
    currency, net sales in Japan decreased 2.3% for the year ended
    December 31, 2005, as compared to 2004. The fluctuation of
    foreign currency rates had a negative $1.8 million impact
    on net sales for the year ended December 31, 2005. The net
    sales decline in 2005, which is a continuation of a six-year
    downward trend in Japan, albeit at a slower rate for this
    reporting period, had been driven primarily by ineffective prior
    country management, which had not properly motivated distributor
    leadership, and the lack of new product introductions. In the
    third quarter of 2004, we appointed a new country manager who
    has focused on uniting and motivating distributor leadership to
    improve recruiting and retention of distributors, and we are in
    the process of expanding our product line to address local
    country demographic needs. In the second quarter of 2005, we
    launched
    Nourifusiontm
    and supported this launch with a formal Total Plan training for
    our distributors.
    Nourifusiontm
    International Business Packs were also created to
    synchronize the method of operation with the introduction kit.
    During 2005, we opened a new sales office in a central upscale
    location in Tokyo, a significant improvement over the existing
    location that we believe should give us greater visibility in a
    key population center. The first floor of the sales office has a
    nutrition center where distributors can bring their customers or
    potential distributors to sample our products, conduct meetings,
    and hold trainings. In December 2005, we held the Japan
    Spectacular in Kobe, Japan, making it the biggest event in Japan
    in 5 years, with approximately 6,000 distributors
    attending. Positive momentum was also generated from the
    Worldwide Cup Promotion in 2005. In the third quarter of 2005,
    Niteworkstm
    was introduced in Japan, and a special vacation promotion was
    launched. We believe the above initiatives in combination with
    the implementation of new brand and volume incentive promotional
    programs, should continue to improve sales trends in 2006.
    
    52
 
 
    Sales by
    Product Category
 
    |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  | Year Ended
    December 31, |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  | 2004 |  |  | 2005 |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | Handling & 
 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | Handling & 
 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  | Retail 
 |  |  | Distributor 
 |  |  | Product 
 |  |  | Freight 
 |  |  | Net 
 |  |  | Retail 
 |  |  | Distributor 
 |  |  | Product 
 |  |  | Freight 
 |  |  | Net 
 |  |  | % Change in 
 |  | 
|  |  | Sales |  |  | Allowance |  |  | Sales |  |  | Income |  |  | Sales |  |  | Sales |  |  | Allowance |  |  | Sales |  |  | Income |  |  | Sales |  |  | Net Sales |  | 
|  |  | (Dollars in millions) |  | 
|  | 
| 
    Weight Management
    
 |  | $ | 945.1 |  |  | $ | (465.3 | ) |  | $ | 479.8 |  |  | $ | 81.3 |  |  | $ | 561.1 |  |  | $ | 1,149.4 |  |  | $ | (565.3 | ) |  | $ | 584.1 |  |  | $ | 96.6 |  |  | $ | 680.7 |  |  |  | 21.3 | % | 
| 
    Inner Nutrition
    
 |  |  | 946.5 |  |  |  | (466.0 | ) |  |  | 480.5 |  |  |  | 81.5 |  |  |  | 562.0 |  |  |  | 1,092.1 |  |  |  | (537.1 | ) |  |  | 555.0 |  |  |  | 91.8 |  |  |  | 646.8 |  |  |  | 15.1 | % | 
| 
    Outer
    Nutrition®
    
 |  |  | 207.3 |  |  |  | (102.1 | ) |  |  | 105.2 |  |  |  | 17.9 |  |  |  | 123.1 |  |  |  | 275.9 |  |  |  | (135.7 | ) |  |  | 140.2 |  |  |  | 23.2 |  |  |  | 163.4 |  |  |  | 32.7 | % | 
| 
    Literature, Promotional and Other
    
 |  |  | 47.3 |  |  |  | 12.2 |  |  |  | 59.5 |  |  |  | 4.0 |  |  |  | 63.5 |  |  |  | 58.3 |  |  |  | 12.7 |  |  |  | 71.0 |  |  |  | 4.9 |  |  |  | 75.9 |  |  |  | 19.5 | % | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Total
    
 |  | $ | 2,146.2 |  |  | $ | (1,021.2 | ) |  | $ | 1,125.0 |  |  | $ | 184.7 |  |  | $ | 1,309.7 |  |  | $ | 2,575.7 |  |  | $ | (1,225.4 | ) |  | $ | 1,350.3 |  |  | $ | 216.5 |  |  | $ | 1,566.8 |  |  |  | 19.6 | % | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
 
    Our increased emphasis on the science of weight management and
    nutrition during the past two years has resulted in product
    introductions such as
    Niteworkstm
    and Garden 7
    tm
    and the introduction of
    ShapeWorkstm,
    a personalized meal replacement program. Due to the launch of
    ShapeWorkstm
    in March 2004 in the United States and the on-going roll-out to
    other countries, the introduction of new Outer
    Nutrition®
    products like
    NouriFusiontm,
    and the increased use of the Total Plan by distributors in
    Brazil and worldwide, which uses Outer Nutrition products as its
    foundation, net sales of weight management products and Outer
    Nutrition®
    products increased at a higher rate than net sales of inner
    nutrition products. Sales of Outer Nutrition products increased
    32.7% for the year ended December 31, 2005, which is a
    greater rate of growth than that for any other category.
    Literature, Promotional and Other, which is net of product
    buy-backs and returns in all product categories, increased, due
    primarily to an increase in literature sales from selling
    starter kits to new distributors and from a decrease in returns
    and refunds. We expect growth rates within these categories will
    vary from time to time as we launch new products.
 
    Gross
    Profit
 
    Gross profit was $1,251.0 million for the year ended
    December 31, 2005, as compared to $1,039.8 million in
    2004. As a percentage of net sales, gross profit for the year
    ended December 31, 2005 increased from 79.4% to 79.8%, as
    compared to 2004. Generally, gross profit percentages do not
    vary significantly as a percentage of sales other than due to
    product or country mix, ongoing cost reduction initiatives and
    provisions for slow moving and obsolete inventory. Additionally,
    we believe that we have the ability to mitigate ingredient and
    manufacturing cost increases from our suppliers by raising the
    prices of our products or shifting product sourcing to
    alternative manufacturers.
 
    Royalty
    Overrides
 
    Royalty Overrides as a percentage of net sales was 35.5% for the
    years ended December 31, 2004 and 2005 The favorable
    pre-tax impact of $4.0 million relating to a change in the
    allowance for uncollectible royalty overrides receivables from
    distributors in the third quarter of 2005 was partially offset
    by a favorable pre-tax impact of $2.4 million of aged
    royalty checks in the third quarter of 2004. Generally, royalty
    overrides as a percentage of net sales varies slightly from
    period to period due to changes in the mix of products and
    countries because varying Royalty Overrides are paid on certain
    products and in certain countries. Due to the structure of our
    global compensation plan coupled with the current country mix of
    our business, we do not expect to see significant fluctuations
    in Royalty Overrides as a percent of net sales.
 
    Selling,
    General, & Administrative Expenses
 
    Selling, General, and Administrative Expenses as a percentage of
    net sales improved to 30.4% for the year ended December 31,
    2005, as compared to 33.3% in 2004. The unfavorable impact of
    foreign currency fluctuations was $8.2 million for the year
    ended December 31, 2005.
 
    For the year ended December 31, 2005, Selling,
    General & Administrative Expenses increased
    $40.2 million to $476.3 million from
    $436.1 million in 2004. The increase included
    $23.1 million in higher salaries and benefits, due
    primarily to normal merit increases, increased staffing, and
    higher incentive compensation; $5.7 million relating to
    
    53
 
 
    legal and litigation expenses and additional professional fees
    primarily associated with strengthening our technology
    infrastructure; $16.0, million in additional advertising and
    promotion expenses related primarily related to our 2005
    Worldwide Cup promotion which have helped drive worldwide sales
    growth; $5.4 million in higher travel and entertainment
    expenses and $5.6 million in higher occupancy cost to
    support the growth of our business. The increases were partially
    offset by $9.2 million lower monitoring fees and other
    expenses due to the termination of the related agreements with
    Whitney and Golden Gate; $9.8 million lower amortization
    expenses; and a $0.7 million foreign exchange gain in 2005
    versus a $1.9 million loss in 2004.
 
    We expect 2006 Selling, General & Administrative
    Expenses to increase in absolute dollars over 2005 levels
    reflecting general salary merit increases; further investments
    in China; and various sales growth initiatives including sales
    events, globalization of best practices such as Nutrition Clubs
    and Total Plan, and the development of the
    direct-to-consumer
    initiative. As a percentage of net sales, these expenses should
    remain consistent with 2005 levels.
 
    Net
    Interest Expense
 
    Net interest expense was $43.9 million for the year ended
    December 31, 2005, as compared to $123.3 million in
    2004. The higher interest expense in 2004 was primarily due to
    the two recapitalizations in 2004, as noted in the table below,
    and $8.2 million additional interest expense associated
    with the $275.0 million principal amount of our 9
    1/2% Notes
    issued in March 2004:
 
    |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  | Year Ended 
 |  |  | Year Ended 
 |  | 
| 
    Interest Expense
 |  | December 31, 2005 |  |  | December 31, 2004 |  | 
|  |  | (Dollars in millions) |  | 
|  | 
| 
    113/4% Notes-Redemption Premium
    and write-off of deferred financing fees
    
 |  | $ |  |  |  | $ | 49.9 |  | 
| 
    151/2% Senior
    Notes-Redemption Premium and write-off of deferred
    financing fees
    
 |  |  |  |  |  |  | 15.4 |  | 
| 
    91/2% Senior
    Notes Clawback Premium and Write-off of deferred financing
    fees
    
 |  |  | 14.2 |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Term Loan-Write-off of deferred
    financing fees
    
 |  |  | 2.2 |  |  |  | 4.5 |  | 
| 
    Revolver-Write-off of deferred
    finance fees
    
 |  |  |  |  |  |  | 1.7 |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Recapitalization expenses included
    in Interest Expense
    
 |  |  | 16.4 |  |  | $ | 71.5 |  | 
| 
    Interest Expense
    
 |  |  | 27.5 |  |  |  | 51.8 |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Total Interest Expense
    
 |  | $ | 43.9 |  |  | $ | 123.3 |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
 
    As part of the continuation of the fourth quarter 2004
    recapitalization, we exercised a contract provision to redeem
    40%, or $110 million, of the
    91/2%
    Notes. After the required notice period, this redemption was
    completed on February 4, 2005. The premium and the
    write-off of deferred financing fees of $14.2 million
    associated with this redemption was included in interest expense
    in the first quarter of 2005.
 
    Income
    Taxes
 
    Income taxes were $82.0 million for the year ended
    December 31, 2005, as compared to $29.7 million in
    2004. As a percentage of pre-tax income, the estimated effective
    income tax rate was 46.8% for the year ended December 31,
    2005, as compared to 192.8% in 2004. The decrease in the
    effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2005 as
    compared to 2004 was caused primarily by the impact of less
    non-deductible interest including the aforementioned
    non-deductible recapitalization charges in each period.
    Offsetting these benefits was $5.5 million non-cash tax
    charge associated with moving our China subsidiary within our
    global corporate structure in the second quarter of 2005.
    Additionally, the stronger than expected revenue growth during
    the past several quarters and managements outlook that a
    mid-teens revenue growth rate will continue throughout 2006
    caused a decrease in the valuation allowances required against
    certain deferred tax assets and an increase in current taxes in
    certain areas as our worldwide transfer pricing and overall tax
    structures were impacted.
    
    54
 
 
    Foreign
    Currency Fluctuations
 
    Currency fluctuations had a favorable impact of
    $10.8 million on net results for the year ended
    December 31, 2005, when compared to what current year net
    results would have been using last years foreign exchange
    rates. For the year ended December 31, 2005, the regional
    effects were a favorable $0.7 million in Europe, a
    favorable $2.4 million in Asia/Pacific Rim, a favorable
    $7.0 million in The Americas, and a favorable
    $0.7 million in Japan.
 
    Net
    Results
 
    For the year ended December 31, 2005, net income was
    $93.1 million, or $1.28 per diluted share, compared to
    the prior-year net loss of $14.3 million or loss of
    $0.27 per diluted share. Net income as reported includes
    the effect of recapitalization transaction expenses of
    $14.2 million and $71.5 million (approximately
    $60.5 million net of tax) in 2005 and 2004, respectively, a
    non-cash tax charge of $5.5 million associated with moving
    our China subsidiary within the global corporate structure in
    the second quarter of 2005, and the favorable after-tax impact
    of $2.5 million relating to a change in the allowance for
    uncollectible royalty overrides receivables from distributors in
    the third quarter of 2005, partially offset by the
    $1.5 million favorable after-tax impact of aged royalties
    in the third quarter of 2004. The improvement in net income was
    a result of a 19.6% increase in net sales, the continued
    favorable impact from appreciation of foreign currencies, lower
    interest and income tax expense partially offset by expenditures
    we are undertaking in business initiatives resulting in higher
    operating expenses primarily from increased labor, benefits,
    incentive compensation and promotion expense. Overall, the
    appreciation of foreign currencies had a $10.8 million
    favorable impact on net income for the year ended
    December 31, 2005.
 
    Year
    ended December 31, 2004 compared to year ended
    December 31, 2003
 
    Net
    Sales
 
    The following chart reconciles Retail Sales to net sales:
 
    Sales by
    Geographic Regions
 
    |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  | Year Ended
    December 31, |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  | 2003 |  |  | 2004 |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | Handling & 
 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | Handling & 
 |  |  |  |  |  | Change 
 |  | 
|  |  | Retail 
 |  |  | Distributor 
 |  |  | Product 
 |  |  | Freight 
 |  |  | Net 
 |  |  | Retail 
 |  |  | Distributor 
 |  |  | Product 
 |  |  | Freight 
 |  |  | Net 
 |  |  | in Net 
 |  | 
|  |  | Sales |  |  | Allowance |  |  | Sales |  |  | Income |  |  | Sales |  |  | Sales |  |  | Allowance |  |  | Sales |  |  | Income |  |  | Sales |  |  | Sales |  | 
|  |  | (Dollars in millions) |  | 
|  | 
| 
    The Americas
    
 |  | $ | 687.9 |  |  | $ | (328.9 | ) |  | $ | 359.0 |  |  | $ | 65.4 |  |  | $ | 424.4 |  |  | $ | 762.6 |  |  | $ | (364.4 | ) |  | $ | 398.2 |  |  | $ | 70.0 |  |  | $ | 468.2 |  |  |  | 10.3 | % | 
| 
    Europe
    
 |  |  | 733.4 |  |  |  | (349.4 | ) |  |  | 384.0 |  |  |  | 64.2 |  |  |  | 448.2 |  |  |  | 875.5 |  |  |  | (418.0 | ) |  |  | 457.5 |  |  |  | 78.7 |  |  |  | 536.2 |  |  |  | 19.6 | % | 
| 
    Asia/Pacific Rim
    
 |  |  | 271.6 |  |  |  | (123.6 | ) |  |  | 148.0 |  |  |  | 19.5 |  |  |  | 167.5 |  |  |  | 338.7 |  |  |  | (156.3 | ) |  |  | 182.4 |  |  |  | 24.1 |  |  |  | 206.5 |  |  |  | 23.3 | % | 
| 
    Japan
    
 |  |  | 201.5 |  |  |  | (97.4 | ) |  |  | 104.1 |  |  |  | 15.2 |  |  |  | 119.3 |  |  |  | 169.4 |  |  |  | (82.5 | ) |  |  | 86.9 |  |  |  | 11.9 |  |  |  | 98.8 |  |  |  | (17.2 | )% | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Total
    
 |  | $ | 1,894.4 |  |  | $ | (899.3 | ) |  | $ | 995.1 |  |  | $ | 164.3 |  |  | $ | 1,159.4 |  |  | $ | 2,146.2 |  |  | $ | (1,021.2 | ) |  | $ | 1,125.0 |  |  | $ | 184.7 |  |  | $ | 1,309.7 |  |  |  | 13.0 | % | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
 
    Changes in net sales are directly associated with the
    recruiting, retention and retailing of our distributor force,
    the quality and completeness of the product offerings that the
    distributor force has to sell and the number of countries in
    which we operate. Managements role, both in-country and at
    the corporate level is to provide distributors with a
    competitive and broad product line, ensure strong teamwork and
    leadership among the Chairmans Club and Presidents
    Team distributors and offer leading edge business tools to make
    doing business with Herbalife simple. Management uses the
    marketing program coupled with educational and motivational
    tools to incent distributors to drive recruiting, retention and
    retailing which in turn affect net sales. Such tools include
    corporate sales events  Extravaganzas and World
    Team Schools  where large groups of distributors
    gather, thus allowing them to network with other distributors,
    learn recruiting, retention and retailing techniques from our
    leading distributors, and become more familiar with how to
    market and sell our products and business opportunities.
    Accordingly, management believes that these development and
    motivation programs can increase the productivity of the
    supervisor network. The expenses for such programs are included
    in selling, general & administrative expenses. An
    example is the Barcelona Extravaganza held in August of 2004 and
    mentioned below. Sales are driven by several factors including
    the number and productivity of distributor leaders who
    continually build, educate and motivate their respective
    distribution and sales organizations. We also use product event
    and non-event promotions
    
    55
 
 
    to motivate distributors to increase recruiting, retention and
    retailing activities. These promotions have ranged from our 2003
    laptop computer promotion to vacations or other qualifying
    events for distributors that meet certain selling and recruiting
    goals. The costs of these promotions are included in selling,
    general & administration expenses. A current example is
    the Atlanta Challenge discussed below. Similar to
    sales events, it is not possible for us to draw a precise
    quantitative correlation between a successful promotion and a
    resultant long-term effect on net sales.
 
    The factors described above have driven growth in our business.
    The following net sales by geographic region discussion further
    details some of the above factors and describes unique growth
    factors specific to certain major countries. The Company
    believes that the correct foundation, coupled with ongoing
    training and promotional initiatives is required to increase
    recruiting and retention of distributors and retailing of the
    product. The correct foundation includes strong country
    management that works closely with the distributor leadership, a
    broad product line that appeals to local consumer needs, a
    favorable regulatory environment, a scalable and stable
    technology platform and an attractive marketing plan.
    Initiatives such as Success Training Seminars, World Team
    Schools, Promotional Events and regional Extravaganzas are
    integral components of developing a highly motivated and
    educated distributor sales organization that will work toward
    increasing the recruitment and retention of distributors.
 
    The Companys strategy has included and will continue to
    include generating and maintaining growth within existing
    markets. We generally expect to continue to spend the current
    level of selling, general & administrative expenses (as
    a percent of net sales) to maintain or stimulate sales growth,
    while making strategic investments in new initiatives as
    discussed in the business strategy section. In addition, new
    ideas are being generated in our regional markets, either by
    distributors, country management or corporate management.
    Examples are the Nutrition Clubs in Mexico and the Total Plan in
    Brazil, as described in the net sales discussion below.
    Managements strategy is to review the applicability of
    expanding successful country initiatives throughout a region
    and/or
    globally where appropriate.
 
    The
    Americas
 
    Net sales in The Americas increased $43.8 million, or
    10.3%, for the year ended December 31, 2004, as compared to
    2003. In local currency, net sales increased by 10.7% for the
    year ended December 31, 2004, as compared to 2003. The
    fluctuation of foreign currency rates had a negative impact of
    $1.6 million on net sales for the year ended
    December 31, 2004. The overall increase was a result of net
    sales growth in Brazil and Mexico of $29.2 million and
    $28.8 million, or 74.4% and 39.1%, respectively, for the
    year ended December 31, 2004. These countries continue to
    benefit from strong country and distributor leadership that
    focuses on recruiting and retention of the distributor force
    that retails our product, and a product line and business
    opportunity that is attractive to the demographics in those
    countries. The net sales growth in Brazil and Mexico was
    partially offset by a net sales decrease in the U.S. of
    $22.0 million, or 8.0%.
 
    The continued net sales growth in Brazil is evidenced by the
    increased number of supervisors, up 54.6% at December 31,
    2004 compared to 2003, the expansion of the Total Plan, strong
    distributor leadership, a highly effective country management
    team and a good product portfolio. The Total Plan is a low cost
    lead generating method where distributors use our personal care
    line of products and offer consultations to obtain referrals.
    This concept specifically supports our retailing and recruiting
    initiatives and has been a catalyst for growth in Brazil.
 
    The continued net sales growth in Mexico is evidenced by the
    increased number of supervisors, up 33.0% at December 31,
    2004 compared to December 31, 2003, which reflects the
    renewed emphasis on distributor and customer retention programs
    such as the Nutrition Clubs, which are new and innovative means
    by which distributors are retailing our products to new
    customers, some of whom may eventually become distributors of
    our products. The costs to set up a Nutrition Club are generally
    nominal, and are borne solely by the distributor. Our
    distributors have opened over 2000 Nutrition Clubs to date.
 
    Growth in Brazil and Mexico was partly offset by a decline in
    net sales in the U.S., of $22.0 million, or 8.0%, for the
    year ended December 31, 2004, as compared to
    December 31, 2003. This was evidenced by a 6.1% decrease in
    the number of supervisors at December 31, 2004 as compared
    to 2003, with a similar volume point decrease when compared to
    the prior year. This is a continuation of a downward trend in
    the U.S., although the decrease in 2004 is lower than the
    decrease experienced in 2003. Contributing factors to this
    continued decline include distraction
    
    56
 
 
    among senior distributor leadership related to the transition of
    our new senior management team, strong competition from other
    direct selling companies and marketing difficulties experienced
    during the transition to the new
    ShapeWorkstm
    product line launched in March 2004. The transition to the new
    ShapeWorkstm
    product line in the U.S. cost approximately $4.2 million,
    which was primarily recorded in selling, general &
    administrative expenses. Of this, approximately
    $0.6 million was related to several previous versions of
    the package design, labels and related promotional materials, a
    cost that is not expected to be incurred in future transitions
    of this product in other regions. We believe the
    U.S. continues to be a viable market and therefore we have
    taken numerous steps to turn the business around. For example,
    we have organized regional mini-extravaganza sales
    events, the opening of a regional sales center in Dallas,
    created a U.S. country management team, where previously the
    U.S. was managed from The Americas Region, and introduced
    retailing and recruiting programs used successfully in Brazil
    and Mexico such as the Total Plan and Nutrition Clubs. The
    multiple regional mini-extravaganzas cost approximately
    $1.9 million in 2004, which was recorded in selling,
    general & administrative expenses. We expect a similar
    level of spending in 2005 to help stimulate growth in the U.S.
    market. Regional sales centers are small, walk up distribution
    centers that we are opening in key areas of the U.S. where
    we feel we are underdeveloped. The walk up centers allow
    distributors to interact with us on a more personal basis and we
    believe they will assist distributors with their recruiting and
    retention efforts. To set up the regional sales center in
    Dallas, we incurred $0.4 million in capital expenditures
    and we will spend approximately $0.6 million in annual
    operating expenses. To the extent that management chooses to
    continue to expand this model throughout the U.S. based
    upon a thorough financial review, we would expect a similar
    level of expenditure for each regional sales center that the
    Company may potentially open. Managements evaluation in
    this area has not yet been completed. Management and senior
    distributor leadership will continue to target promotions,
    events and products to specific key U.S. metro areas. We
    believe this should increase the efficiency of our spending,
    while increasing market penetration.
 
    Europe
 
    Net sales in Europe increased $87.9 million, or 19.6%, for
    the year ended December 31, 2004, as compared to 2003. In
    local currency net sales increased 8.6% for the year ended
    December 31, 2004, as compared to 2003. The fluctuation of
    foreign currency rates had a positive impact on net sales of
    $49.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2004.
    Most European markets recorded net sales growth partly as a
    result of an eight-month promotion ending in June 2004 that
    helped our distributors increase recruiting and retention and
    was further supported by the motivation and training at the
    Barcelona Extravaganza in July 2004. We spent $3.9 million,
    recorded in Selling, General & Administrative Expenses,
    on this eight month incremental sales promotion, called the
    Billion Dollar Challenge. The Barcelona Extravaganza
    had a net cost of $1.8 million and was recorded in the
    selling, general & administrative expenses. The
    November 2004 launch of
    ShapeWorkstm
    in Europe at the Bologna World Team School has been well
    received by distributors, reflecting a smoother launch than in
    the U.S. earlier this year.
 
    Net sales in Spain were up $13.8 million, or 72.5%, for the
    year ended December 31, 2004, as compared to 2003, due to a
    cohesive, renewed focus by distributor leadership, an increasing
    emphasis locally on health and nutrition and the success of the
    Billion Dollar Challenge and the Barcelona Extravaganza. Net
    sales in Turkey were up $11.4 million, or 85.7%, for the
    year ended December 31, 2004, as compared to 2003, due to
    increasing acceptance of the direct selling concept in Turkey as
    well as an energetic distributor leadership group. In Italy, one
    of our largest European markets, net sales were up
    $7.1 million, or 11.2%, for the year ended
    December 31, 2004, as compared to 2003, driven by strong
    country management and distributor leadership collaboration on
    recruiting and retention programs. In the Netherlands, another
    of our larger European markets, net sales were up
    $8.3 million, or 17.8%, for the year ended
    December 31, 2004, as compared to 2003, partly due to the
    Corporate/Distributor
    co-sponsored
    TV program, Fitness Challenge, which increased the
    visibility of the Herbalife name. The Companys cost
    related to the Fitness Challenge was less than
    $0.1 million, and was recorded in Selling,
    General & Administrative Expenses. We are currently
    reviewing whether to repeat this sponsorship in 2005. In
    addition, we initiated a new worldwide promotion, The Atlanta
    Challenge, at the Barcelona Extravaganza in July, as a means to
    incent distributors to qualify for our
    25th
    Anniversary Extravaganza in April 2005 in Atlanta. The
    25th Anniversary Cruise is a special worldwide vacation
    promotion, separate from, but occurring in connection with the
    25th
    Anniversary Extravaganza in Atlanta, and is expected to cost
    approximately $6.0 million. This is an event that
    distributors qualified for during 2004. Accordingly, we have
    accrued the expense in selling, general &
    
    57
 
 
    administrative expenses. We do not expect a similar promotion in
    2005. The
    25th
    Anniversary Extravaganza will replace the major regional
    extravaganzas in 2005, although we may still hold smaller
    regional events to carry the excitement and momentum of this
    event. We expect the net cost of the
    25th Anniversary
    Extravaganza in Atlanta to be approximately $6.4 million.
 
    In the first quarter of 2004, we took over the management of
    product distribution in Russia and Greece. Prior to this, we
    used a third-party importer to manage and distribute our product
    to distributors in these countries. We have now opened an
    administrative office and a company-operated distribution center
    in these countries to more closely align with our business model
    in most other countries around the world. This will allow more
    direct interaction with our distributors, which we feel will
    improve communication and ultimately enhance recruiting and
    retention of distributors in those countries. The cost of the
    change in business model in these countries was
    $1.0 million in capital expenditures, $4.4 million in
    transition costs that we do not expect to incur in the future
    and $5.9 million in net additional annual operating
    expenses. The transition costs and operating expenses were
    recorded in selling, general & administrative expenses.
 
    Asia/Pacific
    Rim
 
    Net sales in Asia/Pacific Rim increased $39.0 million, or
    23.3%, for the year ended December 31, 2004, as compared to
    2003. In local currency, net sales increased 19.2% for the year
    ended December 31, 2004, as compared to 2003. The
    fluctuation of foreign currency rates had a $6.8 million
    positive impact on net sales for the year ended
    December 31, 2004. The overall increase was attributable
    mainly to an increase in Taiwan, partly offset by a decrease in
    South Korea.
 
    Net sales in Taiwan increased $23.8 million, or 49.6%, for
    the year ended December 31, 2004, over 2003, due primarily
    to an increase in the number of supervisors by 34.0% at
    December 31, 2004, as compared to the same time last year,
    highly engaged distributor leadership, strong country
    management, increased local distributor trainings and
    initiatives to promote individual recognition of well performing
    distributors, new product launches, positive momentum from the
    Bangkok Extravaganza held in September and various other
    regional promotions. The Bangkok Extravaganza had a net cost of
    $1.7 million and was recorded in selling,
    general & administrative expenses. In 2005 this and
    other regional extravaganzas will be replaced by the
    25th
    Anniversary Atlanta Extravaganza. Management will evaluate the
    need for smaller regional events to carry the excitement and
    momentum of the
    25th
    Anniversary Atlanta Extravaganza to those around the world who
    are unable to attend. Net sales in South Korea decreased
    $8.0 million, or 18.3%, for the year ended
    December 31, 2004, as compared to 2003. It appears that
    numerous initiatives begun in the fourth quarter of 2003, are
    making an impact. To illustrate this improvement, while volume
    was flat (an improvement over prior years trend), net
    sales increased 11.0% in the fourth quarter as compared to the
    same period last year. We expect South Korea will report
    positive year over year sales growth in 2005. In late 2004 we
    introduced
    ShapeWorkstm
    in South Korea, at a cost of less than $0.1 million, which
    was recorded in selling, general & administrative
    expenses, and which we believe should help with recruiting and
    retailing initiatives.
 
    Japan
 
    Net sales in Japan decreased $20.5 million, or 17.2%, for
    the year ended December 31, 2004, as compared to 2003. In
    local currency, net sales in Japan decreased 22.9% for the year
    ended December 31, 2004, as compared to 2003. The
    fluctuation of foreign currency rates had a $6.8 million
    favorable impact on net sales for the year ended
    December 31, 2004. The net sales decline in 2004, which is
    a continuation of a five-year downward trend in Japan, albeit at
    a slower rate for this reporting period, had been driven
    primarily by ineffective prior country management, which had not
    properly motivated distributor leadership or introduced new
    products in a timely manner to meet distributor expectations.
    This weakness has been exacerbated by strong competition from
    other direct selling companies and a general deterioration of
    the Japanese economy. In the third quarter of 2004, we appointed
    a new country manager who is currently focusing on uniting and
    motivating distributor leadership to improve recruiting and
    retention of distributors, and we are in the process of
    expanding our product line to address local country demographic
    needs. For example in late 2004 we introduced a green tea
    flavored Formula 1 and we created individual serving
    packets for our Formula 1 product. In 2005 we will
    be opening a new sales office in a central location of Tokyo, a
    significant improvement over the existing location that we
    believe should give us greater
    
    58
 
 
    visibility in a key population center. In combination with
    implementing new brand and volume incentive promotional
    programs, we believe the above initiatives should help improve
    financial performance in 2005.
 
    Sales by
    Product Category
 
    |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  | Year Ended
    December 31, |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  | 2003 |  |  | 2004 |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | Handling & 
 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | Handling & 
 |  |  |  |  |  | Change 
 |  | 
|  |  | Retail 
 |  |  | Distributor 
 |  |  | Product 
 |  |  | Freight 
 |  |  | Net 
 |  |  | Retail 
 |  |  | Distributor 
 |  |  | Product 
 |  |  | Freight 
 |  |  | Net 
 |  |  | in Net 
 |  | 
|  |  | Sales |  |  | Allowance |  |  | Sales |  |  | Income |  |  | Sales |  |  | Sales |  |  | Allowance |  |  | Sales |  |  | Income |  |  | Sales |  |  | Sales |  | 
|  |  | (Dollars in millions) |  | 
|  | 
| 
    Weight Management
    
 |  | $ | 840.4 |  |  | $ | (413.2 | ) |  | $ | 427.2 |  |  | $ | 72.9 |  |  | $ | 500.1 |  |  | $ | 945.1 |  |  | $ | (465.3 | ) |  | $ | 479.8 |  |  | $ | 81.3 |  |  | $ | 561.1 |  |  |  | 12.2% |  | 
| 
    Inner
    Nutrition®
    
 |  |  | 849.0 |  |  |  | (417.5 | ) |  |  | 431.5 |  |  |  | 73.6 |  |  |  | 505.1 |  |  |  | 946.5 |  |  |  | (466.0 | ) |  |  | 480.5 |  |  |  | 81.5 |  |  |  | 562.0 |  |  |  | 11.3% |  | 
| 
    Outer
    Nutrition®
    
 |  |  | 177.6 |  |  |  | (87.3 | ) |  |  | 90.3 |  |  |  | 15.4 |  |  |  | 105.7 |  |  |  | 207.3 |  |  |  | (102.1 | ) |  |  | 105.2 |  |  |  | 17.9 |  |  |  | 123.1 |  |  |  | 16.5% |  | 
| 
    Literature, Promotional and Other
    
 |  |  | 27.4 |  |  |  | 18.7 |  |  |  | 46.1 |  |  |  | 2.4 |  |  |  | 48.5 |  |  |  | 47.3 |  |  |  | 12.2 |  |  |  | 59.5 |  |  |  | 4.0 |  |  |  | 63.5 |  |  |  | 30.9% |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Total
    
 |  | $ | 1,894.4 |  |  | $ | (899.3 | ) |  | $ | 995.1 |  |  | $ | 164.3 |  |  | $ | 1,159.4 |  |  | $ | 2,146.2 |  |  | $ | (1,021.2 | ) |  | $ | 1,125.0 |  |  | $ | 184.7 |  |  | $ | 1,309.7 |  |  |  | 13.0% |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
 
    Our increased emphasis on the science of weight management and
    nutrition during the past two years, illustrated by our assembly
    of the Scientific Advisory Board and the Medical Advisory Board,
    has resulted in numerous product introductions like
    Niteworkstm
    and Garden
    7tm
    and the introduction of
    ShapeWorkstm
    , a personalized meal replacement program. Due to the launch of
    our
    ShapeWorkstm
    product line in March 2004 and the introduction of new personal
    care products, net sales of weight management products and Outer
    Nutrition®
    products increased at a higher rate than net sales of inner
    nutrition products. The rationalization of our Outer
    Nutrition®
    product line in 2002 resulted in an initial decrease in sales,
    but since then the line has represented approximately 9% of our
    net sales. The product line today is designed to complement the
    weight management and inner nutrition product lines with
    products for improving the appearance of the body, skin and
    hair. Literature, Promotional and Other, which includes product
    buy-backs and returns in all product categories, increased due
    to a decrease in returns and refunds. We expect shifts within
    these categories from time to time as we launch new products.
 
    Gross
    Profit
 
    Gross profit was $1,039.8 million for the year ended
    December 31, 2004, as compared to $923.6 million in
    2003. As a percentage of net sales, gross profit for the year
    ended December 31, 2004 decreased from 79.7% to 79.4%, as
    compared to 2003. The decrease in gross profit as a percentage
    of net sales for the year ended December 31, 2004 was
    attributable mainly to an increase in provisions made for slow
    moving and obsolete inventory of $4.8 million as well as a
    small sales mix variance, which was partially offset by lower
    raw material and vendor costs. Generally, gross profit
    percentages do not vary significantly as a percentage of sales
    other than due to ongoing cost reduction initiatives and
    provisions for slow moving and obsolete inventory. Additionally,
    we believe that we have the ability to mitigate price increases
    by raising the prices of our products or shifting product
    sourcing to alternative manufacturers.
 
    Royalty
    Overrides
 
    Royalty Overrides as a percentage of net sales were 35.5% for
    the year ended December 31, 2004, as compared to 35.8% in
    2003. As a percentage of net sales, Royalty Overrides decreased
    by 0.3% for the year ended December 31, 2004, as compared
    to 2003, due primarily to the $2.4 million favorable impact
    of aged royalties. Generally, this ratio varies slightly from
    period to period due to changes in the mix of products and
    countries because full Royalty Overrides are not paid on certain
    products or in certain countries. Due to the structure of our
    global compensation plan, we do not expect to see significant
    fluctuations in Royalty Overrides as a percent of net sales.
 
    Selling,
    General & Administrative Expenses
 
    Selling, general, and administrative expenses as a percentage of
    net sales were 33.3% for the year ended December 31, 2004,
    as compared to 34.6% in 2003.
    
    59
 
 
    For the year ended December 31, 2004, selling,
    general & administrative expenses increased
    $34.8 million to $436.1 million from
    $401.3 million in 2003. The increase included
    $15.4 million in higher salaries and benefits, due
    primarily to normal merit increases, the impact of foreign
    currency fluctuations, a lower bonus expense in 2003 based on
    not fully achieving targets that year and increases related to
    the strengthening of the management team regionally and in the
    U.S.; $13.8 million in additional professional fees
    associated with higher legal and accounting expenses, including
    Sarbanes-Oxley compliance, technology expenses, and higher
    manufacturing consulting expenses related to the
    start-up of
    our facility in China; $4.5 million in additional
    promotional expenses related primarily to the
    ShapeWorkstm
    launch, the eight-month European promotion program noted above
    which ended in June 2004 and expenses related to our 25 th
    Anniversary promotions, all of which were detailed in the
    discussion of net sales by region; $12.2 million in higher
    non-income taxes due primarily to higher sales in certain
    jurisdictions; $2.6 million relating to the
    recapitalization in March, which we do not expect to recur in
    2005; and $3.0 million in higher provisions made for
    doubtful accounts. The changes discussed above include the
    unfavorable impact of foreign currency fluctuations on operating
    expenses of $9.3 million The increases were partially
    offset by $8.7 million lower litigation expenses,
    $4.6 million lower foreign exchange transaction losses and
    $11.7 million lower amortization expense of intangibles for
    the year ended December 31, 2004, as compared to 2003, due
    to the final allocation in the third quarter of 2003 of the
    purchase price in connection with the Acquisition.
 
    In December 2004, we reached an agreement with the Equity
    Sponsors to terminate a monitoring fee agreement in exchange for
    the issuance of 700,000 warrants. Using the Black-Scholes model
    we have calculated the fair value of this consideration to be
    approximately $2.9 million, which is included in 2004
    expenses.
 
    We target a product gross profit of approximately 80% of net
    sales, which allows us to economically remit royalties to our
    distributor organization, pay our vendors for product and cover
    operating costs associated with product development and
    licensing, warehousing, distribution and transportation. We
    generally do not target promotions or advertising at any
    particular product or brand. Our significant promotions are
    generally aimed at generating increased levels of recruiting and
    retention of distributors. An example is the European Billion
    Dollar Challenge in the first half of 2004. Under this
    promotion, distributors qualified for various levels of award,
    based on the incremental sales volume they achieved. Generally,
    when a major new product is launched, there will be expenditures
    related to the roll-out and promotion of such products. Based on
    the breadth and manner of a product launch, these costs could be
    material or immaterial. For example, as detailed previously in
    the net sales discussion, we introduced
    ShapeWorkstm
    in the United States in 2004 at an extravaganza, at a cost of
    approximately $3.7 million, net of costs of labeling and
    packaging revisions prior to introduction. The same product was
    launched in Europe at the Bologna event (a
    mini-extravaganza) at a cost of $0.5 million,
    and in South Korea, not tied to any major event, at a cost of
    less than $0.1 million. Product or brand advertising is
    generally handled by our distributors, although in 2005, we
    anticipate participating in sponsoring certain sporting events
    that will raise awareness and recognition of the Herbalife
    brand. We have not finalized these plans, but we expect that
    spending on such events would not be material in 2005.
    
    60
 
 
    Net
    Interest Expense
 
    Net interest expense was $123.3 million for the year ended
    December 31, 2004, as compared to $41.5 million in
    2003. The higher interest expense in 2004 was primarily due to
    the two recapitalizations in 2004 as noted in the table below
    and $8.2 million additional interest expense associated
    with the $275.0 million principal amount of our
    91/2%
    Notes issued in March 2004:
 
    |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  | Year Ended 
 |  |  | Year Ended 
 |  | 
|  |  | December 31, 
 |  |  | December 31, 
 |  | 
| 
    Interest Expense
 |  | 2004 |  |  | 2003 |  | 
|  |  | (Dollars in millions) |  | 
|  | 
| 
    113/4% Notes-Redemption Premium
    and write-off of deferred financing fees
    
 |  | $ | 49.9 |  |  | $ | 1.4 |  | 
| 
    121/2% Senior
    Notes-Redemption Premium and write-off of deferred
    financing fees
    
 |  |  | 15.4 |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Term Loan-Write-off of deferred
    financing fees
    
 |  |  | 4.5 |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Revolver-Write-off of deferred
    finance fees
    
 |  |  | 1.7 |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Recapitalization expenses included
    in Interest Expense
    
 |  | $ | 71.5 |  |  | $ | 1.4 |  | 
| 
    Interest Expense
    
 |  |  | 51.8 |  |  |  | 40.1 |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Total Interest Expense
    
 |  | $ | 123.3 |  |  | $ | 41.5 |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
 
    As part of the continuation of the fourth quarter 2004
    recapitalization, we exercised a contract provision to redeem
    40%, or $110 million, of the
    91/2%
    Notes. After the required notice period, this redemption was
    completed on February 4, 2005. The premium and the
    write-off of deferred financing fees of $14.2 million
    associated with this redemption will be included in interest
    expense in the first quarter of 2005.
 
    Income
    Taxes
 
    Income taxes were $29.7 million for the year ended
    December 31, 2004, as compared to $28.7 million in
    2003. As a percentage of pre-tax income, the estimated effective
    income tax rate was 192.8% for the year ended December 31,
    2004, as compared to 43.8% in 2003. The increase in the
    effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2004 as
    compared to 2003 was caused primarily by the expenses related to
    the recapitalizations, a significant portion of which are
    non-deductible, and the non-deductible interest expense
    associated with the
    91/2%
    Notes. Excluding the impact of the recapitalization expenses of
    $71.5 million, the 2004 effective tax rate would have been
    approximately 47%. In 2005, we believe the effective tax rate
    should decrease to 43%, reflecting the lower level of non
    deductible interest, and before the impact of the
    $14.2 million of premium and write-off of deferred
    financing fees noted in interest expense above. We estimate the
    unfavorable impact to the effective tax rate of including these
    expenses could be as high as 4%.
 
    Foreign
    Currency Fluctuations
 
    Currency fluctuations had a favorable impact of
    $12.9 million on net results for the year ended
    December 31, 2004, when compared to what current year net
    results would have been using last years foreign exchange
    rates. For the year ended December 31, 2004, the regional
    effects were a favorable $7.5 million in Europe, a
    favorable $2.7 million in Asia/Pacific Rim, a favorable
    $0.2 million in The Americas, and a favorable
    $2.5 million in Japan.
 
    Net
    Results
 
    Net results for the year ended December 31, 2004 including
    $71.5 million of pre-tax recapitalization expenses
    (approximately $60.5 million net of tax), was a loss of
    $14.3 million, or a loss of $0.27 per diluted share,
    which was $51.2 million lower than the prior-year net
    income of $36.8 million or earnings of $0.69 per
    diluted share. The recapitalization expenses in the first and
    fourth quarters of 2004 of $71.5 million pre-tax resulted
    from the repurchase our
    151/2%
    senior notes, and the
    113/4
    Notes, and the refinancing of Herbalife Internationals
    term loan. Net results were also impacted by the interest
    expense associated with the
    91/2%
    Notes, higher promotional expenses and labor costs, partially
    offset by the 13.0% increase in net sales, the favorable impact
    of aged royalties and the favorable impact of the appreciation
    of foreign currencies. Overall, the appreciation of foreign
    currencies had a $12.9 million favorable impact on net
    results for 2004.
    
    61
 
 
    Liquidity
    and Capital Resources
 
    We have historically met our working capital and capital
    expenditure requirements, including funding for expansion of
    operations, through net cash flows provided by operating
    activities. Our principal source of liquidity is our operating
    cash flows. Variations in sales of our products would directly
    affect the availability of funds. There are no material
    restrictions on the ability to transfer and remit funds among
    our international affiliated companies.
 
    For the year ended December 31, 2005, we generated
    $143.4 million from operating cash flows, as compared to
    $80.1 million in 2004. The increase in cash generated from
    operations reflected an increase in operating income of
    $80.4 million, which was primarily driven by a 19.6% growth
    in net sales and a decrease in interest paid in 2005 of
    $49.9 million, partially offset by an increase in income
    taxes paid of $44.9 million and an increase in inventory.
 
    Capital expenditures, including capital leases, for the year
    ended December 31, 2005 were $32.6 million, as
    compared to $30.3 million in 2004. The majority of these
    expenditures represented investments in management information
    systems, internet tools for distributors, the relocation of our
    facility in Japan, and the expansion of our facilities in China.
    We expect to incur capital expenditures of up to
    $45 million in 2006.
 
    2005 and 2006 are investment years for us in China as we expand
    our business there. The operating loss for 2005 was
    $2.2 million and we currently anticipate to fund an
    operating loss of approximately $10.0 million in 2006, in
    addition to total capital expenditures and working capital of up
    to $15.0 million for the planned build-out of retail
    stores, our offices and the expansion of the capabilities of our
    manufacturing facility. In 2005 we invested approximately
    $4.5 million in capital expenditures in China.
 
    In December 2004, Herbalife completed an initial public offering
    in connection with which several recapitalization transactions
    were completed, including the tender for all of the outstanding
    113/4% Notes,
    of which 99.9% accepted the tender offer, and a replacement of
    the existing term loan and revolving credit facility with a new
    $225.0 million senior credit facility. In addition, we
    redeemed $110 million principal amount excluding discounts
    or 40% of our outstanding
    91/2% Notes
    in February of 2005 for the cash amount of $124.1 million,
    including a premium of $10.5 million and accrued interest
    of $3.6 million. Interest expense in 2005 includes the
    redemption amount of $14.2 million which represents
    $10.5 million of premium and $3.7 million of write off
    of deferred financing cost and discount.
 
    The $225.0 million senior credit facility consists of a
    senior secured revolving credit facility with total availability
    of up to $25.0 million and a senior secured term loan
    facility in an aggregate principal amount of
    $200.0 million. The revolver is available until
    December 21, 2009. The revolver bears interest at LIBOR
    plus 2%. In April 2005 the senior credit facility was amended
    whereby the interest rate was reduced from LIBOR plus
    21/4%
    to LIBOR plus
    13/4%.
    In addition, the amount payable in connection with a partial or
    full refinancing of the loan within the first year of the
    amendment shall equal 101% of the principal amount. In August
    2005, the senior credit facility was amended to permit the
    purchase, repurchase or redemption of up to $50.0 million
    aggregate principal amount of the
    91/2% Notes
    due 2011. There were no repurchases of the
    91/2%
    Notes in 2005. With regard to the term loan we are obligated to
    pay $0.2 million every quarter until September 30,
    2010 and the remaining principal amount on December 21,
    2010. During 2005 we prepaid approximately $109.0 million
    of our senior credit facility resulting in approximately
    $2.2 million additional interest expense from write-off of
    deferred financing fees. As of December 31, 2005, the
    outstanding balance of the term loan was $89.8 million and
    no amounts had been borrowed under the revolving credit facility.
 
    The senior credit facility and the
    91/2% Notes
    include customary covenants that restrict, among other things,
    the ability to incur additional debt, pay dividends or make
    certain other restricted payments, incur liens, merge or sell
    all or substantially all of our assets, or enter into various
    transactions with affiliates. Additionally, the senior credit
    facility includes covenants relating to the maintenance of
    certain leverage, fixed charge coverage, and interest coverage
    ratios, and requirements to make early payments to the extent of
    excess cash flow, as defined therein.
    
    62
 
 
    The following summarizes our contractual obligations including
    interest at December 31, 2005 and the effect such
    obligations are expected to have on our liquidity and cash flows
    in future periods:
 
    |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  | Payments Due by Period |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 2011 & 
 |  | 
|  |  | Total |  |  | 2006 |  |  | 2007 |  |  | 2008 |  |  | 2009 |  |  | 2010 |  |  | Thereafter |  | 
|  |  | (Dollars in millions) |  | 
|  | 
| 
    Term Debt
    
 |  | $ | 118.2 |  |  | $ | 6.8 |  |  | $ | 6.7 |  |  | $ | 6.6 |  |  | $ | 6.5 |  |  | $ | 91.6 |  |  | $ |  |  | 
| 
    113/4% Notes
    
 |  | $ | 0.2 |  |  | $ |  |  |  | $ |  |  |  | $ |  |  |  | $ |  |  |  | $ | 0.2 |  |  | $ |  |  | 
| 
    91/2% Notes
    
 |  | $ | 251.2 |  |  | $ | 15.7 |  |  | $ | 15.7 |  |  | $ | 15.7 |  |  | $ | 15.7 |  |  | $ | 15.7 |  |  | $ | 172.7 |  | 
| 
    Capital Lease
    
 |  | $ | 5.5 |  |  | $ | 3.4 |  |  | $ | 1.9 |  |  | $ | 0.2 |  |  | $ |  |  |  | $ |  |  |  | $ |  |  | 
| 
    Other debt
    
 |  | $ | 6.6 |  |  | $ | 5.7 |  |  | $ | 0.9 |  |  | $ |  |  |  | $ |  |  |  | $ |  |  |  | $ |  |  | 
| 
    Operating leases
    
 |  | $ | 77.9 |  |  | $ | 16.2 |  |  | $ | 10.5 |  |  | $ | 7.8 |  |  | $ | 7.0 |  |  | $ | 6.7 |  |  | $ | 29.7 |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Total
    
 |  | $ | 459.6 |  |  | $ | 47.8 |  |  | $ | 35.7 |  |  | $ | 30.3 |  |  | $ | 29.2 |  |  | $ | 114.2 |  |  | $ | 202.4 |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
 
    Whitney and Golden Gate (and/or their affiliates) were parties
    to a Share Purchase Agreement (the Share Purchase
    Agreement) pursuant to which they originally purchased our
    Preferred Shares. Under the terms of the Share Purchase
    Agreement, Whitney and Golden Gate could, subject to approval by
    our board of directors and 75% of our shareholders, require us
    to pay a dividend to all of our shareholders related to certain
    income that may be taxable to them resulting from their
    ownership of our shares. We made dividend payments of
    $6.3 million to our shareholders in the fourth quarter of
    2004, related to certain income that may be taxable to them for
    the years ended December 31, 2003 and December 31,
    2004.
 
    In December 2004, we entered into a termination agreement with
    the parties to the Share Purchase Agreement. Pursuant to the
    termination agreement, the Share Purchase Agreement and all
    obligations and liabilities of the parties under the Share
    Purchase Agreement were terminated. As consideration for the
    termination of the Share Purchase Agreement, we have entered
    into a Tax Indemnification Agreement with Whitney and Golden
    Gate (and/or their affiliates) pursuant to which we have agreed
    to indemnify each of those parties for the Federal income tax
    liability and any related losses they incur in respect of income
    of Herbalife that is (or would be) includible in the gross
    income of that party for any taxable period under
    Section 951(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
    amended (the Code). Under the terms of the Tax
    Indemnification Agreement, we assume, for this purpose, that
    each indemnified party is a United States
    shareholder as defined in Section 951(b) of the Code.
    We do not, however, have any obligation to provide an indemnity
    with respect to any taxes or related losses incurred that have
    been reimbursed under the Share Purchase Agreement. Our senior
    credit facility permits us to pay these tax indemnity payments,
    but restricts the aggregate amount that we can pay in any given
    year to no more than $15 million. We currently anticipate
    that no amounts will be required to be paid under this agreement
    for 2005. As a result of the secondary offering in December 2005
    in which Whitney and Golden Gate sold approximately
    12.6 million shares, we are no longer a controlled foreign
    corporation. Consequently, for 2006 and thereafter, no payments
    under this agreement will be required.
 
    In connection with the initial public offering we paid a special
    cash dividend to stockholders of record prior to the offering in
    the amount of $139.7 million.
 
    The declaration of future dividends is subject to the discretion
    of our board of directors and will depend upon various factors,
    including our earnings, financial condition, restrictions
    imposed by our credit agreement, cash requirements, future
    prospects and other factors deemed relevant by our board of
    directors. Our credit agreement permits payments of dividends as
    long as no default exists and the amount does not exceed
    $20.0 million per fiscal year provided that the amount of
    dividends may be increased by 25% of the consolidated net income
    for the prior fiscal year if the Leverage Ratio (as defined in
    our credit agreement) for the four fiscal quarters of such
    fiscal year is less than or equal to 2.00:1.00.
 
    As of December 31, 2005, we had positive working capital of
    $14.1 million. Cash and cash equivalents were
    $88.2 million at December 31, 2005, compared to
    $201.6 million at December 31, 2004.
    
    63
 
 
    We expect that cash and funds provided from operations and
    available borrowings under our new revolving credit facility
    will provide sufficient working capital to operate our business,
    to make expected capital expenditures and to meet foreseeable
    liquidity requirements, including debt service on the
    91/2% Notes and the new senior credit facility. There can
    be no assurance, however, that our business will service our
    debt, including our outstanding notes, or fund our other
    liquidity needs.
 
    The majority of our purchases from suppliers are generally made
    in U.S. dollars, while sales to Herbalife distributors generally
    are made in local currencies. Consequently, strengthening of the
    U.S. dollar versus a foreign currency can have a negative
    impact on operating margins and can generate transaction losses
    on intercompany transactions. For discussion of our foreign
    exchange contracts and other hedging arrangements, see the
    quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risks
    described below.
 
    Quarterly
    Results of Operations
 
    All common shares and earnings per share data for the Company
    gives effect to a 1:2 reverse stock split, which took effect
    December 1, 2004.
 
    |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  | Quarter Ended |  | 
|  |  | March 31, 
 |  |  | June 30, 
 |  |  | September 30, 
 |  |  | December 31, 
 |  |  | March 31, 
 |  |  | June 30, 
 |  |  | September 30, 
 |  |  | December 31, 
 |  | 
|  |  | 2004 |  |  | 2004 |  |  | 2004 |  |  | 2004 |  |  | 2005 |  |  | 2005 |  |  | 2005 |  |  | 2005 |  | 
|  |  | (In thousands except per share
    data) |  | 
|  | 
| 
    Operations:
    
 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Net sales
    
 |  | $ | 324,052 |  |  | $ | 324,160 |  |  | $ | 319,809 |  |  | $ | 341,641 |  |  | $ | 372,060 |  |  | $ | 384,667 |  |  | $ | 400,997 |  |  | $ | 409,026 |  | 
| 
    Cost of sales
    
 |  |  | 63,618 |  |  |  | 66,245 |  |  |  | 68,961 |  |  |  | 71,089 |  |  |  | 75,737 |  |  |  | 77,373 |  |  |  | 79,482 |  |  |  | 83,155 |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Gross profit
    
 |  |  | 260,434 |  |  |  | 257,915 |  |  |  | 250,848 |  |  |  | 270,552 |  |  |  | 296,323 |  |  |  | 307,294 |  |  |  | 321,515 |  |  |  | 325,871 |  | 
| 
    Royalty Overrides
    
 |  |  | 115,856 |  |  |  | 114,532 |  |  |  | 111,978 |  |  |  | 122,526 |  |  |  | 135,168 |  |  |  | 137,089 |  |  |  | 138,618 |  |  |  | 144,790 |  | 
| 
    Selling, general &
    administrative expenses
    
 |  |  | 107,840 |  |  |  | 105,199 |  |  |  | 102,772 |  |  |  | 120,329 |  |  |  | 110,029 |  |  |  | 117,817 |  |  |  | 121,584 |  |  |  | 126,837 |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Operating income
    
 |  |  | 36,738 |  |  |  | 38,184 |  |  |  | 36,098 |  |  |  | 27,697 |  |  |  | 51,126 |  |  |  | 52,388 |  |  |  | 61,313 |  |  |  | 54,244 |  | 
| 
    Interest income (expense), net
    
 |  |  | (27,373 | ) |  |  | (14,256 | ) |  |  | (13,604 | ) |  |  | (68,071 | ) |  |  | (22,202 | ) |  |  | (7,446 | ) |  |  | (7,950 | ) |  |  | (6,326 | ) | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Income (loss) before income taxes
    
 |  |  | 9,365 |  |  |  | 23,928 |  |  |  | 22,494 |  |  |  | (40,374 | ) |  |  | 28,924 |  |  |  | 44,942 |  |  |  | 53,363 |  |  |  | 47,918 |  | 
| 
    Income taxes
    
 |  |  | 9,849 |  |  |  | 11,840 |  |  |  | 11,004 |  |  |  | (2,968 | ) |  |  | 15,648 |  |  |  | 22,168 |  |  |  | 26,226 |  |  |  | 17,964 |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Net: income (loss)
    
 |  | $ | (484 | ) |  | $ | 12,088 |  |  | $ | 11,490 |  |  | $ | (37,406 | ) |  | $ | 13,276 |  |  | $ | 22,774 |  |  | $ | 27,137 |  |  | $ | 29,954 |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Earnings (loss) per share
    
 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Basic
    
 |  | $ | (0.01 | ) |  | $ | 0.23 |  |  | $ | 0.22 |  |  | $ | (0.68 | ) |  | $ | 0.19 |  |  | $ | 0.33 |  |  | $ | 0.39 |  |  | $ | 0.43 |  | 
| 
    Diluted
    
 |  | $ | (0.01 | ) |  | $ | 0.22 |  |  | $ | 0.21 |  |  | $ | (0.68 | ) |  | $ | 0.19 |  |  | $ | 0.32 |  |  | $ | 0.37 |  |  | $ | 0.41 |  | 
| 
    Weighted average shares outstanding
    
 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Basic
    
 |  |  | 52,035 |  |  |  | 52,063 |  |  |  | 52,265 |  |  |  | 55,256 |  |  |  | 68,643 |  |  |  | 68,678 |  |  |  | 69,077 |  |  |  | 69,487 |  | 
| 
    Diluted
    
 |  |  | 52,035 |  |  |  | 55,066 |  |  |  | 55,660 |  |  |  | 55,256 |  |  |  | 71,714 |  |  |  | 71,860 |  |  |  | 73,455 |  |  |  | 73,444 |  | 
 
    Contingencies
 
    We are from time to time engaged in routine litigation. We
    regularly review all pending litigation matters in which we are
    involved and establish reserves deemed appropriate by management
    for these litigation matters when a probable loss estimate can
    be made.
 
    Herbalife International and certain of its independent
    distributors have been named as defendants in a purported class
    action lawsuit filed February 17, 2005, in the Superior
    Court of California, County of San Francisco, and served on
    Herbalife International on March 14, 2005
    (Minton v. Herbalife International, et al). The
    case has been transferred to the Los Angeles County Superior
    Court. The plaintiff is challenging the marketing practices of
    certain Herbalife International independent distributors and
    Herbalife International under various state laws prohibiting
    endless chain schemes, insufficient disclosure in
    assisted marketing plans, unfair and deceptive business
    practices, and fraud and deceit. The plaintiff alleges that the
    Freedom Group system operated by certain independent
    distributors of Herbalife International products places too much
    emphasis on recruiting and encourages excessively large
    purchases of product and promotional materials by distributors.
    The plaintiff also alleges that
    
    64
 
 
    Freedom Group pressured distributors to disseminate misleading
    promotional materials. The plaintiff seeks to hold Herbalife
    International vicariously liable for the actions of its
    independent distributors and is seeking damages and injunctive
    relief. The Company believes that we have meritorious defenses
    to the suit.
 
    Herbalife International and certain of its distributors have
    been named as defendants in a purported class action lawsuit
    filed July 16, 2003, in the Circuit Court of Ohio County in
    the State of West Virginia (Mey v. Herbalife
    International, Inc., et al). The complaint alleges that
    certain telemarketing practices of certain Herbalife
    International distributors violate the Telephone Consumer
    Protection Act, or TCPA, and seeks to hold Herbalife
    International vicariously liable for the practices of its
    distributors. More specifically, the plaintiffs complaint
    alleges that several of Herbalife Internationals
    distributors used pre-recorded telephone messages and
    autodialers to contact prospective customers in violation of the
    TCPAs prohibition of such practices. Herbalife
    Internationals distributors are independent contractors
    and if any such distributors in fact violated the TCPA they also
    violated Herbalifes policies which require its
    distributors to comply with all applicable federal, state and
    local laws. The Company believes that we have meritorious
    defenses to the suit.
 
    As a marketer of dietary and nutritional supplements and other
    products that are ingested by consumers or applied to their
    bodies, we have been and are currently subjected to various
    product liability claims. The effects of these claims to date
    have not been material to us, and the reasonably possible range
    of exposure on currently existing claims is not material to us.
    We believe that we have meritorious defenses to the allegations
    contained in the lawsuits. We currently maintain product
    liability insurance with an annual deductible of
    $10 million.
 
    Certain of our subsidiaries have been subject to tax audits by
    governmental authorities in their respective countries. In
    certain of these tax audits, governmental authorities are
    proposing that significant amounts of additional taxes and
    related interest and penalties are due. We and our tax advisors
    believe that there are substantial defenses to their allegations
    that additional taxes are owed, and we are vigorously contesting
    the additional proposed taxes and related charges.
 
    These matters may take several years to resolve, and we cannot
    be sure of their ultimate resolution. However, it is the opinion
    of management that adverse outcomes, if any, will not likely
    result in a material effect on our financial condition and
    operating results. This opinion is based on our belief that any
    losses we suffer would not be material and that we have
    meritorious defenses. Although we have reserved an amount that
    we believe represents the likely outcome of the resolution of
    these disputes, if we are incorrect in our assessment we may
    have to record additional expenses.
 
    Critical
    Accounting Policies
 
    Our Consolidated Financial Statements are prepared in conformity
    with accounting principles generally accepted in the United
    States, which require us to make estimates and assumptions that
    affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
    disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of
    the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and
    expenses during the year. Actual results could differ from those
    estimates. We consider the following policies to be most
    critical in understanding the judgments that are involved in
    preparing the financial statements and the uncertainties that
    could impact our results of operations, financial condition and
    cash flows.
 
    We are a network marketing company that sells a wide range of
    weight management products, nutritional supplements and personal
    care products within one industry segment as defined under
    SFAS No. 131, Disclosures about Segments of an
    Enterprise and Related Information. Our products are
    manufactured by third party providers and then sold to
    independent distributors who sell Herbalife products to retail
    consumers or other distributors.
 
    We sell products in 60 countries throughout the world and we are
    organized and managed by geographic region. In the first quarter
    of 2003, we elected to aggregate our operating segments into one
    reporting segment, as management believes that our operating
    segments have similar operating characteristics and similar long
    term operating performance. In making this determination,
    management believes that the operating segments are similar in
    the nature of the products sold, the product acquisition
    process, the types of customers products are sold to, the
    methods used to distribute the products, and the nature of the
    regulatory environment.
    
    65
 
 
    Revenue is recognized when products are shipped and title passes
    to the independent distributor or importer. Amounts billed for
    freight and handling costs are included in net sales. We
    generally receive the net sales price in cash or through credit
    card payments at the point of sale. Related royalty overrides
    and allowances for product returns are recorded when the
    merchandise is shipped.
 
    Allowances for product returns, primarily in connection with our
    buyback program, are provided at the time the product is
    shipped. This accrual is based upon historic return rates for
    each country, which vary from zero to approximately 5.0% of
    retail sales, and the relevant return pattern, which reflects
    anticipated returns to be received over a period of up to
    12 months following the original sale. Historically,
    product returns and buybacks have not been significant. Product
    returns and buybacks were approximately 1.9%, 1.1% and 1.0% of
    retail sales for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004
    and 2005 respectively. No material changes in estimates have
    been recognized for the year ended December 31, 2005 or for
    the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003.
 
    We record reserves against our inventory to provide for
    estimated obsolete or unsalable inventory based on assumptions
    about future demand for our products and market conditions. If
    future demand and market conditions are less favorable than
    managements assumptions, additional reserves could be
    required. Likewise, favorable future demand and market
    conditions could positively impact future operating results if
    previously reserved for inventory is sold. We reserved for
    obsolete and slow moving inventory totaling $4.2 million,
    $6.2 million and $8.0 million as of December 31,
    2003, 2004 and 2005, respectively.
 
    In accordance with SFAS No. 144, long-lived assets,
    such as property, plant, and equipment, and purchased
    intangibles subject to amortization, are reviewed for impairment
    whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the
    carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable.
    Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a
    comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to estimated
    undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the
    asset. If the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its estimated
    future cash flows, an impairment charge is recognized by the
    amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the
    fair value of the asset. Assets to be disposed of would be
    separately presented in the balance sheet and reported at the
    lower of the carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell,
    and are no longer depreciated. The assets and liabilities of a
    disposed group classified as held for sale would be presented
    separately in the appropriate asset and liability sections of
    the balance sheet.
 
    Goodwill and other intangibles not subject to amortization are
    tested annually for impairment, and are tested for impairment
    more frequently if events and circumstances indicate that the
    asset might be impaired. An impairment loss is recognized to the
    extent that the carrying amount exceeds the assets fair
    value. This determination is made at the reporting unit level
    and consists of two steps. First, the Company determines the
    fair value of a reporting unit and compares it to its carrying
    amount. Second, if the carrying amount of a reporting unit
    exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss is recognized for any
    excess of the carrying amount of the reporting units
    goodwill and other intangibles over the implied fair value. The
    implied fair value is determined by allocating the fair value of
    the reporting unit in a manner similar to a purchase price
    allocation, in accordance with SFAS No. 141,
    Business Combinations. The residual fair value after this
    allocation is the implied fair value of the reporting unit
    goodwill and other intangibles. As of December 31, 2005, we
    had goodwill of approximately $134.2 million, and marketing
    franchise of $310.0 million. No write-downs were recognized
    for the year ended December 31, 2004. Goodwill was reduced
    in 2005 by approximately $33.3 million due primarily to a
    reduction in the valuation allowance established at the time of
    the Acquisition against pre-Acquisition tax benefits.
 
    Contingencies are accounted for in accordance with
    SFAS No. 5, Accounting for Contingencies.
    SFAS No. 5 requires that we record an estimated loss
    from a loss contingency when information available prior to
    issuance of our financial statements indicates that it is
    probable that an asset has been impaired or a liability has been
    incurred at the date of the financial statements and the amount
    of the loss can be reasonably estimated. Accounting for
    contingencies such as legal and income tax matters requires us
    to use judgment. Many of these legal and tax contingencies can
    take years to be resolved. Generally, as the time period
    increases over which the uncertainties are resolved, the
    likelihood of changes to the estimate of the ultimate outcome
    increases.
 
    Deferred income tax assets have been established for net
    operating loss carryforwards of certain foreign subsidiaries and
    have been reduced by a valuation allowance to reflect them at
    amounts estimated to be ultimately recognized. The net operating
    loss carryforwards expire in varying amounts over a future
    period of time.
    
    66
 
 
    Realization of the income tax carryforwards is dependent on
    generating sufficient taxable income prior to expiration of the
    carryforwards. Although realization is not assured, we believe
    it is more likely than not that the net carrying value of the
    income tax carryforwards will be realized. The amount of the
    income tax carryforwards that is considered realizable, however,
    could change if estimates of future taxable income during the
    carryforward period are adjusted.
 
    New
    Accounting Pronouncements
 
    In December 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board
    (FASB) enacted Statement of Financial Accounting
    Standards 123  revised 2004
    (SFAS 123R), Share-Based Payment
    which replaces Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
    No. 123 (SFAS 123), Accounting for
    Stock-Based Compensation and supersedes Accounting
    Principle Board (APB) Opinion No. 25,
    Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees.
    SFAS No. 123R requires the measurement of all employee
    share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee
    stock options, using a
    fair-value-based
    method and the recording of such expense in our consolidated
    statements of operations.
 
    We are required to adopt SFAS No. 123R in the first
    quarter of fiscal year 2006. The pro forma disclosures
    previously permitted under SFAS No. 123 no longer will
    be an alternative to financial statement recognition. See
    Note 2 in our Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
    for the pro forma net income and net income per share amounts,
    for fiscal 2002 through fiscal 2004, as if we had used a
    fair-value-based
    method similar to the methods required under
    SFAS No. 123R to measure compensation expense for
    employee stock incentive awards. Although we have not yet
    determined whether the adoption of SFAS No. 123R will
    result in amounts that are similar to the current pro forma
    disclosures under SFAS No. 123, we are evaluating the
    requirements under SFAS No. 123R. On a preliminary
    basis we expect the adoption will have a cumulative pre-tax
    impact of less than $15 million for the period from 2006 to
    2010, related to share based awards issued prior to the year end
    of 2005, on our consolidated statements of operations. The full
    impact of adopting SFAS No. 123R cannot be accurately
    estimated at this time, as it will depend on the market value
    and the amount of share based awards granted in the future
    periods.
 
    In December 2004, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position
    No. FAS 109-2
    Accounting and Disclosure Guidance for the Foreign
    Earnings Repatriation Provision within the American Jobs
    Creations Act of 2004 (AJCA). The AJCA
    introduces a limited time 85% dividends received deduction on
    the repatriation of certain foreign earnings to a
    U.S. taxpayer (repatriation provision), provided certain
    criteria are met.
    SFAS No. 109-2
    provides accounting and disclosure guidance for the repatriation
    provision. The provision will not provide a material benefit to
    the Company.
 
    In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 151,
    Inventory Costs, an amendment of ARB No. 43,
    Chapter 4, which requires that abnormal amounts of
    idle facility expense, freight, handling costs and wasted
    material (spoilage) be recognized as current-period charges. In
    addition, the statement requires that allocation of fixed
    production overheads to the costs of conversion be based on the
    normal capacity of the production facilities.
    SFAS No. 151 is effective for fiscal years beginning
    after June 15, 2005. The Company will adopt this statement
    as required, and management does not believe the adoption will
    have a material effect on the Companys results of
    operations, financial condition or liquidity.
 
    In May 2005, the FASB issued SFAS No. 154,
    Accounting Changes and Error Corrections.
    SFAS No. 154 requires restatement of prior
    periods financial statements for changes in accounting
    principle, unless it is impracticable to determine either the
    period-specific effects or the cumulative effect of the change.
    Also, SFAS No. 154 requires that retrospective
    application of a change in accounting principle be limited to
    the direct effects of the change. SFAS No. 154 is
    effective for accounting changes and corrections of errors made
    in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2005.
    Management does not believe that the adoption of SFAS
    No. 154 will have a material impact on the Companys
    consolidated financial statements.
 
    |  |  | 
    | Item 7A. | QUANTITATIVE
    AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK | 
 
    We are exposed to market risks, which arise during the normal
    course of business from changes in interest rates and foreign
    currency exchange rates. On a selected basis, we use derivative
    financial instruments to manage or hedge these risks. All
    hedging transactions are authorized and executed pursuant to
    written guidelines and procedures.
    
    67
 
 
    We have adopted SFAS No. 133, Accounting for
    Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities (SFAS
    No. 133). SFAS No. 133, as amended and
    interpreted, established accounting and reporting standards for
    derivative instruments, including certain derivative instruments
    embedded in other contracts, and for hedging activities. All
    derivatives, whether designated in hedging relationships or not,
    are required to be recorded on the balance sheet at fair value.
    If the derivative is designated as a fair-value hedge, the
    changes in the fair value of the derivative and the underlying
    hedged item are recognized concurrently in earnings. If the
    derivative is designated as a cash-flow hedge, changes in the
    fair value of the derivative are recorded in other comprehensive
    income (OCI) and are recognized in the statement of
    operations when the hedged item affects earnings. SFAS
    No. 133 defined requirements for designation and
    documentation of hedging relationships as well as ongoing
    effectiveness assessments in order to use hedge accounting. For
    a derivative that does not qualify as a hedge, changes in fair
    value are recognized concurrently in earnings.
 
    A discussion of our primary market risk exposures and
    derivatives is presented below.
 
    Foreign
    Exchange Risk
 
    We enter into foreign exchange derivatives in the ordinary
    course of business primarily to reduce exposure to currency
    fluctuations attributable to intercompany transactions and
    translation of local currency revenue. Most of these foreign
    exchange contracts would qualify as cash flow hedges for
    forecasted transactions.
 
    We purchase average rate put options, which give us the right,
    but not the obligation, to sell foreign currency at a specified
    exchange rate (strike rate). The objective of these
    options is to provide protection in the event that the foreign
    currency weakens beyond the option strike rate. The fair value
    of the option contracts is based on third-party bank quotes.
 
    The following table provides information about the details of
    our option contracts:
 
    |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  | Average 
 |  |  | Fair 
 |  |  | Maturity 
 |  | 
| 
    Foreign Currency
 |  | Coverage |  |  | Strike Price |  |  | Value |  |  | Date |  | 
|  |  | (In millions) |  |  |  |  |  | (In millions) |  |  |  |  | 
|  | 
| 
    At December 31,
    2005
 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Purchase Puts (Company may sell
    MXP/buy USD)
    
 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Mexican Peso
    
 |  | $ | 6.0 |  |  |  | 10.53-10.79 |  |  | $ | 0.1 |  |  |  | Jan-Mar 2006 |  | 
| 
    Mexican Peso.
    
 |  | $ | 5.5 |  |  |  | 10.64-10.82 |  |  | $ | 0.1 |  |  |  | Apr-Jun 2006 |  | 
| 
    Mexican Peso
    
 |  | $ | 4.5 |  |  |  | 10.74-10.86 |  |  | $ | 0.1 |  |  |  | Jul-Sep 2006 |  | 
| 
    Mexican Peso
    
 |  | $ | 4.0 |  |  |  | 10.78-10.90 |  |  | $ | 0.1 |  |  |  | Oct-Dec 2006 |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  | $ | 20.0 |  |  |  |  |  |  | $ | 0.4 |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
 
    |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  | Average 
 |  |  | Fair 
 |  |  | Maturity 
 |  | 
| 
    Foreign Currency
 |  | Coverage |  |  | Strike Price |  |  | Value |  |  | Date |  | 
|  |  | (In millions) |  |  |  |  |  | (In millions) |  |  |  |  | 
|  | 
| 
    At December 31,
    2004
 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Purchase Puts (Company may sell
    yen/buy USD)
    
 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Japanese yen
    
 |  | $ | 4.5 |  |  |  | 102.06-103.43 |  |  | $ | 0.1 |  |  |  | Jan-Mar 2005 |  | 
| 
    Japanese yen
    
 |  |  | 4.5 |  |  |  | 101.31-102.63 |  |  |  | 0.1 |  |  |  | Apr-Jun 2005 |  | 
| 
    Japanese yen
    
 |  |  | 4.5 |  |  |  | 100.52-101.79 |  |  |  | 0.1 |  |  |  | Jul-Sep 2005 |  | 
| 
    Japanese yen
    
 |  |  | 4.5 |  |  |  | 99.70-100.90 |  |  |  | 0.1 |  |  |  | Oct-Dec 2005 |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  | $ | 18.0 |  |  |  |  |  |  | $ | 0.4 |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Purchase Puts (Company may sell
    euro/buy USD)
    
 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Euro
    
 |  | $ | 10.2 |  |  |  | 1.31-1.35 |  |  | $ |  |  |  |  | Jan-Mar 2005 |  | 
| 
    Euro
    
 |  |  | 10.2 |  |  |  | 1.32-1.35 |  |  |  | 0.1 |  |  |  | Apr-Jun 2005 |  | 
| 
    Euro
    
 |  |  | 10.2 |  |  |  | 1.31-1.36 |  |  |  | 0.2 |  |  |  | Jul-Sep 2005 |  | 
| 
    Euro
    
 |  |  | 10.2 |  |  |  | 1.32-1.36 |  |  |  | 0.3 |  |  |  | Oct-Dec 2005 |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  | $ | 40.8 |  |  |  |  |  |  | $ | 0.6 |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
    
    68
 
 
    Foreign exchange forward contracts are used to hedge advances
    between subsidiaries. The objective of these contracts is to
    neutralize the impact of foreign currency movements on the
    subsidiarys operating results. The fair value of forward
    contracts is based on third-party bank quotes.
 
    The following table provides information about the details of
    our forward contracts:
 
    |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  | Contract 
 |  |  | Forward 
 |  |  | Maturity 
 |  |  | Contract 
 |  |  | Fair 
 |  | 
| 
    Foreign Currency
 |  | Date |  |  | Position |  |  | Date |  |  | Rate |  |  | Value |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  | (In millions) |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | (In millions) |  | 
|  | 
| 
    At December 31,
    2005
 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Buy SEK sell USD
    
 |  |  | 12/28/05 |  |  | $ | 2.3 |  |  |  | 1/31/06 |  |  |  | 7.93 |  |  | $ | 2.3 |  | 
| 
    Buy EUR sell USD
    
 |  |  | 12/28/05 |  |  | $ | 0.9 |  |  |  | 1/31/06 |  |  |  | 1.19 |  |  | $ | 0.9 |  | 
| 
    Buy GBP sell USD
    
 |  |  | 12/28/05 |  |  | $ | 3.1 |  |  |  | 1/31/06 |  |  |  | 1.72 |  |  | $ | 3.1 |  | 
| 
    Buy KRW sell USD
    
 |  |  | 12/28/05 |  |  | $ | 6.0 |  |  |  | 1/31/06 |  |  |  | 1,012.05 |  |  | $ | 6.0 |  | 
| 
    Buy JPY sell USD
    
 |  |  | 12/28/05 |  |  | $ | 4.1 |  |  |  | 1/31/06 |  |  |  | 117.39 |  |  | $ | 4.1 |  | 
| 
    Buy CNY sell USD
    
 |  |  | 12/28/05 |  |  | $ | 15.0 |  |  |  | 1/31/06 |  |  |  | 8.03 |  |  | $ | 15.0 |  | 
| 
    Buy INR sell USD
    
 |  |  | 12/28/05 |  |  | $ | 5.3 |  |  |  | 1/31/06 |  |  |  | 45.34 |  |  | $ | 5.3 |  | 
| 
    Buy CAD sell Euro
    
 |  |  | 12/30/05 |  |  | $ | 1.5 |  |  |  | 1/31/06 |  |  |  | 1.38 |  |  | $ | 1.5 |  | 
| 
    Buy NZD sell Euro
    
 |  |  | 12/30/05 |  |  | $ | 0.7 |  |  |  | 1/31/06 |  |  |  | 1.75 |  |  | $ | 0.7 |  | 
| 
    Buy AUD sell Euro
    
 |  |  | 12/30/05 |  |  | $ | 0.7 |  |  |  | 1/31/06 |  |  |  | 1.63 |  |  | $ | 0.7 |  | 
| 
    Buy TWD sell Euro
    
 |  |  | 12/30/05 |  |  | $ | 3.3 |  |  |  | 1/31/06 |  |  |  | 39.15 |  |  | $ | 3.4 |  | 
| 
    Buy USD sell Euro
    
 |  |  | 12/30/05 |  |  | $ | 0.7 |  |  |  | 1/31/06 |  |  |  | 1.19 |  |  | $ | 0.7 |  | 
| 
    Buy NOK sell Euro
    
 |  |  | 12/30/05 |  |  | $ | 1.5 |  |  |  | 1/31/06 |  |  |  | 8.05 |  |  | $ | 1.5 |  | 
| 
    Buy DKK sell Euro
    
 |  |  | 12/30/05 |  |  | $ | 1.3 |  |  |  | 1/31/06 |  |  |  | 7.46 |  |  | $ | 1.3 |  | 
| 
    Buy PLN sell Euro
    
 |  |  | 12/30/05 |  |  | $ | 0.8 |  |  |  | 1/31/06 |  |  |  | 3.84 |  |  | $ | 0.8 |  | 
| 
    Buy Euro sell USD
    
 |  |  | 12/30/05 |  |  | $ | 13.4 |  |  |  | 1/31/06 |  |  |  | 1.19 |  |  | $ | 13.7 |  | 
| 
    Buy HUF sell Euro
    
 |  |  | 12/30/05 |  |  | $ | 0.8 |  |  |  | 1/31/06 |  |  |  | 252.83 |  |  | $ | 0.8 |  | 
| 
    Buy EUR sell USD
    
 |  |  | 12/28/05 |  |  | $ | 9.5 |  |  |  | 1/31/06 |  |  |  | 1.19 |  |  | $ | 9.5 |  | 
| 
    Buy Euro sell SEK
    
 |  |  | 12/28/05 |  |  | $ | 0.6 |  |  |  | 1/31/06 |  |  |  | 9.42 |  |  | $ | 0.6 |  | 
| 
    Buy YEN sell CHF
    
 |  |  | 12/28/05 |  |  | $ | 22.6 |  |  |  | 1/31/06 |  |  |  | 89.40 |  |  | $ | 22.5 |  | 
| 
    Buy Euro sell GBP
    
 |  |  | 12/28/05 |  |  |  | 0.8 |  |  |  | 1/31/06 |  |  |  | 0.69 |  |  | $ | 0.8 |  | 
| 
    At December 31,
    2004
 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Buy EUR sell USD
    
 |  |  | 12/22/04 |  |  | $ | 3.4 |  |  |  | 1/24/05 |  |  |  | 1.34 |  |  | $ | 3.5 |  | 
| 
    Buy GBP sell USD
    
 |  |  | 12/22/04 |  |  | $ | 3.4 |  |  |  | 1/24/05 |  |  |  | 1.91 |  |  | $ | 3.5 |  | 
| 
    Buy JPY sell USD
    
 |  |  | 12/22/04 |  |  | $ | 24.1 |  |  |  | 1/24/05 |  |  |  | 104.00 |  |  | $ | 24.5 |  | 
| 
    Buy SEK sell USD
    
 |  |  | 12/22/04 |  |  | $ | 3.0 |  |  |  | 1/24/05 |  |  |  | 6.74 |  |  | $ | 3.0 |  | 
| 
    Buy Euro sell Rouble
    
 |  |  | 12/23/04 |  |  | $ | 1.3 |  |  |  | 1/24/05 |  |  |  | 37.74 |  |  | $ | 1.3 |  | 
| 
    Buy MXP sell Euro
    
 |  |  | 12/6/04 |  |  | $ | 10.2 |  |  |  | 1/5/05 |  |  |  | 15.02 |  |  | $ | 10.1 |  | 
| 
    Buy DKK sell Euro
    
 |  |  | 12/6/04 |  |  | $ | 0.4 |  |  |  | 1/5/05 |  |  |  | 7.43 |  |  | $ | 0.4 |  | 
| 
    Buy AUD sell Euro
    
 |  |  | 12/6/04 |  |  | $ | 2.7 |  |  |  | 1/5/05 |  |  |  | 1.74 |  |  | $ | 2.7 |  | 
| 
    Buy NOK sell Euro
    
 |  |  | 12/6/04 |  |  | $ | 1.8 |  |  |  | 1/5/05 |  |  |  | 8.15 |  |  | $ | 1.8 |  | 
| 
    Buy TWD sell Euro
    
 |  |  | 12/6/04 |  |  | $ | 1.1 |  |  |  | 1/5/05 |  |  |  | 42.94 |  |  | $ | 1.1 |  | 
| 
    Buy CAD sell Euro
    
 |  |  | 12/21/04 |  |  | $ | 1.5 |  |  |  | 1/7/05 |  |  |  | 1.64 |  |  | $ | 1.5 |  | 
| 
    Buy NZD sell Euro
    
 |  |  | 12/21/04 |  |  | $ | 0.4 |  |  |  | 1/7/05 |  |  |  | 1.88 |  |  | $ | 0.4 |  | 
 
    All our foreign subsidiaries, excluding those operating in
    hyper-inflationary environments, designate their local
    currencies as their functional currency. At December 31,
    2005, the total amount of our foreign subsidiary cash was
    $62.7 million, of which $4.5 million was invested in
    U.S. dollars.
    
    69
 
 
    Interest
    Rate Risk
 
    The table below presents principal cash flows and interest rates
    by maturity dates and the fair values of our borrowings as of
    December 31, 2005. Fair values for fixed rate borrowings
    have been determined based on recent market trade values. The
    fair values for variable rate borrowings approximate their
    carrying value. Variable interest rates disclosed represent the
    rates on the borrowings at December 31, 2005. Interest rate
    risk related to our capital leases is not significant.
 
    |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  | Expected Maturity Date |  | 
|  |  | 2006 |  |  | 2007 |  |  | 2008 |  |  | 2009 |  |  | 2010 |  |  | Thereafter |  |  | Total |  |  | Fair Value |  | 
|  | 
| 
    Long-term Debt
 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    113/4%
    Notes (in millions)
    
 |  | $ |  |  |  | $ |  |  |  | $ |  |  |  | $ |  |  |  | $ | 0.1 |  |  | $ |  |  |  | $ | 0.1 |  |  | $ | 0.1 |  | 
| 
    Fixed Interest Rate
    
 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 11.75 | % |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Term Loan (in millions)
    
 |  | $ | 0.9 |  |  | $ | 0.9 |  |  | $ | 0.9 |  |  | $ | 0.9 |  |  | $ | 86.2 |  |  | $ |  |  |  | $ | 89.8 |  |  | $ | 89.8 |  | 
| 
    Average Variable Interest Rate
    
 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 6.0 | % |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    91/2%
    Notes (in millions)
    
 |  | $ |  |  |  | $ |  |  |  | $ |  |  |  | $ |  |  |  | $ |  |  |  | $ | 165.0 |  |  | $ | 165.0 |  |  | $ | 178.2 |  | 
| 
    Fixed Interest Rate
    
 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 9.5 | % |  |  |  |  | 
 
    Under the $200 million term loan, the Company is obligated
    to enter into for a minimum of three years after
    December 21, 2004 closing date an interest rate hedge for
    up to 25% of the aggregate principal amount of the term loan. On
    February 24, 2005 the company entered into a
    $125 million notional interest rate swap to fulfill this
    obligation. In October 2005, the swap notional was partially
    reduced to $90 million, to match the then current term loan
    carrying value. In December 2005, the swap notional was further
    reduced to $20 million. At this time we realized a gain of
    $0.45 million. Since the principal of the debt still
    remained at $90 million, we are required, under Statement
    of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS)
    No. 133, to defer the gain and amortize it into earnings
    (using the effective interest method) over the remaining life of
    the debt. The gain amount recognized in December was immaterial.
    Also in December 2005, we entered into a $2.5 million
    notional interest rate cap to meet our term loan 25% hedge
    obligation.
 
    |  |  | 
    | Item 8. | FINANCIAL
    STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA | 
 
    Our financial statements and notes thereto and the report of
    KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, is set
    forth in the Index to Financial Statements under
    Item 15  Exhibits and Financial Statement
    Schedules, of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and is
    incorporated herein by reference.
 
    |  |  | 
    | Item 9. | CHANGES
    IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
    FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE | 
 
    None.
 
    |  |  | 
    | Item 9A. | CONTROLS
    AND PROCEDURES | 
 
    Disclosure
    Controls and Procedures
 
    The Company maintains disclosure controls and procedures as
    defined in
    Rule 13a-15(e)
    under the Exchange Act. Based on an evaluation of the
    Companys disclosure controls and procedures as of the end
    of the period covered by this report conducted by the
    Companys management, with the participation of the Chief
    Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, the Chief
    Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded
    that the Companys disclosure controls and procedures were
    effective as of December 31, 2005.
 
    Managements
    Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
 
    The SEC, as directed by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley
    Act of 2002, adopted rules which will require us to include in
    our Annual Reports on
    Form 10-K,
    an assessment by management of the effectiveness of our internal
    
    70
 
 
    controls over financial reporting. In addition, our independent
    auditors must attest to and report on managements
    assessment of the effectiveness of such internal controls over
    financial reporting.
 
    Management of the Company is responsible for establishing and
    maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting
    as defined in
    Rule 13a-15(f)
    under the Exchange Act. The Companys internal control over
    financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance
    to the Companys management and board of directors
    regarding the preparation and fair presentation of published
    financial statements.
 
    Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over
    financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.
    Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can
    provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial
    statement preparation and presentation.
 
    The Companys management carried out an evaluation, under
    the supervision and with the participation of the Companys
    Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the
    effectiveness of the Companys internal control over
    financial reporting based on the framework in Internal
    Control  Integrated Framework issued by the
    Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway
    Commission. Based upon this evaluation, under the framework in
    Internal Control  Integrated Framework, our
    management concluded that our internal control over financial
    reporting was effective as of December 31, 2005.
 
    The registered public accounting firm that audited the financial
    statements included in this Annual Report on
    Form 10-K
    has issued an attestation report on managements assessment
    of the Companys internal control over financial reporting,
    which is set forth below.
 
    Changes
    in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
 
    There has been no change in our internal control over financial
    reporting during the fourth quarter of 2005 that has materially
    affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our
    internal control over financial reporting.
    
    71
 
 
    REPORT OF
    INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
    The Board of Directors and Stockholders
    Herbalife Ltd.:
 
    We have audited managements assessment, included in the
    accompanying Managements Report on Internal Control over
    Financial Reporting, that Herbalife Ltd. (formerly WH
    Holdings (Cayman Islands) Ltd.) (the Company)
    maintained effective internal control over financial reporting
    as of December 31, 2005, based on criteria established in
    Internal Control  Integrated Framework
    issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the
    Treadway Commission (COSO). Herbalife Ltd.s management is
    responsible for maintaining effective internal control over
    financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness
    of internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility
    is to express an opinion on managements assessment and an
    opinion on the effectiveness of the Companys internal
    control over financial reporting based on our audit.
 
    We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the
    Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
    standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
    reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control
    over financial reporting was maintained in all material
    respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of
    internal control over financial reporting, evaluating
    managements assessment, testing and evaluating the design
    and operating effectiveness of internal control, and performing
    such other procedures as we considered necessary in the
    circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable
    basis for our opinion.
 
    A companys internal control over financial reporting is a
    process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the
    reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of
    financial statements for external purposes in accordance with
    generally accepted accounting principles. A companys
    internal control over financial reporting includes those
    policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance
    of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly
    reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the
    company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions
    are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial
    statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting
    principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company
    are being made only in accordance with authorizations of
    management and directors of the company; and (3) provide
    reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of
    unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the
    companys assets that could have a material effect on the
    financial statements.
 
    Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over
    financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.
    Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future
    periods are subject to the risk that controls may become
    inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree
    of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
 
    In our opinion, managements assessment that Herbalife Ltd.
    and subsidiaries maintained effective internal control over
    financial reporting as of December 31, 2005, is fairly
    stated, in all material respects, based on criteria established
    in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the
    Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission
    (COSO). Also, in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all
    material respects, effective internal control over financial
    reporting as of December 31, 2005, based on criteria
    established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework
    issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the
    Treadway Commission (COSO).
 
    We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the
    Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the
    consolidated balance sheets of Herbalife Ltd. and subsidiaries
    as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, and the related
    consolidated statements of operations, changes in
    shareholders equity and comprehensive income (loss), and
    cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended
    December 31, 2005, and our report dated February 28,
    2006, expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated
    financial statements.
 
 
    Los Angeles, California
    February 28, 2006
    
    72
 
 
    |  |  | 
    | Item 9B. | OTHER
    INFORMATION | 
 
    For shareholder proposals to be included in the Companys
    proxy statement and form of proxy for the 2006 annual meeting
    pursuant to
    Rule 14a-8(e)
    of the Exchange Act, or to be presented at the meeting but not
    included in the proxy statement and form of proxy, proper notice
    must be received by the Companys Secretary no later than
    March 3, 2006. For notice to be proper, it must set forth:
    (i) the name and address of the shareholder who intends to
    make the proposal as it appears in the Companys records,
    (ii) the class and number of Common Shares of the Company
    that are owned by the shareholder submitting the proposal and
    (iii) a clear and concise statement of the proposal and the
    shareholders reasons for supporting it. Notices should be
    addressed to Corporate Secretary, Herbalife Ltd., c/o Herbalife
    International, Inc., 1800 Century Park East, Los Angeles,
    CA 90067.
    
    73
 
 
 
    PART III.
 
    |  |  | 
    | Item 10. | DIRECTORS
    AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT | 
 
    The information required under this Item is incorporated herein
    by reference to our definitive proxy statement to be filed with
    the Commission no later than 120 days after the close of
    our fiscal year ended December 31, 2005, except that the
    information required with respect to the executive officers of
    the registrant is set forth under
    Item 1  Business, of this Annual Report on
    Form 10-K, and is incorporated herein by reference.
 
    |  |  | 
    | Item 11. | EXECUTIVE
    COMPENSATION | 
 
    The information required under this Item is incorporated herein
    by reference to our definitive proxy statement to be filed with
    the Commission no later than 120 days after the close of
    our fiscal year ended December 31, 2005.
 
    |  |  | 
    | Item 12. | SECURITY
    OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND
    MANAGEMENT | 
 
    The information required under this Item is incorporated herein
    by reference to our definitive proxy statement to be filed with
    the Commission no later than 120 days after the close of
    our fiscal year ended December 31, 2005, except that the
    information required with respect to the Companys equity
    compensation plans is set forth under
    Item 5  Market for Registrants Common
    Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of
    Equity Securities of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and
    is incorporated herein by reference..
 
    |  |  | 
    | Item 13. | CERTAIN
    RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS | 
 
    The information required under this Item is incorporated herein
    by reference to our definitive proxy statement to be filed with
    the Commission no later than 120 days after the close of
    our fiscal year ended December 31, 2005.
 
    |  |  | 
    | Item 14. | PRINCIPAL
    ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES | 
 
    The information required under this Item is incorporated herein
    by reference to our definitive proxy statement to be filed with
    the Commission no later than 120 days after the close of
    our fiscal year ended December 31, 2005.
 
    PART IV
 
    |  |  | 
    | Item 15. | EXHIBITS AND
    FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES | 
 
    The following documents are filed as part of this Annual Report
    on
    Form 10-K,
    or incorporated herein by reference:
 
    1. Financial Statements.  The following
    financial statements of Herbalife Ltd. are filed as part of this
    Annual Report on
    Form 10-K
    on the pages indicated:
 
    |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  | Page No. |  | 
|  | 
| 
    HERBALIFE LTD. AND
    SUBSIDIARIES
 |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  |  | 79 |  | 
|  |  |  | 80 |  | 
|  |  |  | 81 |  | 
|  |  |  | 82 |  | 
|  |  |  | 83 |  | 
|  |  |  | 84 |  | 
 
    2. Financial Statement
    Schedules.  Schedules are omitted because the
    required information is inapplicable or the information is
    presented in the consolidated financial statements or related
    notes.
 
    3. Exhibits.  The exhibits listed in the
    Exhibit Index immediately below are filed as part of this
    Annual Report on
    Form 10-K,
    or are incorporated by reference herein.
    
    74
 
 
    EXHIBIT INDEX
 
    |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| Exhibit 
 |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Number
 |  | 
    Description
 |  | 
    Reference
 | 
|  | 
|  | 2 | .1 |  | Agreement and Plan of Merger,
    dated April 10, 2002, by and among Herbalife
    International, Inc., WH Holdings (Cayman Islands) Ltd. and
    WH Acquisition Corp. |  |  | (a) |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  | 3 | .1 |  | Form of Amended and Restated
    Memorandum and Articles of Association of Herbalife Ltd. |  |  | (d) |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  | 4 | .1 |  | Indenture, dated as of
    June 27, 2002 between WH Acquisition Corp., WH Intermediate
    Holdings Ltd., WH Luxembourg Holdings SàRL, WH Luxembourg
    Intermediate Holdings SàRL, WH Luxembourg CM SàRL and
    The Bank of New York as Trustee governing
    113/4% Senior
    Subordinated Notes due 2010 |  |  | (a) |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  | 4 | .2 |  | Indenture, dated as of
    March 8, 2004 between WH Holdings (Cayman Islands) Ltd., WH
    Capital Corporation and The Bank of New York as trustee
    governing
    91/2% Notes
    due 2011 |  |  | (a) |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  | 4 | .3 |  | Form of Share Certificate |  |  | (d) |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  | 9 | .1 |  | Shareholders Agreement dated
    as of July 31, 2002, by and among WH Holdings (Cayman
    Islands) Ltd., Whitney V, L.P., Whitney Strategic
    Partners V, L.P., WH Investments Ltd., CCG Investments
    (BVI), L.P., CCG Associates-QP, LLC, CCG Associates-AI, LLC, CCG
    Investment Fund-AI, L.P., CCG AV, LLC-Series C, CCG AV,
    LLC-Series E, and certain other persons |  |  | (a) |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  | 9 | .2 |  | Voting Agreement, dated as of
    December 31, 2004 by and among Whitney V, L.P.,
    Whitney Strategic Partners V, L.P., Whitney Private Debt
    Fund, L.P. and Green River Offshore Fund, Ltd., on the one
    hand, and CCG Investments (BVI), L.P., CCG Associates-QP, LLC,
    CCG Associates-AI, LLC,, CCG Investment Fund-AI, LP, CCG AV,
    LLC-Series C, CCG AV, LLC-Series E and CCG CI, LLC on
    the other hand |  |  | (f) |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  | 10 | .1 |  | Form of Indemnity Agreement
    between Herbalife International Inc. and certain officers and
    directors of Herbalife International Inc. |  |  | (a) |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  | 10 | .2 |  | Office lease agreement between
    Herbalife International of America Inc. and State Teachers
    Retirement System, dated July 11, 1995 |  |  | (a) |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  | 10 | .3# |  | Herbalife International of
    America, Inc.s Senior Executive Deferred Compensation
    Plan, effective January 1, 1996, as amended |  |  | (a) |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  | 10 | .4# |  | Herbalife International of
    America, Inc.s Management Deferred Compensation Plan,
    effective January 1, 1996, as amended |  |  | (a) |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  | 10 | .5 |  | Master Trust Agreement
    between Herbalife International of America, Inc. and Imperial
    Trust Company, Inc., effective January 1, 1996 |  |  | (a) |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  | 10 | .6# |  | Herbalife International Inc. 401K
    Profit Sharing Plan and Trust, as amended |  |  | (a) |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  | 10 | .7 |  | Trust Agreement for Herbalife
    2001 Executive Retention Plan, effective March 15, 2001 |  |  | (a) |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  | 10 | .8# |  | Herbalife 2001 Executive Retention
    Plan, effective March 15, 2001 |  |  | (a) |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  | 10 | .9# |  | Separation Agreement and General
    Release, dated as of May 17, 2002, between Robert Sandler
    and Herbalife International, Inc. and Herbalife International of
    America, Inc. and Clarification |  |  | (a) |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  | 10 | .10 |  | Agreement for Retention of Legal
    Services, dated as of May 20, 2002, by and among Herbalife
    International, Inc., Herbalife International of America, Inc.
    and Robert A. Sandler |  |  | (a) |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  | 10 | .11 |  | Purchase Agreement, dated as of
    June 21, 2002, by and among WH Acquisition Corp., Herbalife
    International, Inc., WH Intermediate Holdings Ltd., WH
    Luxembourg Holdings SàRL, WH Luxembourg Intermediate
    Holdings SàRL, WH Luxembourg CM SàRL and UBS Warburg
    LLC |  |  | (a) |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  | 10 | .12 |  | Registration Rights Agreement,
    dated as of June 27, 2002, by and among WH Acquisition
    Corp., WH Intermediate Holdings Ltd., WH Luxembourg Holdings
    SàRL, WH Luxembourg Intermediate Holdings SàRL, WH
    Luxembourg CM SàRL and UBS Warburg LLC |  |  | (a) |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  | 10 | .13 |  | Notice to Distributors regarding
    Amendment to Agreements of Distributorship, dated as of
    July 18, 2002 between Herbalife International, Inc. and
    each Herbalife Distributor |  |  | (a) |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  | 10 | .14 |  | Indemnity Agreement dated as of
    July 31, 2002, by and among WH Holdings (Cayman Islands)
    Ltd., WH Acquisition Corp., Whitney & Co., LLC,
    Whitney V, L.P., Whitney Strategic Partners V, L.P.,
    GGC Administration, L.L.C., Golden Gate Private Equity, Inc.,
    CCG Investments (BVI), L.P., CCG Associates-AI, LLC, CCG
    Investment Fund-AI, LP, CCG AV, LLC-Series C, CCG AV,
    LLC-Series C, CCG AV, LLC-Series E, CCG Associates-QP,
    LLC and WH Investments Ltd. |  |  | (a) |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
    
    75
 
 
    |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| Exhibit 
 |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Number
 |  | 
    Description
 |  | 
    Reference
 | 
|  | 
|  | 10 | .15# |  | Independent Directors Stock
    Option Plan of WH Holdings (Cayman Islands) Ltd. |  |  | (a) |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  | 10 | .16# |  | Employment Agreement, dated as of
    March 10, 2003 between Brian Kane and Herbalife
    International, Inc. and Herbalife International of America,
    Inc. |  |  | (a) |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  | 10 | .17# |  | Employment Agreement dated as of
    March 10, 2003 between Carol Hannah and Herbalife
    International, Inc. and Herbalife International of America,
    Inc. |  |  | (a) |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  | 10 | .18# |  | Non-Statutory Stock Option
    Agreement, dated as of March 10, 2003 between WH Holdings
    (Cayman Islands) Ltd. and Brian Kane |  |  | (a) |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  | 10 | .19# |  | Non-Statutory Stock Option
    Agreement, dated as of March 10, 2003 between WH Holdings
    (Cayman Islands) Ltd. and Carol Hannah |  |  | (a) |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  | 10 | .20# |  | WH Holdings (Cayman Islands) Ltd.
    Stock Incentive Plan, as restated, dated as of November 5,
    2003 |  |  | (a) |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  | 10 | .21# |  | Side Letter Agreement dated as of
    March 10, 2003 by and among WH Holdings (Cayman Islands)
    Ltd., Brian Kane and Carol Hannah and the Shareholders listed
    therein |  |  | (a) |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  | 10 | .22# |  | Employment Agreement dated as of
    April 3, 2003 between Michael O. Johnson and Herbalife
    International, Inc. and Herbalife International of America,
    Inc. |  |  | (a) |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  | 10 | .23# |  | Non-Statutory Stock Option
    Agreement, dated as of April 3, 2003 between WH Holdings
    (Cayman Islands) Ltd. and Michael O. Johnson |  |  | (a) |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  | 10 | .24# |  | Side Letter Agreement dated as of
    April 3, 2003 by and among WH Holdings (Cayman Islands)
    Ltd., Michael O. Johnson and the Shareholders listed therein |  |  | (a) |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  | 10 | .25# |  | Employment Agreement dated as of
    July 14, 2003 between Matt Wisk and Herbalife International
    of America, Inc. |  |  | (a) |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  | 10 | .26# |  | Employment Agreement dated as of
    July 31, 2003 between Gregory L. Probert and Herbalife
    International of America, Inc. |  |  | (a) |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  | 10 | .27# |  | Employment Agreement dated
    October 6, 2003 between Brett R. Chapman and Herbalife
    International of America, Inc. |  |  | (a) |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  | 10 | .28# |  | Form of Non-Statutory Stock Option
    Agreement (Non-Executive Agreement) |  |  | (a) |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  | 10 | .29# |  | Form of Non-Statutory Stock Option
    Agreement (Executive Agreement) |  |  | (a) |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  | 10 | .30 |  | Registration Rights Agreement,
    dated as of March 8, 2004, by and among WH Holdings (Cayman
    Islands) Ltd., WH Capital Corporation and UBS Securities, LLC |  |  | (a) |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  | 10 | .31 |  | Indemnity Agreement, dated as of
    February 9, 2004, among WH Capital Corporation and Gregory
    Probert |  |  | (a) |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  | 10 | .32 |  | Indemnity Agreement, dated as of
    February 9, 2004, among WH Capital Corporation and Brett R.
    Chapman |  |  | (a) |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  | 10 | .33 |  | Stock Subscription Agreement of WH
    Capital Corporation, dated as of February 9, 2004, between
    WH Capital Corporation and WH Holdings (Cayman Islands)
    Ltd. |  |  | (a) |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  | 10 | .34 |  | First Amendment to Amended and
    Restated WH Holdings (Cayman Islands) Ltd. Stock Incentive Plan,
    dated November 5, 2003 |  |  | (a) |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  | 10 | .35# |  | Separation Agreement and General
    Release dated May 1, 2004, among Herbalife International,
    Inc., Herbalife International of America, Inc. and Carol Hannah |  |  | (a) |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  | 10 | .36# |  | Consulting Agreement dated
    May 1, 2004 among Herbalife International of America, Inc.
    and Carol Hannah |  |  | (a) |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  | 10 | .37# |  | Employment Agreement dated
    June 1, 2004 among Herbalife International of America, Inc.
    and Richard Goudis |  |  | (a) |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  | 10 | .38 |  | Purchase Agreement, dated
    March 3, 2004, by and among WH Holdings (Cayman Islands)
    Ltd., WH Capital Corporation and UBS Securities LLC |  |  | (a) |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  | 10 | .39 |  | Registration Rights Agreement,
    dated as of July 31, 2002, by and among WH Holdings (Cayman
    Islands) Ltd., Whitney V, L.P., Whitney Strategic
    Partners V, L.P., WH Investments Ltd., CCG Investments
    (BVI), L.P., CCG Associates-QP, LLC, CCG Associates-AI, LLC, CCG
    Investment Fund-AI, L.P., CCG AV, LLC-Series C and CCG AV,
    LLC-Series E. |  |  | (b) |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  | 10 | .40 |  | Share Purchase Agreement, dated as
    of July 31, 2002, by and among WH Holdings (Cayman Islands)
    Ltd., Whitney Strategic Partners V, L.P., WH Investments
    Ltd., Whitney V, L.P., CCG Investments (BVI), L.P., CCG
    Associates-QP, LLC, CCG Associates-AI, LLC, CCG Investment
    Fund-AI, LP, CCG AV, LLC-Series C and CCG AV,
    LLC-Series E. |  |  | (b) |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
    
    76
 
 
    |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| Exhibit 
 |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Number
 |  | 
    Description
 |  | 
    Reference
 | 
|  | 
|  | 10 | .41 |  | Form of Indemnification Agreement
    between Herbalife Ltd. and the directors and certain officers of
    Herbalife Ltd. |  |  | (c) |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  | 10 | .42# |  | Herbalife Ltd. 2004 Stock
    Incentive Plan, effective December 1, 2004 |  |  | (c) |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  | 10 | .43 |  | Termination Agreement, dated as of
    December 1, 2004, between Herbalife Ltd., Herbalife
    International, Inc. and Whitney & Co., LLC. |  |  | (d) |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  | 10 | .44 |  | Termination Agreement, dated as of
    December 1, 2004, between Herbalife Ltd., Herbalife
    International Inc. and GGC Administration, L.L.C. |  |  | (d) |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  | 10 | .45 |  | Termination Agreement, dated as of
    December 13, 2004, by and among Herbalife Ltd.,
    Whitney V, L.P., Whitney Strategic Partners V, L.P.,
    CCG Investments (BVI), L.P., CCG Associates-QP, LLC, CCG
    Associates-AI, LLC, CCG Investment Fund-AI, LP, CCG AV,
    LLC-Series C, CCG AV, LLC-Series E and CCG CI, LLC. |  |  | (d) |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  | 10 | .46 |  | Indemnification Agreement, dated
    as of December 13, 2004, by and among Herbalife Ltd.,
    Herbalife International, Inc., Whitney V, L.P., Whitney
    Strategic Partners V, L.P., CCG Investments (BVI), L.P.,
    CCG Associates-QP, LLC, CCG Associates-AI, LLC, CCG Investment
    Fund-AI, LP, CCG AV, LLC-Series C, CCG AV,
    LLC-Series E, CCG CI, LLC and GGC Administration, LLC. |  |  | (d) |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  | 10 | .47# |  | Amendment No. 1 to Herbalife
    Ltd. 2004 Stock Incentive Plan |  |  | (e) |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  | 10 | .48# |  | Form of Stock Bonus Award Agreement |  |  | (e) |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  | 10 | .49# |  | Contract for Services of a
    Consultant between Herbalife International Luxembourg
    S.á.R.L. and Brian Kane dated as of October 18, 2004 |  |  | (f) |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  | 10 | .50# |  | Compromise Agreement between
    Herbalife International Luxembourg S.á.R.L. and Brian Kane
    dated as of October 18, 2004 |  |  | (f) |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  | 10 | .51 |  | Credit Agreement, dated as of
    December 21, 2004, by and among Herbalife International
    Inc., Herbalife Ltd., WH Intermediate Holdings Ltd., HBL Ltd.,
    WH Luxembourg Holdings S.á.R.L., HLF Luxembourg Holdings,
    S.á.R.L., WH Capital Corporation, WH Luxembourg
    Intermediate Holdings S.á.R.L. and the Subsidiary
    Guarantors party hereto, and certain lenders and agents named
    therein. |  |  | (g) |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  | 10 | .52 |  | Security Agreement, dated as of
    December 21, 2004, by and among Herbalife International,
    Inc., Herbalife Ltd., WH Intermediate Holdings Ltd., HBL Ltd.,
    WH Luxembourg Holdings S.á.R.L., HLF Luxembourg Holdings,
    S.á.R.L., WH Capital Corporation, WH Luxembourg
    Intermediate Holdings S.á.R.L., and the Subsidiary
    Guarantors party thereto in favor of Morgan Stanley &
    Co. Incorporated, as Collateral Agent. |  |  | (g) |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  | 10 | .53 |  | First Amendment to Credit
    Agreement, dated as of April 12, 2005, by and among
    Herbalife International Inc., Herbalife Ltd., WH Intermediate
    Holdings Ltd., HBL Ltd., WH Luxembourg Holdings S.á.R.L.,
    HLF Luxembourg Holdings, S.á.R.L., WH Capital Corporation,
    WH Luxembourg Intermediate Holdings S.á.R.L. and the
    Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto, and certain lenders and
    agents named therein. |  |  | (g) |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  | 10 | .54# |  | Employment Agreement Effective as
    of January 1, 2005 between Herbalife Ltd. and Henry Burdick |  |  | (h) |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  | 10 | .55# |  | Form of 2004 Herbalife Ltd. 2004
    Stock Incentive Plan Stock Option Agreement |  |  | (i) |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  | 10 | .56# |  | Form of 2004 Herbalife Ltd. 2004
    Stock Incentive Plan Non-Employee Director Stock Option Agreement |  |  | (i) |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  | 10 | .57 |  | Second Amendment to Credit
    Agreement, dated as of August 19, 2005, by and among
    Herbalife International, Inc., Herbalife Ltd., WH Intermediate
    Holdings Ltd., HBL Ltd., WH Luxembourg Holdings S.á.R.L.,
    HLF Luxembourg Holdings, S.á.R.L., WH Capital Corporation,
    WH Luxembourg Intermediate Holdings S.á.R.L. and the
    Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto, and certain lenders and
    agents named therein. |  |  | (k) |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  | 10 | .58 |  | Service Agreement by and between
    Herbalife Europe Limited and Wynne Roberts ESQ, dated as of
    September 6, 2005. |  |  | (l) |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  | 10 | .59# |  | Amendment to employment agreement
    between Michael O. Johnson and Herbalife International, Inc. and
    Herbalife International of America, Inc., dated May 15,
    2005. |  |  | (m) |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  | 10 | .60# |  | Independent Directors Deferred
    Compensation and Stock Unit Plan |  |  | * |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  | 10 | .61# |  | Independent Directors Stock Unit
    Award Agreement |  |  | * |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  | 21 | .1 |  | Subsidiaries of the Registrant |  |  | * |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
    
    77
 
 
    |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| Exhibit 
 |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Number
 |  | 
    Description
 |  | 
    Reference
 | 
|  | 
|  | 23 | .1 |  | Consent of Independent Registered
    Public Accounting Firm |  |  | * |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  | 31 | .1 |  | Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of
    Chief Executive Officer |  |  | * |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  | 31 | .2 |  | Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of
    Chief Financial Officer |  |  | * |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  | 32 | .1 |  | Section 1350 Certification of
    Chief Executive Officer |  |  | * |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  | 32 | .2 |  | Section 1350 Certification of
    Chief Financial Officer |  |  | * |  | 
|  | 99 | .1 |  | Disposition Agreement dated as of
    December 13, 2004 is by and among Whitney V, L.P., a
    Delaware limited partnership, Whitney Strategic Partners V,
    L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, Whitney Private Debt Fund,
    L.P., a Delaware limited partnership and Green River Offshore
    Fund, Ltd., a Cayman Islands company on the one hand, and CCG
    Investments (BVI), L.P., a British Virgin Islands limited
    partnership, CCG Associates-QP, LLC, a Delaware limited
    liability company, CCG Associates-AI, LLC, a Delaware limited
    liability company, CCG Investment Fund-AI, LP, a Delaware
    limited partnership, CCG AV, LLC-Series C, a Delaware
    limited liability company, CCG AV, LLC-Series E, a Delaware
    limited liability company and CCG CI, LLC a Delaware limited
    liability company on the other hand. |  |  | (d) |  | 
 
 
    |  |  |  | 
    | * |  | Filed herewith. | 
|  | 
    | # |  | Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement. | 
|  | 
    | (a) |  | Previously filed on October 1, 2004 as an Exhibit to the
    Companys registration statement on
    Form S-1
    (File
    No. 333-119485)
    and is incorporated herein by reference. | 
|  | 
    | (b) |  | Previously filed on November 9, 2004 as an Exhibit to
    Amendment No. 2 to the Companys registration
    statement on
    Form S-1
    (File No.
    333-119485)
    and is incorporated herein by reference. | 
|  | 
    | (c) |  | Previously filed on December 2, 2004 as an Exhibit to
    Amendment No. 4 to the Companys registration
    statement on
    Form S-1
    (File No.
    333-119485)
    and is incorporated herein by reference. | 
|  | 
    | (d) |  | Previously filed on December 14, 2004 as an Exhibit to
    Amendment No. 5 to the Companys registration
    statement on
    Form S-1
    (File No.
    333-119485)
    and is incorporated herein by reference. | 
|  | 
    | (e) |  | Previously filed on February 17, 2005 as an Exhibit to the
    Companys registration statement on
    Form S-8
    (File
    No. 333-122871)
    and is incorporated herein by reference. | 
|  | 
    | (f) |  | Previously filed on March 14, 2005 as an Exhibit to the
    Companys Annual Report on
    Form 10-K
    for the year ended December 31, 2004 and is incorporated
    herein by reference. | 
|  | 
    | (g) |  | Previously filed on May 9, 2005 as an Exhibit to the
    Companys Quarterly Report on
    Form 10-Q
    for the quarter ended March 31, 2005 and is incorporated
    herein by reference. | 
|  | 
    | (h) |  | Previously filed on May 13, 2005 as an Exhibit to the
    Companys Current Report on
    Form 8-K
    and is incorporated herein by reference. | 
|  | 
    | (i) |  | Previously filed on June 14, 2005 as an Exhibit to the
    Companys Current Report on
    Form 8-K
    and is incorporated herein by reference. | 
|  | 
    | (k) |  | Previously filed on August 23, 2005 as an Exhibit to the
    Companys Current Report on
    Form 8-K
    and is incorporated herein by reference. | 
|  | 
    | (l) |  | Previously filed on September 23, 2005 as an Exhibit to the
    Companys Current Report on
    Form 8-K
    and is incorporated herein by reference. | 
|  | 
    | (m) |  | Previously filed on August 3, 2005 as an Exhibit to the
    Companys current Report on Form 10Q for the quarter
    ended June 30, 2005 and is incorporated herein by reference. | 
    
    78
 
 
 
    REPORT OF
    INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
    To the Board of Directors of Herbalife Ltd.:
 
    We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of
    Herbalife Ltd. (formerly WH Holdings (Cayman Islands) Ltd.) and
    subsidiaries as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, and the
    related consolidated statements of operations, changes in
    shareholders equity and comprehensive income (loss), and
    cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended
    December 31, 2005. These consolidated financial statements
    are the responsibility of the Companys management. Our
    responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated
    financial statements based on our audit.
 
    We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the
    Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
    standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
    reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are
    free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a
    test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in
    the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the
    accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
    management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
    statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a
    reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
    In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred
    to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial
    position of Herbalife Ltd. and subsidiaries as of
    December 31, 2005 and 2004, and the results of their
    operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the
    three-year period ended December 31, 2005, in conformity
    with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
 
    We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the
    Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the
    effectiveness of Herbalife Ltd.s internal control over
    financial reporting as of December 31, 2005, based on
    criteria established in Internal
    Control  Integrated Framework issued by the
    Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission
    (COSO), and our report dated February 28, 2006 expressed an
    unqualified opinion on managements assessment of, and the
    effective operation of, internal control over financial
    reporting.
 
 
    Los Angeles, California
    February 28, 2006
    
    79
 
 
    HERBALIFE
    LTD.
    (FORMERLY WH HOLDINGS (CAYMAN ISLANDS) LTD.)
 
 
    |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  | December 31, |  | 
|  |  | 2004 |  |  | 2005 |  | 
|  |  | (In thousands, except share
    amounts) |  | 
|  | 
| 
    ASSETS
 | 
| 
    CURRENT ASSETS:
    
 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Cash and cash equivalents
    
 |  | $ | 201,577 |  |  | $ | 88,248 |  | 
| 
    Receivables, net of allowance for
    doubtful accounts of $4,815 (2004) and $4,678 (2005)
    
 |  |  | 29,546 |  |  |  | 37,266 |  | 
| 
    Inventories
    
 |  |  | 71,092 |  |  |  | 109,785 |  | 
| 
    Prepaid expenses and other current
    assets
    
 |  |  | 45,914 |  |  |  | 40,667 |  | 
| 
    Deferred income taxes
    
 |  |  | 21,784 |  |  |  | 23,585 |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Total current assets
    
 |  |  | 369,913 |  |  |  | 299,551 |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Property  at cost:
    
 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Furniture and fixtures
    
 |  |  | 6,743 |  |  |  | 5,895 |  | 
| 
    Equipment
    
 |  |  | 58,726 |  |  |  | 78,324 |  | 
| 
    Leasehold improvements
    
 |  |  | 10,384 |  |  |  | 11,546 |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  |  | 75,853 |  |  |  | 95,765 |  | 
| 
    Less: accumulated depreciation and
    amortization
    
 |  |  | (20,463 | ) |  |  | (30,819 | ) | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Net property
    
 |  |  | 55,390 |  |  |  | 64,946 |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Deferred compensation plan assets
    
 |  |  | 12,052 |  |  |  | 13,149 |  | 
| 
    Other assets
    
 |  |  | 7,957 |  |  |  | 7,510 |  | 
| 
    Deferred financing costs, net of
    accumulated amortization of $17,081 (2004) and $20,598
    (2005)
    
 |  |  | 6,860 |  |  |  | 3,531 |  | 
| 
    Marketing related intangibles
    
 |  |  | 310,000 |  |  |  | 310,000 |  | 
| 
    Distributor network, net of
    accumulated amortization of $45,272 (2004) and $56,200
    (2005)
    
 |  |  | 10,928 |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Product certifications, product
    formulas and other intangible assets, net of accumulated
    amortization of $14,692 (2004) and $17,792 (2005)
    
 |  |  | 8,084 |  |  |  | 4,908 |  | 
| 
    Goodwill
    
 |  |  | 167,517 |  |  |  | 134,206 |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  | $ | 948,701 |  |  | $ | 837,801 |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    LIABILITIES AND
    SHAREHOLDERS EQUITY
 | 
| 
    CURRENT LIABILITIES:
    
 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Accounts payable
    
 |  | $ | 24,457 |  |  | $ | 39,156 |  | 
| 
    Royalty overrides
    
 |  |  | 85,304 |  |  |  | 87,401 |  | 
| 
    Accrued compensation
    
 |  |  | 27,016 |  |  |  | 32,570 |  | 
| 
    Accrued expenses
    
 |  |  | 87,227 |  |  |  | 93,597 |  | 
| 
    Current portion of long term debt
    
 |  |  | 120,291 |  |  |  | 9,816 |  | 
| 
    Advance sales deposits
    
 |  |  | 9,490 |  |  |  | 10,874 |  | 
| 
    Income taxes payable
    
 |  |  | 17,684 |  |  |  | 12,043 |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Total current liabilities
    
 |  |  | 371,469 |  |  |  | 285,457 |  | 
| 
    NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES:
    
 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Long-term debt, net of current
    portion
    
 |  |  | 365,926 |  |  |  | 253,276 |  | 
| 
    Deferred compensation liability
    
 |  |  | 13,882 |  |  |  | 15,145 |  | 
| 
    Deferred income taxes
    
 |  |  | 130,346 |  |  |  | 112,714 |  | 
| 
    Other non-current liabilities
    
 |  |  | 2,736 |  |  |  | 2,321 |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Total liabilities
    
 |  |  | 884,359 |  |  |  | 668,913 |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    CONTINGENCIES
    
 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    SHAREHOLDERS EQUITY:
    
 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Preference shares, $0.002 par
    value 7.5 million shares authorized and unissued
    
 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Common shares, $0.002 par
    value, 175.0 million shares authorized, 68.6 million
    (2004) and 69.9 million (2005) shares issued and
    outstanding
    
 |  |  | 137 |  |  |  | 140 |  | 
| 
    Treasury shares, at cost
    
 |  |  |  |  |  |  | (210 | ) | 
| 
    Paid-in capital in excess of par
    value
    
 |  |  | 74,593 |  |  |  | 89,524 |  | 
| 
    Accumulated other comprehensive
    income
    
 |  |  | 3,923 |  |  |  | 605 |  | 
| 
    Retained earnings (accumulated
    deficit)
    
 |  |  | (14,311 | ) |  |  | 78,829 |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Total shareholders equity
    
 |  |  | 64,342 |  |  |  | 168,888 |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  | $ | 948,701 |  |  | $ | 837,801 |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
 
    See the accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
    
    80
 
 
    HERBALIFE
    LTD.
    (FORMERLY WH HOLDINGS (CAYMAN ISLANDS) LTD.)
 
 
    |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  | Year Ended
    December 31, |  | 
|  |  | 2003 |  |  | 2004 |  |  | 2005 |  | 
|  |  | (In thousands, except per share
    amounts) |  | 
|  | 
| 
    Product sales
    
 |  | $ | 995,120 |  |  | $ | 1,125,045 |  |  | $ | 1,350,275 |  | 
| 
    Handling & freight income
    
 |  |  | 164,313 |  |  |  | 184,618 |  |  |  | 216,475 |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Net sales
    
 |  |  | 1,159,433 |  |  |  | 1,309,663 |  |  |  | 1,566,750 |  | 
| 
    Cost of sales
    
 |  |  | 235,785 |  |  |  | 269,913 |  |  |  | 315,746 |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Gross profit
    
 |  |  | 923,648 |  |  |  | 1,039,750 |  |  |  | 1,251,004 |  | 
| 
    Royalty overrides
    
 |  |  | 415,351 |  |  |  | 464,892 |  |  |  | 555,665 |  | 
| 
    Selling, general &
    administrative expenses, including, $8.4 million (2003),
    $9.3 million (2004) and $5.7 million (2005) of related
    party expenses
    
 |  |  | 401,261 |  |  |  | 436,139 |  |  |  | 476,268 |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Operating income
    
 |  |  | 107,036 |  |  |  | 138,719 |  |  |  | 219,071 |  | 
| 
    Interest expense, net
    
 |  |  | 41,468 |  |  |  | 123,305 |  |  |  | 43,924 |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Income before income taxes
    
 |  |  | 65,568 |  |  |  | 15,414 |  |  |  | 175,147 |  | 
| 
    Income taxes
    
 |  |  | 28,721 |  |  |  | 29,725 |  |  |  | 82,007 |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    NET INCOME (LOSS)
    
 |  | $ | 36,847 |  |  | $ | (14,311 | ) |  | $ | 93,140 |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Earnings (loss) per share
    
 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Basic
    
 |  | $ |  |  |  | $ | (0.27 | ) |  | $ | 1.35 |  | 
| 
    Diluted
    
 |  | $ | 0.69 |  |  | $ | (0.27 | ) |  | $ | 1.28 |  | 
| 
    Weighted average shares outstanding
    
 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Basic
    
 |  |  |  |  |  |  | 52,911 |  |  |  | 68,972 |  | 
| 
    Diluted
    
 |  |  | 53,446 |  |  |  | 52,911 |  |  |  | 72,491 |  | 
 
    See the accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
    
    81
 
 
    |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | Paid in 
 |  |  | Accumulated 
 |  |  | Retained 
 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | Capital in 
 |  |  | Other 
 |  |  | Earnings 
 |  |  | Total 
 |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  | Preferred 
 |  |  | Common 
 |  |  | Treasury 
 |  |  | Excess of 
 |  |  | Comprehensive 
 |  |  | (Accumulated 
 |  |  | Shareholders 
 |  |  | Comprehensive 
 |  | 
|  |  | Shares |  |  | Shares |  |  | Shares |  |  | Par Value |  |  | Income (Loss) |  |  | Deficit) |  |  | Equity |  |  | Income (Loss) |  | 
|  |  | (In thousands) |  |  |  |  | 
|  | 
| 
    Balance at December 31, 2002
    
 |  | $ | 100 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | $ | 177,308 |  |  | $ | (139 | ) |  | $ | 14,005 |  |  | $ | 191,274 |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Issuance of 2.0 million
    Preferred Shares
    
 |  |  | 2 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 4,204 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 4,206 |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Additional capital from stock
    options
    
 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 1,895 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 1,895 |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Net income
    
 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 36,847 |  |  |  | 36,847 |  |  | $ | 36,847 |  | 
| 
    Foreign currency translation
    adjustment
    
 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 4,517 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 4,517 |  |  |  | 4,517 |  | 
| 
    Unrealized loss on marketable
    securities
    
 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | (4 | ) |  |  |  |  |  |  | (4 | ) |  |  | (4 | ) | 
| 
    Unrealized loss on derivatives
    
 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | (464 | ) |  |  |  |  |  |  | (464 | ) |  |  | (464 | ) | 
| 
    Reclassification adjustments for
    loss on derivative instruments
    
 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | (483 | ) |  |  |  |  |  |  | (483 | ) |  |  | (483 | ) | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Total comprehensive income
    
 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | $ | 40,413 |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Balance at December 31, 2003
    
 |  | $ | 102 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | $ | 183,407 |  |  | $ | 3,427 |  |  | $ | 50,852 |  |  | $ | 237,788 |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Conversion of 102.0 million
    preferred shares including cumulative dividends of
    $38.5 million and issuance of 52.0 million common
    shares
    
 |  |  | (102 | ) |  |  | 104 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | (170,765 | ) |  |  |  |  |  |  | (50,852 | ) |  |  | (221,615 | ) |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Issuance of 0.9 million common
    shares from the exercise of stock options
    
 |  |  |  |  |  |  | 2 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 1,831 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 1,833 |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Tax benefit from exercise of stock
    options
    
 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 1,179 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 1,179 |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Additional capital from stock
    options
    
 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 2,036 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 2,036 |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Issuance of 15.7 million
    common shares from the IPO
    
 |  |  |  |  |  |  | 31 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 200,065 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 200,096 |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Issuance of warrants
    
 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 2,878 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 2,878 |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Dividends paid
    
 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | (146,038 | ) |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | (146,038 | ) |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Net loss
    
 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | (14,311 | ) |  |  | (14,311 | ) |  | $ | (14,311 | ) | 
| 
    Foreign currency translation
    adjustment
    
 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | (538 | ) |  |  |  |  |  |  | (538 | ) |  |  | (538 | ) | 
| 
    Unrealized gain on derivatives
    
 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 2,798 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 2,798 |  |  |  | 2,798 |  | 
| 
    Reclassification adjustments for
    loss on derivative instruments
    
 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | (1,764 | ) |  |  |  |  |  |  | (1,764 | ) |  |  | (1,764 | ) | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Total comprehensive loss
    
 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | $ | (13,815 | ) | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Balance at December 31, 2004
    
 |  | $ |  |  |  | $ | 137 |  |  |  |  |  |  | $ | 74,593 |  |  | $ | 3,923 |  |  | $ | (14,311 | ) |  | $ | 64,342 |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Issuance of 1.2 million common
    shares from the exercise of stock options
    
 |  |  |  |  |  |  | 3 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 2,128 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 2,131 |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Tax benefit from exercise of stock
    options
    
 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 9,675 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 9,675 |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Additional capital from stock
    options
    
 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 3,045 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 3,045 |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Treasury shares purchased
    
 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | (210 | ) |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | (210 | ) |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Other
    
 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 83 |  |  |  | 42 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 125 |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Net income
    
 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 93,140 |  |  |  | 93,140 |  |  | $ | 93,140 |  | 
| 
    Foreign currency translation
    adjustment
    
 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | (3,699 | ) |  |  |  |  |  |  | (3,699 | ) |  |  | (3,699 | ) | 
| 
    Unrealized gain on derivatives
    
 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 339 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 339 |  |  |  | 339 |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Total comprehensive income
    
 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | $ | 89,780 |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Balance at December 31, 2005
    
 |  | $ |  |  |  | $ | 140 |  |  | $ | (210 | ) |  | $ | 89,524 |  |  | $ | 605 |  |  | $ | 78,829 |  |  | $ | 168,888 |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
 
    See the accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
    
    82
 
 
    HERBALIFE
    LTD.
    (FORMERLY WH HOLDINGS (CAYMAN ISLANDS) LTD.)
 
 
    |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  | Year Ended
    December 31, |  | 
|  |  | 2003 |  |  | 2004 |  |  | 2005 |  | 
|  |  | (In thousands) |  | 
|  | 
| 
    CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
    
 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Net income (loss)
    
 |  | $ | 36,847 |  |  | $ | (14,311 | ) |  | $ | 93,140 |  | 
| 
    Adjustments to reconcile net income
    (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:
    
 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Depreciation and amortization
    
 |  |  | 55,605 |  |  |  | 43,896 |  |  |  | 35,436 |  | 
| 
    Amortization of discount and
    deferred financing costs
    
 |  |  | 7,039 |  |  |  | 6,856 |  |  |  | 1,397 |  | 
| 
    Deferred income taxes
    
 |  |  | (12,160 | ) |  |  | 3,618 |  |  |  | (12,455 | ) | 
| 
    Unrealized foreign exchange
    transaction loss (gain)
    
 |  |  | 4,070 |  |  |  | (1,219 | ) |  |  | (4,633 | ) | 
| 
    Write-off of deferred financing
    costs & unamortized discounts
    
 |  |  | 1,368 |  |  |  | 30,830 |  |  |  | 5,971 |  | 
| 
    Other
    
 |  |  | 3,072 |  |  |  | 5,474 |  |  |  | 4,005 |  | 
| 
    Changes in operating assets and
    liabilities:
    
 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Receivables
    
 |  |  | (481 | ) |  |  | 3,997 |  |  |  | (8,155 | ) | 
| 
    Inventories
    
 |  |  | 592 |  |  |  | (7,569 | ) |  |  | (40,247 | ) | 
| 
    Prepaid expenses and other current
    assets
    
 |  |  | (4,188 | ) |  |  | (21,149 | ) |  |  | 2,206 |  | 
| 
    Other assets
    
 |  |  | (298 | ) |  |  | (1,292 | ) |  |  | (376 | ) | 
| 
    Accounts payable
    
 |  |  | (821 | ) |  |  | 449 |  |  |  | 16,647 |  | 
| 
    Royalty overrides
    
 |  |  | 1,526 |  |  |  | 5,323 |  |  |  | 5,852 |  | 
| 
    Accrued expenses and accrued
    compensation
    
 |  |  | 5,045 |  |  |  | 32,513 |  |  |  | 15,040 |  | 
| 
    Advance sales deposits
    
 |  |  | (454 | ) |  |  | 2,440 |  |  |  | 1,557 |  | 
| 
    Income taxes payable
    
 |  |  | 7,228 |  |  |  | (1,186 | ) |  |  | 26,704 |  | 
| 
    Deferred compensation plan liability
    
 |  |  | (9,640 | ) |  |  | (8,560 | ) |  |  | 1,263 |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    NET CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING
    ACTIVITIES
    
 |  |  | 94,350 |  |  |  | 80,110 |  |  |  | 143,352 |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
    
 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Purchases of property
    
 |  |  | (13,601 | ) |  |  | (23,081 | ) |  |  | (31,536 | ) | 
| 
    Proceeds from sale of property
    
 |  |  | 53 |  |  |  | 6 |  |  |  | 68 |  | 
| 
    Net change in restricted cash
    
 |  |  | 4,850 |  |  |  | 5,701 |  |  |  | 39 |  | 
| 
    Net changes in marketable securities
    
 |  |  | 1,268 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Deferred compensation plan assets
    
 |  |  | 10,582 |  |  |  | 9,288 |  |  |  | (1,097 | ) | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    NET CASH PROVIDED BY (USED IN)
    INVESTING ACTIVITIES
    
 |  |  | 3,152 |  |  |  | (8,086 | ) |  |  | (32,526 | ) | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
    
 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Dividends paid
    
 |  |  |  |  |  |  | (184,538 | ) |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Issuance of 9.5% Notes
    
 |  |  |  |  |  |  | 267,437 |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Repurchase of 15.5% Senior Notes
    and 11.75% Notes
    
 |  |  | (5,681 | ) |  |  | (199,422 | ) |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Borrowings from long-term debt
    
 |  |  | 6,508 |  |  |  | 208,870 |  |  |  | 5,073 |  | 
| 
    Principal payments on long-term debt
    
 |  |  | (23,864 | ) |  |  | (127,230 | ) |  |  | (232,508 | ) | 
| 
    Conversion of preferred shares
    
 |  |  |  |  |  |  | (183,115 | ) |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Proceeds from issuance of common
    shares
    
 |  |  |  |  |  |  | 200,096 |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Increase in deferred financing costs
    
 |  |  |  |  |  |  | (7,091 | ) |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Exercise of stock options
    
 |  |  |  |  |  |  | 1,833 |  |  |  | 2,131 |  | 
| 
    Issuance of preferred stock
    
 |  |  | 4,206 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Other
    
 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | (586 | ) | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    NET CASH USED IN FINANCING
    ACTIVITIES
    
 |  |  | (18,831 | ) |  |  | (23,160 | ) |  |  | (225,890 | ) | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    EFFECT OF EXCHANGE RATE CHANGES ON
    CASH
    
 |  |  | 7,807 |  |  |  | 2,034 |  |  |  | 1,735 |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    NET CHANGE IN CASH AND CASH
    EQUIVALENTS
    
 |  |  | 86,478 |  |  |  | 50,898 |  |  |  | (113,329 | ) | 
| 
    CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS,
    BEGINNING OF PERIOD
    
 |  |  | 64,201 |  |  |  | 150,679 |  |  |  | 201,577 |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF
    PERIOD
    
 |  | $ | 150,679 |  |  | $ | 201,577 |  |  | $ | 88,248 |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    CASH PAID DURING THE YEAR
    
 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Interest paid
    
 |  | $ | 35,866 |  |  | $ | 88,108 |  |  | $ | 38,226 |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Income taxes paid
    
 |  | $ | 32,836 |  |  | $ | 20,491 |  |  | $ | 65,408 |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    NON CASH ACTIVITIES
    
 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Capital leases
    
 |  | $ | 6,834 |  |  | $ | 7,198 |  |  | $ | 1,068 |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
 
    See the accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
    
    83
 
 
    HERBALIFE
    LTD.
    (FORMERLY WH HOLDINGS (CAYMAN ISLANDS) LTD.)
 
 
 
    Herbalife Ltd., a Cayman Islands exempted limited liability
    company (Herbalife), incorporated on April 4,
    2002, and its direct and indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries, WH
    Intermediate Holdings Ltd., a Cayman Islands company (WH
    Intermediate), WH Luxembourg Holdings S.à.R.L., a
    Luxembourg unipersonal limited liability company (Lux
    Holdings), WH Luxembourg CM S.à.R.L., a Luxembourg
    unipersonal limited liability company, and WH Acquisition Corp.,
    a Nevada corporation (WH Acquisition), were formed
    on behalf of Whitney & Co., LLC (Whitney)
    and Golden Gate Private Equity, Inc. (Golden Gate),
    in order to acquire Herbalife International, Inc., a Nevada
    corporation, and its subsidiaries (Herbalife
    International) on July 31, 2002 (the
    Acquisition). Herbalife and its subsidiaries are
    referred to collectively herein as the Company.
 
    IPO
    Recapitalization
 
    On December 16, 2004, Herbalife completed an initial public
    offering of its common shares (the IPO), as part of
    a series of recapitalization transactions, including:
 
    |  |  |  | 
    |  |  | a tender offer for $159.8 million of the outstanding
    113/4% senior
    subordinated notes due 2010 (the
    113/4% Notes),
    issued by Herbalife International; | 
|  | 
    |  |  | the replacement of Herbalife Internationals existing
    $205.0 million senior credit facility with a new
    $225.0 million senior credit facility; | 
|  | 
    |  |  | the payment of a $139.8 million special cash dividend to
    the pre-IPO shareholders of Herbalife; and | 
|  | 
    |  |  | the amendment of Herbalifes Memorandum and Articles of
    Association to: (1) effect a 1:2 reverse stock split of
    Herbalifes common shares; (2) increase
    Herbalifes authorized common shares to 500 million
    shares; and (3) increase Herbalifes authorized
    preference shares to 7.5 million shares, all of which took
    effect on December 1, 2004. | 
 
    As a planned continuation of the IPO recapitalization, Herbalife
    exercised a contract provision in December 2004 to redeem 40%,
    or $110.0 million principal value (excluding a premium of
    $10.5 million), of the
    91/2% notes
    due 2011, (the
    91/2% Notes).
    After the required notice period, this redemption was completed
    on February 4, 2005. The redemption premium of
    $10.5 million and the write-off of deferred financing fees
    of $3.7 million associated with this redemption are
    included in interest expense in the first quarter of 2005.
 
    In connection with the IPO and the recapitalization, a secondary
    Company incurred $24.7 million in fees and expenses of
    which $19.8 million were associated with the IPO (included
    in equity) and $4.9 million were associated with the
    establishment of the new credit facility (included in deferred
    financing costs).
 
    Secondary
    Offering
 
    On December 19, 2005, Herbalife completed a secondary
    public offering of 13 million common shares held by certain
    existing shareholders. The selling shareholders received all net
    proceeds from the sale of common shares sold in this offering.
    Accordingly, Herbalife did not receive any proceeds from the
    sale of common shares.
 
 
    The Companys consolidated financial statements refer to
    Herbalife and its subsidiaries. All common shares and earnings
    per share data for the successor gives effect to a 1:2 reverse
    stock split, which took effect December 1, 2004. The
    Company also officially changed its name from WH Holdings
    (Cayman Islands) Ltd. to Herbalife Ltd. effective
    December 1, 2004.
    
    84
 
 
 
    HERBALIFE
    LTD.
    (FORMERLY WH HOLDINGS (CAYMAN ISLANDS) LTD.)
 
 
    NOTES TO
    CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
    STATEMENTS  (Continued)
 
    New
    Accounting Pronouncements
 
    In December 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board
    (FASB) enacted Statement of Financial Accounting
    Standards 123  revised 2004, Share-Based
    Payment (SFAS No. 123R) which
    replaces Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
    No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation
    (SFAS No. 123) and supersedes Accounting
    Principle Board (APB) Opinion No. 25,
    Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees (APB
    No. 25). SFAS No. 123R requires the
    measurement of all employee share-based payments to employees,
    including grants of employee stock options, using a
    fair-value-based
    method and the recording of such expense in our consolidated
    statements of operations.
 
    The Company is required to adopt SFAS No. 123R in the
    first quarter of fiscal year 2006. The pro forma disclosures
    previously permitted under SFAS No. 123 no longer will
    be an alternative to financial statement recognition. See
    Note 2 in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
    for the pro forma net income (loss) and net income (loss) per
    share amounts, for fiscal 2002 through fiscal 2005, presented as
    if the Company had used a
    fair-value-based
    method similar to the methods required under
    SFAS No. 123R to measure compensation expense for
    employee stock incentive awards. Although the Company has not
    yet determined whether the adoption of SFAS No. 123R
    will result in amounts that are similar to the current pro forma
    disclosures under SFAS No. 123, it is evaluating the
    requirements under SFAS No. 123R. On a preliminary
    basis the Company expects the adoption will have a cumulative
    pre-tax impact of less than $15 million for the period from
    2006 to 2010, related to share based awards issued prior to the
    year end of 2005, on its consolidated statements of operations.
    The full impact of adopting SFAS No. 123R cannot be
    accurately estimated at this time, as it will depend on the
    market value and the amount of share based awards granted in the
    future periods.
 
    In December 2004, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position
    No. FAS 109-2
    Accounting and Disclosure Guidance for the Foreign
    Earnings Repatriation Provision within the American Jobs
    Creations Act of 2004 (SFAS No. 109-2).
    The American Jobs Creation Act (AJCA) introduces a
    limited time 85% dividends received deduction on the
    repatriation of certain foreign earnings to a U.S. taxpayer
    (repatriation provision), provided certain criteria are met.
    SFAS No. 109-2
    provides accounting and disclosure guidance for the repatriation
    provision. The provision will not provide a material benefit to
    the Company.
 
    In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 151,
    Inventory Costs, an amendment of ARB No. 43,
    Chapter 4 (SFAS No. 151) which
    requires that abnormal amounts of idle facility expense,
    freight, handling costs and wasted material (spoilage) be
    recognized as current-period charges. In addition, the statement
    requires that allocation of fixed production overheads to the
    costs of conversion be based on the normal capacity of the
    production facilities. SFAS No. 151 is effective for
    fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2005. The Company
    will adopt this statement as required, and management does not
    believe the adoption will have a material effect on the
    Companys results of operations, financial condition or
    liquidity.
 
    In May 2005, the FASB issued SFAS No. 154,
    Accounting Changes and Error Corrections (SFAS
    No. 154). SFAS No. 154 requires restatement
    of prior periods financial statements for changes in
    accounting principle, unless it is impracticable to determine
    either the period-specific effects or the cumulative effect of
    the change. Also, SFAS No. 154 requires that
    retrospective application of a change in accounting principle be
    limited to the direct effects of the change.
    SFAS No. 154 is effective for accounting changes and
    corrections of errors made in fiscal years beginning after
    December 15, 2005. Management does not believe that the
    adoption of SFAS No. 154 will have a material impact
    on the Companys consolidated financial statements.
 
    Reclassifications
 
    Certain reclassifications were made to the prior period
    financial statements to conform to current period presentation.
    
    85
 
 
 
    HERBALIFE
    LTD.
    (FORMERLY WH HOLDINGS (CAYMAN ISLANDS) LTD.)
 
 
    NOTES TO
    CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
    STATEMENTS  (Continued)
 
    Significant
    Accounting Policies
 
    Consolidation
    Policy
 
    The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of
    the Company and its subsidiaries. All significant inter-company
    transactions and accounts have been eliminated.
 
    Foreign
    Currency Translation
 
    In substantially all of the countries that the Company operates,
    the functional currency is the local currency. Foreign
    subsidiaries asset and liability accounts are translated
    for consolidated financial reporting purposes into
    U.S. dollar amounts at year-end exchange rates. Revenue and
    expense accounts are translated at the average rates during the
    year. Foreign exchange translation adjustments are included in
    accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) on the
    accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Transaction gains and
    losses, which include the cost of forward exchange and option
    contracts and the related settlement gains and losses,  are
    included in Selling, General & Administrative Expenses
    in the accompanying consolidated statement of income. The
    Company recorded losses of $6.5 million and
    $1.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2003 and
    2004, respectively, and a gain of $0.7 million for the year
    ended December 31, 2005.
 
    Forward
    Exchange Contracts and Option Contracts
 
    The Company enters into forward exchange contracts and option
    contracts in managing its foreign exchange risk on sales to
    distributors, purchase commitments denominated in foreign
    currencies, intercompany transactions and bank loans. The
    Company also enters into interest rate caps and swaps in
    managing its interest rate risk on its variable rate term loan.
    The Company does not use the contracts for trading purposes.
 
    In accordance with SFAS No. 133, Accounting for
    Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, the Company
    designates certain of its derivative instruments as cash flow
    hedges and formally documents its hedge relationships, including
    identification of the hedging instruments and the hedged items,
    as well as its risk management objectives and strategies for
    undertaking the hedge transaction, at the time the derivative
    contract is executed. The Company assesses the effectiveness of
    the hedge both at inception and on an on-going basis and
    determines whether the hedge is highly or perfectly effective in
    offsetting changes in cash flows of the hedged item. The Company
    records the effective portion of changes in the estimated fair
    value in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) and
    subsequently reclassifies the related amount of accumulated
    other comprehensive income (loss) to earnings when the hedging
    relationship is terminated. If it is determined that a
    derivative has ceased to be a highly effective hedge, the
    Company will discontinue hedge accounting for such transaction.
    For derivatives that are not designated as hedges
    (free-standing derivatives), all changes in
    estimated fair value are recognized in the consolidated
    statements of operations.
 
    Cash and
    Cash Equivalents
 
    The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased
    with a maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.
    Cash and cash equivalents are comprised primarily of money
    market accounts and foreign and domestic bank accounts. To
    reduce its credit risk, the Company monitors the credit standing
    of the financial institutions that hold the Companys cash
    and cash equivalents.
 
    Restricted
    Cash
 
    There was no restricted cash as of December 31, 2004 and
    December 31, 2005.
    
    86
 
 
 
    HERBALIFE
    LTD.
    (FORMERLY WH HOLDINGS (CAYMAN ISLANDS) LTD.)
 
 
    NOTES TO
    CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
    STATEMENTS  (Continued)
 
    Accounts
    Receivable
 
    Accounts receivable consist principally of receivables from
    credit card companies, arising from the sale of product to the
    Companys distributors, and receivables from importers, who
    are utilized in a limited number of countries to sell products
    to distributors. Due to the geographic dispersion of its credit
    card receivables, the collection risk is not considered to be
    significant. Although receivables from importers can be
    significant, the Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of
    its importers and maintains an allowance for potential credit
    losses. The Company believes that it provides adequate
    allowances for receivables from its distributors.
 
    Fair
    Value of Financial Instruments
 
    The Company has estimated the fair value of its financial
    instruments using the following methods and assumptions:
 
    |  |  |  | 
    |  |  | The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, restricted
    cash, receivables and accounts payable approximate fair value
    due to the short-term maturities of these instruments; | 
|  | 
    |  |  | Marketable securities are based on the quoted market prices for
    these instruments; | 
|  | 
    |  |  | Foreign exchange contracts are based on exchange rates at period
    end; | 
|  | 
    |  |  | The fair value of option and forward contracts are based on
    dealer quotes; | 
|  | 
    |  |  | The book values of the Companys variable rate debt
    instruments are considered to approximate their fair values
    because interest rates of those instruments approximate current
    rates offered to the Company; and | 
|  | 
    |  |  | The fair values for fixed rate borrowings have been determined
    based on recent market trade values, and are disclosed in
    Note 4 in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. | 
 
    Inventories
 
    Inventories are stated at lower of cost (on the
    first-in,
    first-out basis) or market. The Company had reserves for
    obsolete and slow moving inventory totaling $6.2 million
    and $8.0 million as of December 31, 2004 and 2005,
    respectively.
 
    Deferred
    Financing Costs
 
    Deferred financing costs represent fees and expenses related to
    the borrowing of the Companys long-term debt and are
    amortized over the term of the related debt.
 
    Long-Lived
    Assets
 
    Depreciation of furniture, fixtures and equipment (including
    computer hardware and software) is computed on a straight-line
    basis over the estimated useful lives of the related assets,
    which range from three to five years. Leasehold improvements are
    amortized on a straight-line basis over the life of the related
    asset or the term of the lease, whichever is shorter.
 
    Long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment, based on
    undiscounted cash flows, whenever events or changes in
    circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets
    may not be recoverable. Measurement of an impairment loss is
    based on the estimated fair market value of the asset.
 
    Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives are
    evaluated on an annual basis for impairment, or more frequently
    if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the asset
    might be impaired. Intangible assets with finite lives are
    amortized over their expected lives, which are three years for
    the distributor network, five years for
    
    87
 
 
 
    HERBALIFE
    LTD.
    (FORMERLY WH HOLDINGS (CAYMAN ISLANDS) LTD.)
 
 
    NOTES TO
    CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
    STATEMENTS  (Continued)
    product formulas and two years for product certifications. The
    annual amortization expense for intangibles is was
    $34.5 million (2003), $23.9 million (2004) and
    $14.0 million (2005), and will be $3.1 million (2006)
    and $1.8 million (2007) and zero for years thereafter.
 
    As of December 31, 2004 and 2005, the goodwill balance was
    $167.5 million and $134.2 million, respectively. The
    $33.3 million decrease was due primarily to a reduction in
    the valuation allowance established at the time of the
    Acquisition against pre-Acquisition tax benefits.
 
    Income
    Taxes
 
    Income tax expense includes income taxes payable for the current
    year and the change in deferred income tax assets and
    liabilities for the future tax consequences of events that have
    been recognized in the Companys financial statements or
    income tax returns. A valuation allowance is recognized to
    reduce the carrying value of deferred income tax assets if it is
    believed to be more likely than not that a component of the
    deferred income tax assets will not be realized.
 
    Royalty
    Overrides
 
    An independent distributor may earn commissions, called royalty
    overrides or production bonuses, based on retail volume. Such
    commissions are based on the retail sales volume of certain
    other members of the independent sales force who are sponsored
    by the distributor. In addition, such commissions are recorded
    when the products are shipped.
    Non-U.S. royalty
    checks that have aged, for a variety of reasons, beyond a
    certainty of being paid, are taken back into income. Management
    has calculated this period of certainty to be three years
    worldwide, whereas previously this period varied by country,
    ranging from 12 months to 30 years. In order to
    achieve consistency among all countries, in the third quarter of
    2004, the Company adjusted the period over which such amounts
    would be taken into income to three years on a Company-wide
    basis. The impact of this change for the year ended
    December 31, 2004 was a pretax benefit of approximately
    $2.4 million.
 
    Research
    and Development
 
    The Companys research and development is primarily
    performed by outside consultants. For all periods presented,
    research and development costs were expensed as incurred and
    were not material.
 
    Earnings
    Per Share
 
    Basic earnings per share represents net income for the period
    common shares were outstanding, divided by the weighted average
    number of shares of common stock outstanding for the period.
    Diluted earnings per share represents net income divided by the
    weighted average number of shares outstanding, inclusive of the
    effect of dilutive securities.
 
    The Companys preferred shares were converted into common
    shares on March 8, 2004. From August 1, 2002, until
    the date of conversion, the Company did not have any outstanding
    common shares. Accordingly, no basic earnings per share
    information has been presented for those periods. Diluted
    earnings per share for these periods assumes the conversion of
    the preferred shares to common shares and includes the dilutive
    effect, if any, of outstanding stock options and warrants.
 
    Periods after March 8, 2004, include basic earnings per
    share information that reflects common shares outstanding
    subsequent to the conversion. Diluted earnings per share for
    such periods also reflects the dilutive effect, if any, of
    outstanding stock options and warrants.
    
    88
 
 
 
    HERBALIFE
    LTD.
    (FORMERLY WH HOLDINGS (CAYMAN ISLANDS) LTD.)
 
 
    NOTES TO
    CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
    STATEMENTS  (Continued)
 
    The following are the share amounts used to compute the basic
    and diluted earnings per share for each period (in thousands):
 
    |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  | Year Ended
    December 31, |  | 
|  |  | 2003 |  |  | 2004 |  |  | 2005 |  | 
|  | 
| 
    Weighted average shares used in
    basic computations
    
 |  |  |  |  |  |  | 52,911 |  |  |  | 68,972 |  | 
| 
    Dilutive effect of exercise of
    options outstanding
    
 |  |  | 1,776 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 3,390 |  | 
| 
    Dilutive effect of Preferred shares
    
 |  |  | 50,649 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Dilutive effect of warrants
    
 |  |  | 1,021 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 129 |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Weighted average shares used in
    diluted computations
    
 |  |  | 53,446 |  |  |  | 52,911 |  |  |  | 72,491 |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
 
    Options to purchase 5.9 million, 1.5 million and
    1.4 million common shares at prices ranging from $2.50 to
    $12.32, $12.00 to $25.00 and $23.00 to $29.45 were outstanding
    during 2003, 2004 and 2005, respectively, but were not included
    in the computation of diluted earnings per share because the
    option exercise prices were greater than the average market
    price of the common shares or the potential issuance of options
    would decrease loss per share. Therefore such options would be
    anti-dilutive.
 
    Revenue
    Recognition
 
    Revenue is recognized when products are shipped and title passes
    to the independent distributor or importer. Sales are recognized
    on a net sales basis, which reflects product returns, net of
    discounts referred to as Distributor Allowances, and
    amounts billed for freight and handling costs. Freight and
    handling costs paid by the Company are included in cost of
    sales. The Company generally receives the net sales price in
    cash or through credit card payments at the point of sale.
    Related royalty overrides and allowances for product returns are
    recorded when the merchandise is shipped.
 
    Allowances for product returns primarily in connection with our
    buyback program are provided at the time the product is shipped.
    This accrual is based upon historic return rates for each
    country, which vary from zero to approximately 5.0% of net
    sales, and the relevant return pattern, which reflects
    anticipated returns to be received over a period of up to
    12 months following the original sale.
 
    Historically, product returns have not been significant, and the
    allowances for product returns are consistent with the actual
    returns.
 
    Accounting
    for Stock Options
 
    In December 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 148
    Accounting for Stock Based
    Compensation  Transition and Disclosure
    (SFAS No. 148). SFAS No. 148 amends
    SFAS No. 123 to provide alternative methods of
    transition for a voluntary change to the fair value based method
    of accounting for stock-based employee compensation. In
    addition, SFAS No. 148 amends the disclosure
    requirements of SFAS No. 123 to require prominent
    disclosures in both annual and interim financial statements
    about the method of accounting for stock-based employee
    compensation and the effect of the method used on reported
    results.
 
    The Company applies the
    intrinsic-value-based
    method of accounting prescribed by APB No. 25 and related
    interpretations including FASB Interpretation No. 44,
    Accounting for Certain Transactions Involving Stock
    Compensation, an interpretation of APB No. 25, issued
    March 2000, to account for its stock-based awards for employees.
    For options granted to employees, compensation expense is
    recorded on the date of grant only if the current market price
    of the underlying common shares exceeds the exercise price.
    SFAS No. 123 established accounting and disclosure
    requirements using a
    fair-value-based
    method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation
    plans. As allowed by SFAS No. 123, the Company has
    elected to continue to apply the
    
    89
 
 
 
    HERBALIFE
    LTD.
    (FORMERLY WH HOLDINGS (CAYMAN ISLANDS) LTD.)
 
 
    NOTES TO
    CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
    STATEMENTS  (Continued)
    intrinsic-value-based
    method of accounting described above, and has adopted only the
    disclosure requirements of SFAS No. 123.
 
    The following tables illustrate the effect on net income (loss)
    if the
    fair-value-based
    method had been applied to all outstanding and unvested awards
    in each period (in millions, except per share amounts):
 
    |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  | Year Ended
    December 31, |  | 
|  |  | 2003 |  |  | 2004 |  |  | 2005 |  | 
|  | 
| 
    Net income (loss) as reported
    
 |  | $ | 36.8 |  |  | $ | (14.3 | ) |  | $ | 93.1 |  | 
| 
    Add: Stock-based employee
    compensation expense included in reported net income
    
 |  |  | 1.1 |  |  |  | 1.2 |  |  |  | 1.8 |  | 
| 
    Deduct: Stock-based employee
    compensation expense determined under fair value based methods
    for all awards
    
 |  |  | (1.5 | ) |  |  | (2.6 | ) |  |  | (6.8 | ) | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Pro forma net income (loss)
    
 |  | $ | 36.4 |  |  | $ | (15.7 | ) |  | $ | 88.1 |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Basic earnings (loss) per share
    
 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    As reported
    
 |  |  |  |  |  | $ | (0.27 | ) |  | $ | 1.35 |  | 
| 
    Pro forma
    
 |  |  |  |  |  | $ | (0.30 | ) |  | $ | 1.28 |  | 
| 
    Diluted earnings (loss) per share
    
 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    As reported
    
 |  | $ | 0.69 |  |  | $ | (0.27 | ) |  | $ | 1.28 |  | 
| 
    Pro forma
    
 |  | $ | 0.68 |  |  | $ | (0.30 | ) |  | $ | 1.21 |  | 
 
    The fair value of the stock options granted during the periods
    presented was determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing
    model and the following weighted average assumptions:
 
    |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  | Year Ended
    December 31, |  | 
|  |  | 2003 |  |  | 2004 |  |  | 2005 |  | 
|  | 
| 
    Risk free interest rate
    
 |  |  | 3.0 | % |  |  | 3.6 | % |  |  | 4.0 | % | 
| 
    Expected option life
    
 |  |  | 5.0 years |  |  |  | 5.0 years |  |  |  | 6.3 years |  | 
| 
    Volatility
    
 |  |  | 0.00 | % |  |  | 16.51 | % |  |  | 32.75 | % | 
| 
    Dividend yield
    
 |  |  | 0.00 | % |  |  | 0.00 | % |  |  | 0.00 | % | 
 
    Use of
    Estimates
 
    The preparation of financial statements in conformity with
    accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of
    America requires management to make estimates and assumptions.
    Such estimates and assumptions affect the reported amounts of
    assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets
    and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the
    reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting
    period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
    
    90
 
 
 
    HERBALIFE
    LTD.
    (FORMERLY WH HOLDINGS (CAYMAN ISLANDS) LTD.)
 
 
    NOTES TO
    CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
    STATEMENTS  (Continued)
 
 
    Inventories consist primarily of finished goods available for
    resale and can be categorized as follows (in millions):
 
    |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  | December 31, |  | 
|  |  | 2004 |  |  | 2005 |  | 
|  | 
| 
    Weight management and inner
    nutrition
    
 |  | $ | 53.9 |  |  | $ | 86.6 |  | 
| 
    Outer
    Nutrition®
    
 |  |  | 10.0 |  |  |  | 13.9 |  | 
| 
    Literature, promotional and others
    
 |  |  | 7.2 |  |  |  | 9.3 |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Total
    
 |  | $ | 71.1 |  |  | $ | 109.8 |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
 
 
    Long-term debt consists of the following (in millions):
 
    |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  | December 31, |  | 
|  |  | 2004 |  |  | 2005 |  | 
|  | 
| 
    113/4% Notes
    
 |  | $ | 0.2 |  |  | $ | 0.1 |  | 
| 
    Borrowing under senior credit
    facility
    
 |  |  | 200.0 |  |  |  | 89.8 |  | 
| 
    91/2% Notes,
    net of unamortized discounts $3.7 million (2005) and
    $6.9 million (2004)
    
 |  |  | 268.1 |  |  |  | 161.3 |  | 
| 
    Capital leases
    
 |  |  | 9.2 |  |  |  | 5.4 |  | 
| 
    Other debt
    
 |  |  | 8.7 |  |  |  | 6.5 |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  |  | 486.2 |  |  |  | 263.1 |  | 
| 
    Less: current portion
    
 |  |  | 120.3 |  |  |  | 9.8 |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  | $ | 365.9 |  |  | $ | 253.3 |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
 
    Interest expense was $41.5 million, $123.3 million and
    $43.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2003,
    2004 and 2005, respectively.
 
    In connection with the Acquisition, the Company consummated
    certain related financing transactions, including the issuance
    by WH Acquisition on June 27, 2002, of $165.0 million
    of the
    113/4%
    Notes issued at 98.716% of par. Interest on the
    113/4% Notes
    is to be paid semi annually on
    January 15th and
    July 15th
    of each year, the first payment of which was made on
    January 15, 2003. In connection with this financing, the
    Company incurred $25.1 million of debt issuance costs,
    which are being amortized over the term of the debt using the
    effective interest rate method. During the third quarter of
    2003, the Company repurchased $5.0 million principal value
    of the
    113/4%
    Notes. The fair value of the
    113/4%
    notes was $0.2 million and $0.1 million at
    December 31, 2004 and 2005, respectively.
 
    Subsequently, in connection with the IPO, the Company made a
    tender offer for all of the outstanding
    113/4% Notes
    and received tenders for 99.9% of the outstanding principal
    amount. The purchase price amounted to $197.2 million,
    including accrued interest of $8.1 million and a
    $29.3 million purchase premium. In addition,
    $20.6 million of interest was recorded related to the write
    down of deferred financing costs and discount. The Company also
    paid off the entire amount of borrowings under the senior credit
    facility amounting to $66.9 million, including accrued
    interest and fees. An additional $6.2 million of interest
    was also recorded as a result of the write off of deferred
    financing costs.
    
    91
 
 
 
    HERBALIFE
    LTD.
    (FORMERLY WH HOLDINGS (CAYMAN ISLANDS) LTD.)
 
 
    NOTES TO
    CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
    STATEMENTS  (Continued)
 
    In March 2004, Herbalife and its wholly-owned subsidiary WH
    Capital Corporation completed a $275.0 million offering of
    the
    91/2% Notes.
    The proceeds of the offering together with available cash were
    used to pay the original issue price in cash due upon conversion
    of 104.1 million outstanding preferred shares, including
    2.0 million warrants exercised as described below, to pay
    all accrued and unpaid dividends, to redeem Herbalifes
    151/2% Senior
    Notes due July 15, 2011 (the
    151/2% Senior
    Notes) and to pay related fees and expenses. The total
    price of $52.1 million to redeem the
    151/2% Senior
    Notes consisted of $39.6 million aggregate principal amount
    (excluding $1.7 million of unamortized discount), an
    $11.4 million purchase premium and $1.1 million of
    accrued interest from January 1, 2004, up to (but not
    including) March 8, 2004. At any time after July 31,
    2002, and on or before July 15, 2012, warrants issued with
    the
    151/2% Senior
    Notes could be exercised to purchase an equivalent amount of
    preferred stock at an exercise price of $0.01 per share.
    The total number of warrants outstanding after July 31,
    2002, and exercised on March 8, 2004, to purchase an
    equivalent amount of preferred shares was 2,040,816. The
    proceeds of the
    91/2% Notes
    were used in part to redeem and convert these preferred shares
    into common shares. Interest on the
    91/2% Notes
    will be paid in cash semi-annually in arrears on April 1
    and October 1 of each year, starting on October 1,
    2004. The
    91/2% Notes
    are Herbalifes general unsecured obligations, ranking
    equally with any of the existing and future senior indebtedness
    and senior to all of Herbalifes future subordinated
    indebtedness. Also, the
    91/2% Notes
    are effectively subordinated to all existing and future
    indebtedness and other liabilities of Herbalifes
    subsidiaries. In February 2005, the Company redeemed
    $110.0 million principal value or 40% of the outstanding
    principal amount of the
    91/2%
    Notes for a cash payment of $120.5 million, including a
    purchase premium of $10.5 million. The fair value of the
    91/2%
    Notes was $305.3 million and $178.2 million at
    December 31, 2004 and 2005, respectively.
 
    Concurrently with the closing of the IPO, the Company entered
    into a $225.0 million senior credit facility with a
    syndicate of financial institutions, including affiliates of
    Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated and Merril Lynch,
    Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated as joint lead
    arrangers and joint book-managers. The senior credit facility
    consists of a senior secured revolving credit facility with
    total availability of up to $25.0 million and a senior
    secured term loan facility in an aggregate principal amount of
    $200.0 million. The revolver is available until
    December 21, 2009. The revolver bears interest at LIBOR
    plus 2.0% and the term loan initially bears interest at LIBOR
    plus
    21/4%.
    In April 2005, the senior credit facility was amended whereby
    the interest rate was reduced from LIBOR plus
    21/4%
    to LIBOR plus
    13/4%.
    In addition, the amount payable in connection with a partial or
    full refinancing of the loan within the first year of the
    amendment shall equal 101% of the principal amount. In August
    2005, the senior credit facility was amended again to permit the
    purchase, repurchase or redemption of up to $50.0 million
    aggregate principal amount of the
    91/2% Notes.
    The Company is obligated to pay $0.2 million every quarter
    until September 30, 2010, and the remaining principal on
    December 21, 2010, for the term loan. As of
    December 31, 2005, no amounts had been borrowed under the
    revolver.
 
    Annual scheduled principal payments of long-term debt are:
    $9.8 million (2006), $3.6 million (2007),
    $1.1 million (2008), $0.9 million (2009),
    $86.3 million (2010), and $165.0 million (thereafter).
 
 
    The Company has warehouse, office, furniture, fixtures and
    equipment leases, which expire at various dates through 2016.
    Under the lease agreements, the Company is also obligated to pay
    property taxes, insurance, and maintenance costs.
    
    92
 
 
 
    HERBALIFE
    LTD.
    (FORMERLY WH HOLDINGS (CAYMAN ISLANDS) LTD.)
 
 
    NOTES TO
    CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
    STATEMENTS  (Continued)
 
    Certain leases contain renewal options. Future minimum rental
    commitments for non-cancelable operating leases and capital
    leases at December 31, 2005, were as follows (in millions):
 
    |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  | Operating |  |  | Capital |  | 
|  | 
| 
    2006
    
 |  | $ | 16.2 |  |  | $ | 3.4 |  | 
| 
    2007
    
 |  |  | 10.5 |  |  |  | 1.9 |  | 
| 
    2008
    
 |  |  | 7.8 |  |  |  | 0.2 |  | 
| 
    2009
    
 |  |  | 7.0 |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    2010
    
 |  |  | 6.7 |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Thereafter
    
 |  |  | 29.7 |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Total
    
 |  | $ | 77.9 |  |  | $ | 5.5 |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Less: amounts included above
    representing interest
    
 |  |  |  |  |  |  | 0.1 |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Present value of net minimum lease
    payments
    
 |  |  |  |  |  | $ | 5.4 |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
 
    Rental expense for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004,
    and 2005 were $21.0 million, $22.5 million and
    $25.6 million, respectively.
 
    Property under capital leases is included in property on the
    accompanying consolidated balance sheets as follows (in
    millions):
 
    |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  | December 31, |  | 
|  |  | 2004 |  |  | 2005 |  | 
|  | 
| 
    Equipment
    
 |  | $ | 13.9 |  |  | $ | 13.9 |  | 
| 
    Less: accumulated depreciation
    
 |  |  | (5.1 | ) |  |  | (8.1 | ) | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Total
    
 |  | $ | 8.8 |  |  | $ | 5.8 |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
 
    |  |  | 
    | 6. | Employee
    compensation plans | 
 
    The Company maintains a profit sharing plan pursuant to
    Sections 401(a) and (k) of the Internal Revenue Code of
    1986, as amended (the Code). The plan is available
    to substantially all employees who meet length of service
    requirements. Employees may elect to contribute between 2% to
    17% of their compensation, and the Company will make matching
    contributions in an amount equal to one dollar for each dollar
    of deferred earnings not to exceed 3% of the participants
    earnings. Participants are partially vested in the Company
    contributions after one year and fully vested after five years.
    The Company contributed $1.3 million for both years ended
    December 31, 2003 and 2004, and $1.4 million for the
    year ended December 31, 2005.
 
    The Company has non-qualified, deferred compensation plans for
    select groups of management: the Management Plan and
    the Senior Executive Plan. The deferred compensation
    plans allow eligible employees to elect annually to defer up to
    50% of their base annual salary and up to 100% of their annual
    bonus for each calendar year (the Annual Deferral
    Amount). The Company makes matching contributions on
    behalf of each participant in the Senior Executive Plan. The
    Senior Executive Plan provides that the amount of the matching
    contributions is to be determined by the Company in its
    discretion. For 2005, the matching contribution was 3% of a
    participants base salary.
 
    Each participant in either of the deferred compensation plans
    discussed above has at all times a fully vested and
    non-forfeitable interest in each years contribution,
    including interest credited thereto, and in any Company matching
    contributions, if applicable. In connection with a
    participants election to defer an Annual Deferral Amount,
    the participant may also elect to receive a short-term payout,
    equal to the Annual Deferral Amount plus
    
    93
 
 
 
    HERBALIFE
    LTD.
    (FORMERLY WH HOLDINGS (CAYMAN ISLANDS) LTD.)
 
 
    NOTES TO
    CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
    STATEMENTS  (Continued)
    interest. Such amount is payable in two or more years from the
    first day of the year in which the Annual Deferral Amount is
    actually deferred.
 
    In July 2002, the Company adopted an additional deferred
    compensation plan, the (Supplemental Plan). The
    Supplemental Plan allows employees to participate, who are
    highly compensated and who are eligible to participate in the
    Change in Control Plan. The administrative committee that
    manages and administers the plans (the Deferred
    Compensation Committee) allows eligible employees to defer
    up to 100% of their Change in Control Payments.
 
    Each participant in the Supplemental Plan will be deemed to have
    invested in funds that provide a return equal to the short-term
    AFR, within the meaning of the Code. The entire interest of each
    participant in the Supplemental Plan is always fully vested and
    non-forfeitable. In connection with a participants
    election to defer the Change in Control Payment, as defined in
    the Supplemental Plan, the participant may also elect to receive
    a short-term payout, equal to the deferral amount plus earnings,
    which is payable two or more years from the first day of the
    year in which the deferral amount is actually deferred. Subject
    to the short-term payout provision and specified exceptions for
    unforeseeable financial emergencies, a participant may not
    withdraw, without incurring a ten percent (10%) withdrawal
    penalty, all or any portion of his or her account under the
    Supplemental Plan prior to the date that such participant either
    (1) is determined by the Deferred Compensation Committee to
    have incurred permanent and total disability or (2) dies or
    otherwise terminates employment with the Company.
 
    The total deferred compensation expense of the three deferred
    compensation plans net of participant contributions was
    $1.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2003 and
    2004, and $0.9 million for the year ended December 31,
    2005. The total long-term deferred compensation liability under
    the three deferred compensation plans was $13.9 million and
    $15.1 million at December 31, 2004 and 2005,
    respectively.
 
    The deferred compensation plans are unfunded and their benefits
    are paid from the general assets of the Company, except that the
    Company has contributed to a rabbi trust whose
    assets will be used to pay the benefits if the Company remains
    solvent, but can be reached by the Companys creditors if
    the Company becomes insolvent. The value of the assets in the
    rabbi trust was $11.9 million and
    $13.1 million as of December 31, 2004 and 2005,
    respectively. The value of the assets in the irrevocable trust
    was $0.2 million as of December 31, 2004.
 
    The Company has an Executive Retention Plan. The purpose of the
    Executive Retention Plan is to provide financial incentives for
    a select group of management and highly compensated employees of
    the Company to continue to provide services to the Company
    during the period immediately before and immediately after
    Change in Control, as defined in the Executive Retention Plan.
    The Company also established an Executive Retention Trust to
    provide benefits under the Executive Retention Plan. The
    Executive Retention Trust was an irrevocable trust established
    with an institutional trustee. In 2005, the Executive Retention
    Plan trust was terminated. Consequently, there was no balance in
    this trust as of December 31, 2005.
 
    As a result of certain actions by Herbalife Internationals
    Board, the Acquisition was not deemed to be a Change in Control
    under the Executive Retention Plan. Thus, the consummation of
    the Acquisition did not result in the payment of any benefit
    pursuant to the Executive Retention Plan.
 
    |  |  | 
    | 7. | Transactions
    with related parties | 
 
    The Company entered into agreements with Whitney and Golden Gate
    to pay monitoring fees for their services and other fees and
    expenses. Under the monitoring fee agreements, the Company was
    obligated to pay an annual amount of up to $5.0 million,
    but not less than $2.5 million, for an initial period of
    ten years, subject to the provisions in Herbalife
    Internationals credit agreement. On December 1, 2004,
    the Company agreed with Whitney and Golden Gate to terminate the
    monitoring fee agreements in consideration for 0.7 million
    warrants, which were valued at approximately $2.9 million
    using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The entire impact
    of the termination of the monitoring fee agreements was included
    in Selling, General & Administrative expenses in 2004.
    
    94
 
 
 
    HERBALIFE
    LTD.
    (FORMERLY WH HOLDINGS (CAYMAN ISLANDS) LTD.)
 
 
    NOTES TO
    CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
    STATEMENTS  (Continued)
    For the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2004, the Company
    expensed monitoring fees in the amount of $5.0 million and
    $7.5 million, and other expenses of $3.4 million and
    $1.8 million, respectively.
 
    In December 2004, the Company entered into a termination
    agreement with the parties to the Share Purchase Agreement
    executed in connection with the Acquisition. Pursuant to the
    termination agreement, the Share Purchase Agreement and all
    obligations and liabilities of the parties under the Share
    Purchase Agreement were terminated. As consideration for the
    termination of the Share Purchase Agreement, the Company entered
    into a Tax Indemnification Agreement with Whitney and Golden
    Gate, and/or their affiliates, pursuant to which the Company has
    agreed to indemnify each of those parties for the Federal income
    tax liability and any related losses they incur in respect of
    income of Herbalife that is, or would be, includible in the
    gross income of that party for any taxable period under
    Section 951(a) of the Code. Under the terms of the Tax
    Indemnification Agreement, the Company assumes, for this
    purpose, that each indemnified party is a United States
    shareholder as defined in Section 951(b) of the Code.
    The Company does not, however, have any obligation to provide an
    indemnity with respect to any taxes or related losses incurred
    that have been reimbursed under the Share Purchase Agreement.
    The Companys senior credit facility permits the Company to
    pay these tax indemnity payments, but restricts the aggregate
    amount that the Company can pay in any given year to no more
    than $15 million. The Company currently anticipates that no
    amounts will be required to be paid under this agreement for
    2005. As a result of the secondary offering in December 2005 in
    which Whitney and Golden Gate sold approximately
    12.6 million shares, we are no longer a controlled foreign
    corporation. Consequently, for 2006 and thereafter, no payments
    under this agreement will be required.
 
    In 2004, Whitney acquired a 50 percent indirect ownership
    interest in Shuster Laboratories, Inc. (Shuster), a
    provider of product testing and formula development for
    Herbalife. For the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2005,
    total purchases from Shuster were $56,000 and $32,000,
    respectively.
 
    In 2004, Whitney acquired a 50 percent indirect ownership
    interest in TBA Entertainment (TBA), a provider of
    creative services to Herbalife. While there were no services
    provided by TBA in 2004, for the year ended December 31,
    2005 a payment of $5.7 million was made to TBA for services
    relating to the 25th Anniversary Extravaganza, the majority of
    which were reimbursements of Extravaganza expenses paid to third
    parties.
 
    In 2004, Golden Gate acquired a 47 percent ownership
    interest in Leiner Health Products Inc. (Leiner), a
    nutritional manufacturer and supplier of certain Herbalife
    products. For the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2005,
    total purchases from Leiner were $0.5 million and
    $0.1 million, respectively.
 
    In January 2005, Whitney, together with its affiliates, acquired
    a 77 percent ownership interest in Stauber Performance
    Ingredients (Stauber), a value-added distributor of
    bulk specialty nutraceutical ingredients. For the year ended
    December 31, 2005, total purchases from Stauber were
    $1.8 million.
 
 
    The Company is from time to time engaged in routine litigation.
    The Company regularly reviews all pending litigation matters in
    which it is involved and establishes reserves deemed appropriate
    by management for these litigation matters when a probable loss
    estimate can be made.
 
    Herbalife International and certain of its independent
    distributors have been named as defendants in a purported class
    action lawsuit filed February 17, 2005, in the Superior
    Court of California, County of San Francisco, and served on
    Herbalife International on March 14, 2005 (Minton v.
    Herbalife International, et al). The case has been
    transferred to the Los Angeles County Superior Court. The
    plaintiff is challenging the marketing practices of certain
    Herbalife International independent distributors and Herbalife
    International under various state laws prohibiting endless
    chain schemes, insufficient disclosure in assisted
    marketing plans, unfair and deceptive business practices, and
    fraud and deceit. The plaintiff alleges that the Freedom Group
    system operated by certain
    
    95
 
 
 
    HERBALIFE
    LTD.
    (FORMERLY WH HOLDINGS (CAYMAN ISLANDS) LTD.)
 
 
    NOTES TO
    CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
    STATEMENTS  (Continued)
    independent distributors of Herbalife International products
    places too much emphasis on recruiting and encourages
    excessively large purchases of product and promotional materials
    by distributors. The plaintiff also alleges that Freedom Group
    pressured distributors to disseminate misleading promotional
    materials. The plaintiff seeks to hold Herbalife International
    vicariously liable for the actions of its independent
    distributors and is seeking damages and injunctive relief. The
    Company believes that it has meritorious defenses to the suit.
 
    Herbalife International and certain of its distributors have
    been named as defendants in a purported class action lawsuit
    filed July 16, 2003, in the Circuit Court of Ohio County in
    the State of West Virginia (Mey v. Herbalife International,
    Inc., et al). The complaint alleges that certain
    telemarketing practices of certain Herbalife International
    distributors vicariously violate the Telephone Consumer
    Protection Act, or TCPA, and seeks to hold Herbalife
    International liable for the practices of its distributors. More
    specifically, the plaintiffs complaint alleges that
    several of Herbalife Internationals distributors used
    pre-recorded telephone messages and autodialers to contact
    prospective customers in violation of the TCPAs
    prohibition of such practices. Herbalife Internationals
    distributors are independent contractors and if any such
    distributors in fact violated the TCPA they also violated
    Herbalifes policies, which require its distributors to
    comply with all applicable federal, state and local laws. The
    Company believes that it has meritorious defenses to the suit.
 
    As a marketer of dietary and nutritional supplements and other
    products that are ingested by consumers or applied to their
    bodies, the Company has been and is currently, subjected to
    various product liability claims. The effects of these claims to
    date have not been material to the Company, and the reasonably
    possible range of exposure on currently existing claims is not
    material. The Company believes that it has meritorious defenses
    to the allegations contained in the lawsuits. The Company
    currently maintains product liability insurance with an annual
    deductible of $10 million.
 
    Certain of the Companys subsidiaries have been subject to
    tax audits by governmental authorities in their respective
    countries. In certain of these tax audits, governmental
    authorities are proposing that significant amounts of additional
    taxes and related interest and penalties are due. The Company
    and its tax advisors believe that there are substantial defenses
    to their allegations that additional taxes are owed, and the
    Company is vigorously contesting the additional proposed taxes
    and related charges.
 
    These matters may take several years to resolve, and the Company
    cannot be sure of their ultimate resolution. However, it is the
    opinion of management that adverse outcomes, if any, will not
    likely result in a material adverse effect on our financial
    condition and operating results. This opinion is based on the
    belief that any losses suffered in excess of amounts reserved
    would not be material, and that the Company has meritorious
    defenses. Although the Company has reserved an amount that the
    Company believes represents the most likely outcome of the
    resolution of these disputes, if the Company is incorrect in the
    assessment the Company may have to record additional expenses.
 
 
    The total undeclared and unpaid cumulative dividends on
    preferred shares was $32.8 million on December 31,
    2003. On March 8, 2004, the preferred shares were redeemed
    for the original issue price of $183.1 million in addition
    to dividends of $38.5 million and converted into common
    shares on a
    one-to-one
    basis.
 
    The declaration of future dividends is subject to the discretion
    of the Companys board of directors and will depend upon
    various factors, including its earnings, financial condition,
    restrictions imposed by its credit agreement, cash requirements,
    future prospects and other factors deemed relevant by its board
    of directors. The credit agreement permits payments of dividends
    as long as no default exists and the amount does not exceed
    $20.0 million per fiscal year provided that the amount of
    dividends may be increased by 25% of the consolidated net income
    for the prior fiscal year if the Leverage Ratio (as defined in
    its credit agreement) for the four fiscal quarters of such
    fiscal year is less than or equal to 2.00:1.00.
    
    96
 
 
 
    HERBALIFE
    LTD.
    (FORMERLY WH HOLDINGS (CAYMAN ISLANDS) LTD.)
 
 
    NOTES TO
    CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
    STATEMENTS  (Continued)
 
    In December 2004, the Company authorized 7.5 million
    preference shares at $0.002 par value and all of the
    authorized preference shares were unissued. Preference shares
    may be issued from time to time in one or more series, each of
    such series to have such voting powers (full or limited or
    without voting powers), designations, preferences and relative,
    participating, optional or other special rights and
    qualifications, limitations or restrictions.
 
    In December 2004, the Company completed an IPO and offered its
    common shares as part of a series of recapitalization
    transactions in connection with the IPO. See discussion under
    Note 1 to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
    for details on the recapitalization.
 
    The Company had 69.9 million and 68.6 million common
    shares outstanding at December 31, 2005 and 2004,
    respectively, and did not have any common shares outstanding at
    December 31, 2003. The Company has five stock based
    compensation plans which are the WH Holdings (Cayman Islands)
    Ltd. Stock Incentive Plan (the Management Plan), the
    WH Holdings (Cayman Islands) Ltd. Independent Directors Stock
    Incentive Plan (the Independent Directors Plan), the
    Herbalife Ltd. 2004 Incentive Plan (the 2004 Stock
    Incentive Plan), the 2005 Stock Incentive Plan (the
    2005 Stock Incentive Plan) and the Herbalife Ltd.
    Executive Incentive Plan (the Executive Incentive
    Plan). The Management Plan provides for the grant of
    options to purchase common shares of Herbalife to members of the
    Companys management. The Independent Directors Plan
    provides for the grant of options to purchase common shares of
    Herbalife to the Companys independent directors. The 2004
    Stock Incentive Plan is intended to replace the Management Plan
    and the Independent Directors Plan. No additional awards will be
    made under either the Management Plan or the Independent
    Directors Plan. However, the shares remaining available for
    issuance under these plans will be absorbed by and become
    available for issuance under the 2004 Stock Incentive Plan. The
    2005 Stock Incentive Plan authorizes the issuance of
    4.0 million common shares pursuant to awards, plus any
    shares that remain available for issuance under the 2004 Stock
    incentive Plan. The terms of the 2005 Stock Incentive Plan are
    substantially similar to the terms of the 2004 Stock Incentive
    Plan. The purpose of the Executive Incentive Plan is to govern
    the award and payment of annual bonuses to certain Company
    executives.
 
    Taken together, 6.0 million common shares were available
    for grant under the five stock based compensation plans. As of
    December 31, 2005, the Company had granted options net of
    cancellations to acquire approximately 12.3 million common
    shares under the five stock based compensation plans, which
    equals 17.7% of its December 31, 2005 share capital.
    
    97
 
 
 
    HERBALIFE
    LTD.
    (FORMERLY WH HOLDINGS (CAYMAN ISLANDS) LTD.)
 
 
    NOTES TO
    CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
    STATEMENTS  (Continued)
 
    Options outstanding at December 31, 2005, December 31,
    2004 and December 31, 2003 and related option information
    is as follows:
 
    |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  | Herbalife Common
    Shares |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  | Weighted Average 
 |  | 
| 
    2005
 |  | Options |  |  | Exercise Price |  | 
|  |  | (In millions) |  |  |  |  | 
|  | 
| 
    Outstanding at January 1
    
 |  |  | 9.8 |  |  | $ | 9.22 |  | 
| 
    Granted
    
 |  |  | 2.1 |  |  | $ | 18.77 |  | 
| 
    Exercised
    
 |  |  | (1.2 | ) |  | $ | 1.78 |  | 
| 
    Canceled
    
 |  |  | (0.5 | ) |  | $ | 3.41 |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Outstanding at December 31
    
 |  |  | 10.2 |  |  | $ | 12.30 |  | 
| 
    Available for grant at
    December 31
    
 |  |  | 6.0 |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Total reserved shares
    
 |  |  | 16.2 |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Exercisable at December 31
    
 |  |  | 3.8 |  |  | $ | 9.12 |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Option prices per share
    
 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Granted
    
 |  | $ | 14.85-$29.45 |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Exercised
    
 |  | $ | 0.88-$25.00 |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Weighted average fair value of
    options granted during the year
    
 |  |  | $7.62 |  |  |  |  |  | 
 
    |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  | Herbalife Common
    Shares |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  | Weighted Average 
 |  | 
| 
    2004
 |  | Options |  |  | Exercise Price |  | 
|  |  | (In millions) |  |  |  |  | 
|  | 
| 
    Outstanding at January 1
    
 |  |  | 8.8 |  |  | $ | 6.34 |  | 
| 
    Granted
    
 |  |  | 2.8 |  |  | $ | 14.24 |  | 
| 
    Exercised
    
 |  |  | (0.9 | ) |  | $ | 1.97 |  | 
| 
    Canceled
    
 |  |  | (0.9 | ) |  | $ | 3.79 |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Outstanding at December 31
    
 |  |  | 9.8 |  |  | $ | 9.22 |  | 
| 
    Available for grant at
    December 31
    
 |  |  | 3.6 |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Total reserved shares
    
 |  |  | 13.4 |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Exercisable at December 31
    
 |  |  | 2.8 |  |  | $ | 6.25 |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Option prices per share
    
 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Granted
    
 |  | $ | 8.02-$25.00 |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Exercised
    
 |  | $ | 0.88-$9.00 |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Weighted average fair value of
    options granted during the year
    
 |  |  | $3.24 |  |  |  |  |  | 
 
    
    98
 
 
    HERBALIFE
    LTD.
    (FORMERLY WH HOLDINGS (CAYMAN ISLANDS) LTD.)
 
 
    NOTES TO
    CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
    STATEMENTS  (Continued)
    |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  | Herbalife Common
    Shares |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  | Weighted Average 
 |  | 
| 
    2003
 |  | Options |  |  | Exercise Price |  | 
|  |  | (In millions) |  |  |  |  | 
|  | 
| 
    Outstanding at January 1
    
 |  |  | 3.3 |  |  | $ | 2.36 |  | 
| 
    Granted
    
 |  |  | 6.1 |  |  | $ | 8.16 |  | 
| 
    Exercised
    
 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Canceled
    
 |  |  | (0.6 | ) |  | $ | 2.3 |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Outstanding at December 31
    
 |  |  | 8.8 |  |  | $ | 6.34 |  | 
| 
    Available for grant at
    December 31
    
 |  |  | 0.5 |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Total reserved shares
    
 |  |  | 9.3 |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Exercisable at December 31
    
 |  |  | 1.3 |  |  | $ | 2.28 |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Option prices per share
    
 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Granted
    
 |  | $ | 0.88-$24.64 |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Exercised
    
 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Weighted average fair value of
    options granted during the year
    
 |  |  | $0.48 |  |  |  |  |  | 
 
    The following table summarizes information regarding option
    groups outstanding at December 31, 2005:
 
    |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  | Weighted Average 
 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  | Options 
 |  |  | Remaining 
 |  |  | Weighted Average 
 |  |  | Options 
 |  |  | Weighted Average 
 |  | 
| 
    Range of Exercise
    Price
 |  | Outstanding |  |  | Contractual Life |  |  | Exercise Price |  |  | Exercisable |  |  | Exercise Price |  | 
|  |  | (In millions) |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | (In millions) |  |  |  |  | 
|  | 
| 
    $ 0.88-$ 3.52
    
 |  |  | 2.7 |  |  |  | 6.98 |  |  | $ | 2.57 |  |  |  | 1.7 |  |  | $ | 2.47 |  | 
| 
    $ 5.00-$14.00
    
 |  |  | 2.3 |  |  |  | 7.98 |  |  | $ | 9.35 |  |  |  | 1.0 |  |  | $ | 8.69 |  | 
| 
    $14.85-$15.50
    
 |  |  | 2.4 |  |  |  | 9.11 |  |  | $ | 15.25 |  |  |  | 0.2 |  |  | $ | 14.99 |  | 
| 
    $15.78-$24.64
    
 |  |  | 2.2 |  |  |  | 7.88 |  |  | $ | 20.39 |  |  |  | 0.8 |  |  | $ | 20.68 |  | 
| 
    $25.00-$29.45
    
 |  |  | 0.5 |  |  |  | 9.60 |  |  | $ | 28.16 |  |  |  | 0.1 |  |  | $ | 26.82 |  | 
 
    On December 1, 2004, the Company agreed with Whitney and
    GGC Administration, LLC to terminate the monitoring fees
    agreements in consideration for 0.7 million warrants. Each
    warrant gives the holder the ability to purchase one common
    share at a price of $15.50 per share. All of the
    0.7 million warrants were outstanding at December 31,
    2005. The fair value of the warrants granted was $4.11 per
    share, or approximately $2.9 million (included in fourth
    quarter 2004 selling, general and administrative expenses) which
    was determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The
    assumptions used for the valuation include: 30% price
    volatility; 3.72% risk free rate of return; 0% dividend yield
    and 5-year
    expected exercise term.
 
 
    The Company is a network marketing company that sells a wide
    range of weight management products, nutritional supplements and
    personal care products within one industry segment as defined
    under SFAS No. 131, Disclosures about Segments of an
    Enterprise and Related Information. The Companys
    products are manufactured by third party providers and then sold
    to independent distributors who sell Herbalife products to
    retail consumers or other distributors.
 
    The Company sells products in 60 countries throughout the world
    and is organized and managed by geographic region. In the first
    quarter of 2003, the Company elected to aggregate its operating
    segments into one reporting segment, as management believes that
    the Companys operating segments have similar operating
    characteristics
    99
 
 
 
    HERBALIFE
    LTD.
    (FORMERLY WH HOLDINGS (CAYMAN ISLANDS) LTD.)
 
 
    NOTES TO
    CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
    STATEMENTS  (Continued)
    and similar long term operating performance. In making this
    determination, management believes that the operating segments
    are similar in the nature of the products sold, the product
    acquisition process, the types of customers products are sold
    to, the methods used to distribute the products, and the nature
    of the regulatory environment.
 
    Revenues reflect sales of products to distributors based on the
    distributors geographic location. Sales attributed to the
    United States is the same as reported in the geographic
    operating information.
 
    The Companys geographic operating information and sales by
    product line are as follows:
 
    |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  | Year Ended
    December 31, |  | 
|  |  | 2003 |  |  | 2004 |  |  | 2005 |  | 
|  |  | (In millions) |  | 
| 
    Net Sales:
 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    United States
    
 |  |  | 274.9 |  |  | $ | 252.9 |  |  | $ | 284.7 |  | 
| 
    Japan
    
 |  |  | 119.3 |  |  |  | 98.7 |  |  |  | 94.7 |  | 
| 
    Mexico
    
 |  |  | 73.6 |  |  |  | 102.4 |  |  |  | 218.9 |  | 
| 
    Others
    
 |  |  | 691.6 |  |  |  | 855.7 |  |  |  | 968.5 |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Total Net Sales
    
 |  | $ | 1,159.4 |  |  | $ | 1,309.7 |  |  | $ | 1,566.8 |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Operating Margin(1):
 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    United States
    
 |  |  | 121.6 |  |  | $ | 101.9 |  |  | $ | 120.2 |  | 
| 
    Japan
    
 |  |  | 55.8 |  |  |  | 51.9 |  |  |  | 48.0 |  | 
| 
    Mexico
    
 |  |  | 30.8 |  |  |  | 41.7 |  |  |  | 96.8 |  | 
| 
    Others
    
 |  |  | 300.1 |  |  |  | 379.4 |  |  |  | 430.3 |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Total Operating Margin
    
 |  | $ | 508.3 |  |  | $ | 574.9 |  |  | $ | 695.3 |  | 
| 
    Selling, general and
    administrative expense
    
 |  | $ | 401.3 |  |  | $ | 436.2 |  |  | $ | 476.3 |  | 
| 
    Interest expense net
    
 |  |  | 41.5 |  |  |  | 123.3 |  |  |  | 43.9 |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Income before income taxes
    
 |  |  | 65.5 |  |  |  | 15.4 |  |  |  | 175.1 |  | 
| 
    Income taxes
    
 |  |  | 28.7 |  |  |  | 29.7 |  |  |  | 82.0 |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Net Income (loss)
    
 |  | $ | 36.8 |  |  | $ | (14.3 | ) |  | $ | 93.1 |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Net sales by product line:
    
 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Weight management
    
 |  | $ | 500.1 |  |  | $ | 561.1 |  |  | $ | 680.7 |  | 
| 
    Inner nutrition
    
 |  |  | 505.1 |  |  |  | 562.0 |  |  |  | 646.8 |  | 
| 
    Outer
    Nutrition®
    
 |  |  | 105.7 |  |  |  | 123.1 |  |  |  | 163.4 |  | 
| 
    Literature, promotional and
    other(2)
    
 |  |  | 48.5 |  |  |  | 63.5 |  |  |  | 75.9 |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Total Net Sales
    
 |  | $ | 1,159.4 |  |  | $ | 1,309.7 |  |  | $ | 1,566.8 |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Net sales by geographic region:
    
 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Americas
    
 |  | $ | 424.4 |  |  | $ | 468.2 |  |  | $ | 681.7 |  | 
| 
    Europe
    
 |  |  | 448.2 |  |  |  | 536.2 |  |  |  | 545.3 |  | 
| 
    Asia/Pacific Rim (excluding Japan)
    
 |  |  | 167.5 |  |  |  | 206.5 |  |  |  | 245.1 |  | 
| 
    Japan
    
 |  |  | 119.3 |  |  |  | 98.8 |  |  |  | 94.7 |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Total Net Sales
    
 |  | $ | 1,159.4 |  |  | $ | 1,309.7 |  |  | $ | 1,566.8 |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
 
 
    |  |  |  | 
    | (1) |  | Operating margin consists of net sales less cost of sales and
    royalty overrides. | 
|  | 
    | (2) |  | Product buybacks and returns in all product categories are
    included in the literature, promotional and other category. | 
    
    100
 
 
 
    HERBALIFE
    LTD.
    (FORMERLY WH HOLDINGS (CAYMAN ISLANDS) LTD.)
 
 
    NOTES TO
    CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
    STATEMENTS  (Continued)
 
    |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  | 2003 |  |  | 2004 |  |  | 2005 |  | 
|  |  | Year Ended 
 |  |  | Year Ended 
 |  |  | Year Ended 
 |  | 
|  |  | December 31, |  |  | December 31, |  |  | December 31, |  | 
|  |  | (In millions) |  | 
|  | 
| 
    Capital Expenditures:
 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    United States
    
 |  | $ | 17.3 |  |  | $ | 25.5 |  |  | $ | 20.5 |  | 
| 
    Japan
    
 |  |  | 0.2 |  |  |  | 0.1 |  |  |  | 2.6 |  | 
| 
    Mexico
    
 |  |  | 0.2 |  |  |  | 0.5 |  |  |  | 0.8 |  | 
| 
    Others
    
 |  |  | 2.7 |  |  |  | 4.2 |  |  |  | 8.7 |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Total Capital Expenditures
    
 |  | $ | 20.4 |  |  | $ | 30.3 |  |  | $ | 32.6 |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
 
    |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  | December 31, |  | 
|  |  | 2004 |  |  | 2005 |  | 
|  |  | (In millions) |  | 
|  | 
| 
    Total Assets:
 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    United States
    
 |  | $ | 587.8 |  |  | $ | 520.1 |  | 
| 
    Japan
    
 |  |  | 60.3 |  |  |  | 50.8 |  | 
| 
    Mexico
    
 |  |  | 27.5 |  |  |  | 52.5 |  | 
| 
    Others
    
 |  |  | 273.1 |  |  |  | 214.4 |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Total Assets
    
 |  | $ | 948.7 |  |  | $ | 837.8 |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Goodwill:
 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    United States
    
 |  | $ | 46.0 |  |  | $ | 36.8 |  | 
| 
    Japan
    
 |  |  | 22.7 |  |  |  | 18.2 |  | 
| 
    Mexico
    
 |  |  | 10.2 |  |  |  | 8.2 |  | 
| 
    Others
    
 |  |  | 88.6 |  |  |  | 71.0 |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Total Goodwill
    
 |  | $ | 167.5 |  |  | $ | 134.2 |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
 
    As of December 31, 2005, the net property located in the
    U.S. and in all foreign countries was $47.0 million and
    $17.9 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2004, the
    net property located in the U.S. and in all foreign countries
    was $43.2 million and $12.2 million, respectively.
 
    |  |  | 
    | 11. | Derivative
    Instruments and Hedging Activities | 
 
    The Company designates certain derivatives as cash flow hedges.
    The Company engages in a foreign exchange hedging strategy for
    which the hedged transactions are forecasted foreign currency
    denominated intercompany transactions. The hedged risk is the
    variability of the forecasted foreign currency cash flows where
    the hedging strategy involves the purchase of average rate
    options. The Company also engages in an interest rate hedging
    strategy for which the hedged transactions are forecasted
    interest payments on the Companys variable rate term loan.
    The hedged risk is the variability of forecasted interest rate
    cash flows, where the hedging strategy involves the purchase of
    interest rate swaps. As of December 31, 2005, the Company
    did not have any outstanding cash flow hedges on foreign
    exchange exposure. For the outstanding cash flow hedges on
    interest rate exposures at December 31, 2004 and
    December 31, 2005, the maximum length of time over which
    the Company is hedging these exposures is approximately three
    years. The interest rate swap outstanding as of
    December 31, 2005 was accounted for under the shortcut
    method, as defined by SFAS No. 133, which assumes the
    hedge to be perfectively effective. Consequently, all changes in
    the fair value of the derivative are deferred and recorded in
    other
    
    101
 
 
 
    HERBALIFE
    LTD.
    (FORMERLY WH HOLDINGS (CAYMAN ISLANDS) LTD.)
 
 
    NOTES TO
    CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
    STATEMENTS  (Continued)
    comprehensive income (OCI) until the related
    forecasted transaction is recognized in the consolidated
    statements of income. The estimated net amount of existing gains
    expected to be reclassified into earnings over the next
    12 months is $0.1 million. At December 31, 2005,
    the pre-tax OCI balance related to the cash flow hedge was
    $0.2 million ($0.1 million after-tax).
 
    The Company designates certain derivatives as free standing
    derivatives for which hedge accounting does not apply. The
    changes in the fair market value of the derivatives are recorded
    in the Companys statements of income. The Company
    purchases average rate put options, which give the Company the
    right, but not the obligation, to sell foreign currency at a
    specified exchange rate (strike rate). These
    contracts provide protection in the event the foreign currency
    weakens beyond the strike rate. The Company also uses foreign
    currency forward contracts, which give the Company the
    obligation to buy or sell foreign currency at a specified time
    and rate. The contracts are used to protect against changes in
    the functional currency equivalent value of inter-company or
    third party nonfunctional currency payables and receivables. In
    December of 2005, the Company entered into a short term interest
    rate cap agreement, which is not designated under hedge
    accounting. The cap provides protection in the event the
    three month LIBOR rate were to increase beyond 4.75%, and
    is in place, along with the interest rate swap, to fulfill the
    Companys obligation to hedge at least 25% of the term debt
    notional amount. The fair values of the option, forward
    contracts and interest rate cap are based on third-party bank
    quotes.
 
    The following table provides information about the details of
    the Companys option contracts. Certain option contracts
    were designated as cash flow hedges or fair value hedges.
    Certain option contracts were freestanding derivatives.
 
    |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  | Average 
 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Foreign Currency
 |  | Coverage |  |  | Strike Price |  |  | Fair Value |  |  | Maturity Date |  | 
|  |  | (In millions) |  |  |  |  |  | (In millions) |  |  |  |  | 
|  | 
| 
    At December 31,
    2005
 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Purchase Puts (Company may sell
    MXP/buy USD)
    
 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Mexican Peso
    
 |  | $ | 6.0 |  |  |  | 10.53-10.79 |  |  | $ | 0.1 |  |  |  | Jan-Mar 2006 |  | 
| 
    Mexican Peso
    
 |  | $ | 5.5 |  |  |  | 10.64-10.82 |  |  | $ | 0.1 |  |  |  | Apr-Jun 2006 |  | 
| 
    Mexican Peso
    
 |  | $ | 4.5 |  |  |  | 10.74-10.86 |  |  | $ | 0.1 |  |  |  | Jul-Sep 2006 |  | 
| 
    Mexican Peso
    
 |  | $ | 4.0 |  |  |  | 10.78-10.90 |  |  | $ | 0.1 |  |  |  | Oct-Dec 2006 |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  | $ | 20.0 |  |  |  |  |  |  | $ | 0.4 |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
 
    
    102
 
 
    HERBALIFE
    LTD.
    (FORMERLY WH HOLDINGS (CAYMAN ISLANDS) LTD.)
 
 
    NOTES TO
    CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
    STATEMENTS  (Continued)
    |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  | Average 
 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Foreign Currency
 |  | Coverage |  |  | Strike Price |  |  | Fair Value |  |  | Maturity Date |  | 
|  |  | (In millions) |  |  |  |  |  | (In millions) |  |  |  |  | 
|  | 
| 
    At December 31,
    2004
 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Purchase Puts (Company may sell
    yen/buy USD)
    
 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Japanese yen
    
 |  | $ | 4.5 |  |  |  | 102.06-103.43 |  |  | $ | 0.1 |  |  |  | Jan-Mar 2005 |  | 
| 
    Japanese yen
    
 |  |  | 4.5 |  |  |  | 101.31-102.63 |  |  |  | 0.1 |  |  |  | Apr-Jun 2005 |  | 
| 
    Japanese yen
    
 |  |  | 4.5 |  |  |  | 100.52-101.79 |  |  |  | 0.1 |  |  |  | Jul-Sep 2005 |  | 
| 
    Japanese yen
    
 |  |  | 4.5 |  |  |  | 99.70-100.90 |  |  |  | 0.1 |  |  |  | Oct-Dec 2005 |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  | $ | 18.0 |  |  |  |  |  |  | $ | 0.4 |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Purchase Puts (Company may sell
    euro/buy USD)
    
 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Euro
    
 |  | $ | 10.2 |  |  |  | 1.31-1.35 |  |  | $ |  |  |  |  | Jan-Mar 2005 |  | 
| 
    Euro
    
 |  |  | 10.2 |  |  |  | 1.32-1.35 |  |  |  | 0.1 |  |  |  | Apr-Jun 2005 |  | 
| 
    Euro
    
 |  |  | 10.2 |  |  |  | 1.31-1.36 |  |  |  | 0.2 |  |  |  | Jul-Sep 2005 |  | 
| 
    Euro
    
 |  |  | 10.2 |  |  |  | 1.32-1.36 |  |  |  | 0.3 |  |  |  | Oct-Dec 2005 |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  | $ | 40.8 |  |  |  |  |  |  | $ | 0.6 |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
 
    Foreign exchange forward contracts are also used to hedge
    advances between subsidiaries. The objective of these contracts
    is to neutralize the impact of foreign currency movements on the
    subsidiarys operating results. The fair value of forward
    contracts is based on third-party bank quotes.
    103
 
 
 
    HERBALIFE
    LTD.
    (FORMERLY WH HOLDINGS (CAYMAN ISLANDS) LTD.)
 
 
    NOTES TO
    CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
    STATEMENTS  (Continued)
 
    The tables below describe the forward contracts that were
    outstanding as of the dates indicated. All forward contracts
    were freestanding derivatives.
 
    |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  | Contract 
 |  |  | Forward 
 |  |  | Maturity 
 |  |  | Contract 
 |  |  | Fair 
 |  | 
| 
    Foreign Currency
 |  | Date |  |  | Position |  |  | Date |  |  | Rate |  |  | Value |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  | (In millions) |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | (In millions) |  | 
|  | 
| 
    At December 31,
    2005
 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Buy SEK sell USD
    
 |  |  | 12/28/05 |  |  | $ | 2.3 |  |  |  | 1/31/06 |  |  |  | 7.93 |  |  | $ | 2.3 |  | 
| 
    Buy EUR sell USD
    
 |  |  | 12/28/05 |  |  | $ | 0.9 |  |  |  | 1/31/06 |  |  |  | 1.19 |  |  | $ | 0.9 |  | 
| 
    Buy GBP sell USD
    
 |  |  | 12/28/05 |  |  | $ | 3.1 |  |  |  | 1/31/06 |  |  |  | 1.72 |  |  | $ | 3.1 |  | 
| 
    Buy KRW sell USD
    
 |  |  | 12/28/05 |  |  | $ | 6.0 |  |  |  | 1/31/06 |  |  |  | 1,012.05 |  |  | $ | 6.0 |  | 
| 
    Buy JPY sell USD
    
 |  |  | 12/28/05 |  |  | $ | 4.1 |  |  |  | 1/31/06 |  |  |  | 117.39 |  |  | $ | 4.1 |  | 
| 
    Buy CNY sell USD
    
 |  |  | 12/28/05 |  |  | $ | 15.0 |  |  |  | 1/31/06 |  |  |  | 8.03 |  |  | $ | 15.0 |  | 
| 
    Buy INR sell USD
    
 |  |  | 12/28/05 |  |  | $ | 5.3 |  |  |  | 1/31/06 |  |  |  | 45.34 |  |  | $ | 5.3 |  | 
| 
    Buy CAD sell Euro
    
 |  |  | 12/30/05 |  |  | $ | 1.5 |  |  |  | 1/31/06 |  |  |  | 1.38 |  |  | $ | 1.5 |  | 
| 
    Buy NZD sell Euro
    
 |  |  | 12/30/05 |  |  | $ | 0.7 |  |  |  | 1/31/06 |  |  |  | 1.75 |  |  | $ | 0.7 |  | 
| 
    Buy AUD sell Euro
    
 |  |  | 12/30/05 |  |  | $ | 0.7 |  |  |  | 1/31/06 |  |  |  | 1.63 |  |  | $ | 0.7 |  | 
| 
    Buy TWD sell Euro
    
 |  |  | 12/30/05 |  |  | $ | 3.3 |  |  |  | 1/31/06 |  |  |  | 39.15 |  |  | $ | 3.4 |  | 
| 
    Buy USD sell Euro
    
 |  |  | 12/30/05 |  |  | $ | 0.7 |  |  |  | 1/31/06 |  |  |  | 1.19 |  |  | $ | 0.7 |  | 
| 
    Buy NOK sell Euro
    
 |  |  | 12/30/05 |  |  | $ | 1.5 |  |  |  | 1/31/06 |  |  |  | 8.05 |  |  | $ | 1.5 |  | 
| 
    Buy DKK sell Euro
    
 |  |  | 12/30/05 |  |  | $ | 1.3 |  |  |  | 1/31/06 |  |  |  | 7.46 |  |  | $ | 1.3 |  | 
| 
    Buy PLN sell Euro
    
 |  |  | 12/30/05 |  |  | $ | 0.8 |  |  |  | 1/31/06 |  |  |  | 3.84 |  |  | $ | 0.8 |  | 
| 
    Buy Euro sell USD
    
 |  |  | 12/30/05 |  |  | $ | 13.4 |  |  |  | 1/31/06 |  |  |  | 1.19 |  |  | $ | 13.7 |  | 
| 
    Buy HUF sell Euro
    
 |  |  | 12/30/05 |  |  | $ | 0.8 |  |  |  | 1/31/06 |  |  |  | 252.83 |  |  | $ | 0.8 |  | 
| 
    Buy EUR sell USD
    
 |  |  | 12/28/05 |  |  | $ | 9.5 |  |  |  | 1/31/06 |  |  |  | 1.19 |  |  | $ | 9.5 |  | 
| 
    Buy Euro sell SEK
    
 |  |  | 12/28/05 |  |  | $ | 0.6 |  |  |  | 1/31/06 |  |  |  | 9.42 |  |  | $ | 0.6 |  | 
| 
    Buy YEN sell CHF
    
 |  |  | 12/28/05 |  |  | $ | 22.6 |  |  |  | 1/31/06 |  |  |  | 89.40 |  |  | $ | 22.5 |  | 
| 
    Buy Euro sell GBP
    
 |  |  | 12/28/05 |  |  | $ | 0.8 |  |  |  | 1/31/06 |  |  |  | 0.69 |  |  | $ | 0.8 |  | 
 
    
    104
 
 
    HERBALIFE
    LTD.
    (FORMERLY WH HOLDINGS (CAYMAN ISLANDS) LTD.)
 
 
    NOTES TO
    CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
    STATEMENTS  (Continued)
    |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  | Contract 
 |  |  | Forward 
 |  |  | Maturity 
 |  |  | Contract 
 |  |  | Fair 
 |  | 
| 
    Foreign Currency
 |  | Date |  |  | Position |  |  | Date |  |  | Rate |  |  | Value |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  | (In millions) |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | (In millions) |  | 
|  | 
| 
    At December 31,
    2004
 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Buy EUR sell USD
    
 |  |  | 12/22/04 |  |  | $ | 3.4 |  |  |  | 1/24/05 |  |  |  | 1.34 |  |  | $ | 3.5 |  | 
| 
    Buy GBP sell USD
    
 |  |  | 12/22/04 |  |  | $ | 3.4 |  |  |  | 1/24/05 |  |  |  | 1.91 |  |  | $ | 3.5 |  | 
| 
    Buy JPY sell USD
    
 |  |  | 12/22/04 |  |  | $ | 24.1 |  |  |  | 1/24/05 |  |  |  | 104.00 |  |  | $ | 24.5 |  | 
| 
    Buy SEK sell USD
    
 |  |  | 12/22/04 |  |  | $ | 3.0 |  |  |  | 1/24/05 |  |  |  | 6.74 |  |  | $ | 3.0 |  | 
| 
    Buy Euro sell Rouble
    
 |  |  | 12/23/04 |  |  | $ | 1.3 |  |  |  | 1/24/05 |  |  |  | 37.74 |  |  | $ | 1.3 |  | 
| 
    Buy MXP sell EURO
    
 |  |  | 12/06/04 |  |  | $ | 10.2 |  |  |  | 1/5/05 |  |  |  | 15.02 |  |  | $ | 10.1 |  | 
| 
    Buy DKK sell EURO
    
 |  |  | 12/06/04 |  |  | $ | 0.4 |  |  |  | 1/5/05 |  |  |  | 7.43 |  |  | $ | 0.4 |  | 
| 
    Buy AUD sell EURO
    
 |  |  | 12/06/04 |  |  | $ | 2.7 |  |  |  | 1/5/05 |  |  |  | 1.74 |  |  | $ | 2.7 |  | 
| 
    Buy NOK sell EURO
    
 |  |  | 12/06/04 |  |  | $ | 1.8 |  |  |  | 1/5/05 |  |  |  | 8.15 |  |  | $ | 1.8 |  | 
| 
    Buy TWD sell EURO
    
 |  |  | 12/06/04 |  |  | $ | 1.1 |  |  |  | 1/5/05 |  |  |  | 42.94 |  |  | $ | 1.1 |  | 
| 
    Buy CAD sell EURO
    
 |  |  | 12/21/04 |  |  | $ | 1.5 |  |  |  | 1/7/05 |  |  |  | 1.64 |  |  | $ | 1.5 |  | 
| 
    Buy NZD sell EURO
    
 |  |  | 12/21/04 |  |  | $ | 0.4 |  |  |  | 1/7/05 |  |  |  | 1.88 |  |  | $ | 0.4 |  | 
 
    All foreign subsidiaries excluding those operating in
    hyper-inflationary environments designate their local currencies
    as their functional currency. At year end, the total amount of
    cash held by foreign subsidiaries primarily in Japan, Brazil,
    Mexico and Korea was $62.7 million, of which
    $4.5 million was maintained or invested in
    U.S. dollars.
 
    The interest rate caps and swaps are used to hedge the interest
    rate exposure on the variable interest rate term loan. The table
    below describes the interest rate caps and swaps that were
    outstanding:
 
    |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  | Notional 
 |  |  | Cap/Swap 
 |  |  | Fair 
 |  |  | Maturity 
 |  | 
| 
    Interest Rate
 |  | Amount |  |  | Rate |  |  | Value |  |  | Date |  | 
|  |  | (In millions) |  |  |  |  |  | (In millions) |  |  |  |  | 
|  | 
| 
    At December 31,
    2005
 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Interest Rate Cap
    
 |  | $ | 2.5 |  |  |  | 4.75 | % |  | $ |  |  |  |  | 1/31/2006 |  | 
| 
    Interest Rate Swap
    
 |  | $ | 20.0 |  |  |  | 4.23 | % |  | $ | 0.2 |  |  |  | 1/28/2008 |  | 
 
 
    The components of income before income taxes are (in millions):
 
    |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  | Year Ended 
 |  | 
|  |  | December 31, |  | 
|  |  | 2003 |  |  | 2004 |  |  | 2005 |  | 
|  | 
| 
    Domestic
    
 |  | $ | 14.9 |  |  | $ | (9.5 | ) |  | $ | 166.0 |  | 
| 
    Foreign
    
 |  |  | 50.7 |  |  |  | 24.9 |  |  |  | 9.1 |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  | $ | 65.6 |  |  | $ | 15.4 |  |  | $ | 175.1 |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
    105
 
 
 
    HERBALIFE
    LTD.
    (FORMERLY WH HOLDINGS (CAYMAN ISLANDS) LTD.)
 
 
    NOTES TO
    CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
    STATEMENTS  (Continued)
 
    Income taxes are as follows (in millions):
 
    |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  | Year Ended
    December 31, |  | 
|  |  | 2003 |  |  | 2004 |  |  | 2005 |  | 
|  | 
| 
    Current:
 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Foreign
    
 |  | $ | 24.7 |  |  | $ | 22.0 |  |  | $ | 34.1 |  | 
| 
    Federal
    
 |  |  | 14.5 |  |  |  | 2.4 |  |  |  | 26.2 |  | 
| 
    State
    
 |  |  | 1.7 |  |  |  | 1.7 |  |  |  | 5.3 |  | 
| 
    Deferred:
 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Foreign
    
 |  |  | (4.3 | ) |  |  | 3.6 |  |  |  | (14.9 | ) | 
| 
    Federal
    
 |  |  | (8.2 | ) |  |  | 1.1 |  |  |  | 31.9 |  | 
| 
    State
    
 |  |  | 0.3 |  |  |  | (1.1 | ) |  |  | (0.6 | ) | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  | $ | 28.7 |  |  | $ | 29.7 |  |  | $ | 82.0 |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
 
    The tax effects of temporary differences which gave rise to
    deferred income tax assets and liabilities are as follows (in
    millions):
 
    |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  | Year Ended 
 |  | 
|  |  | December 31, |  | 
|  |  | 2004 |  |  | 2005 |  | 
|  | 
| 
    Deferred income tax
    assets:
 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Accruals not currently deductible
    
 |  | $ | 23.3 |  |  | $ | 19.8 |  | 
| 
    Foreign tax credits and tax loss
    carryforwards of certain foreign subsidiaries
    
 |  |  | 54.2 |  |  |  | 9.4 |  | 
| 
    Depreciation/amortization
    
 |  |  |  |  |  |  | 6.2 |  | 
| 
    Deferred compensation plan
    
 |  |  | 5.4 |  |  |  | 2.0 |  | 
| 
    Deferred interest expense
    
 |  |  | 5.7 |  |  |  | 3.2 |  | 
| 
    Accrued state income taxes
    
 |  |  |  |  |  |  | 4.7 |  | 
| 
    Accrued vacation
    
 |  |  | 1.6 |  |  |  | 0.1 |  | 
| 
    Other
    
 |  |  |  |  |  |  | 7.7 |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Gross deferred income tax assets
    
 |  |  | 90.2 |  |  |  | 53.1 |  | 
| 
    Less: valuation allowance
    
 |  |  | (54.2 | ) |  |  | (6.7 | ) | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Net deferred income tax assets
    
 |  | $ | 36.0 |  |  | $ | 46.4 |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Deferred income tax
    liabilities:
 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Intangible assets
    
 |  | $ | 130.5 |  |  | $ | 123.8 |  | 
| 
    Inventory deductibles
    
 |  |  | 6.1 |  |  |  | 2.7 |  | 
| 
    Unrealized foreign exchange
    
 |  |  | 6.1 |  |  |  | 3.1 |  | 
| 
    Other
    
 |  |  | 1.8 |  |  |  | 5.9 |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  | $ | 144.5 |  |  | $ | 135.5 |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Net
    
 |  | $ | (108.5 | ) |  | $ | (89.1 | ) | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
 
    At December 31, 2005, the Companys deferred income
    tax asset for foreign net operating loss carry-forwards of
    certain foreign subsidiaries of $9.4 million was reduced by
    a valuation allowance of $6.7 million. If tax benefits are
    recognized in the future through reduction of the valuation
    allowance, $0.1 million of such benefits will be allocated
    to reduce goodwill.
    
    106
 
 
 
    HERBALIFE
    LTD.
    (FORMERLY WH HOLDINGS (CAYMAN ISLANDS) LTD.)
 
 
    NOTES TO
    CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
    STATEMENTS  (Continued)
 
    During 2005, the Company recorded a decrease in the valuation
    allowance of $47.5 million. Of this decrease,
    $33.1 million was allocated to reduce goodwill as the
    valuation allowance related to preacquisition carryover
    attributes. The decrease was primarily due to increased actual
    and forecast foreign source income from operations.
 
    During 2005, the Company recorded a deferred tax liability of
    $3.0 million in connection with foreign currency
    translation. The total deferred tax liability at
    December 31, 2005, relating to accumulated comprehensive
    income was $3.1 million.
 
    The net foreign operating loss carry-forwards of
    $26.5 million expire in varying amounts between 2006 and
    indefinitely. The foreign tax credit carry-forwards expire in
    varying amounts between 2010 and 2013. Realization of the income
    tax carry-forwards is dependent on generating sufficient taxable
    income prior to expiration of the carry-forwards. Although
    realization is not assured, management believes it is more
    likely than not that the net carrying value of the income tax
    carry-forwards will be realized. The amount of the income tax
    carry-forwards that is considered realizable, however, could be
    reduced if estimates of future taxable income during the
    carry-forward period are reduced.
 
    Deferred income taxes of $1.1 million have been provided on
    the undistributed earnings of
    non-U.S. subsidiaries
    that are not expected to be permanently reinvested in such
    subsidiaries.
 
    The applicable statutory rate in the Cayman Islands was zero for
    Herbalife Ltd. for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004
    and 2003. For purposes of the reconciliation between provision
    for income taxes at the statutory and the effective tax rate, a
    national U.S. 35% rate is applied as follows:
 
    |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  | Year Ended
    December 31, |  | 
|  |  | 2003 |  |  | 2004 |  |  | 2005 |  | 
|  |  | (In millions) |  | 
|  | 
| 
    Tax expense at United States
    statutory rate
    
 |  | $ | 22.9 |  |  | $ | 5.4 |  |  | $ | 61.3 |  | 
| 
    Increase (decrease) in tax
    resulting from:
    
 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Differences between U.S. and
    foreign tax rates on foreign income, including withholding taxes
    
 |  |  | 3.9 |  |  |  | 18.5 |  |  |  | 16.5 |  | 
| 
    U.S. tax on foreign income
    and foreign tax credits
    
 |  |  | 4.3 |  |  |  | 4.1 |  |  |  | 3.7 |  | 
| 
    Increase (decrease) in valuation
    allowances
    
 |  |  | 7.7 |  |  |  | 3.8 |  |  |  | (14.5 | ) | 
| 
    State taxes, net of federal benefit
    
 |  |  | 1.3 |  |  |  | 0.5 |  |  |  | 3.6 |  | 
| 
    Intercompany sale of branch
    
 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 5.5 |  | 
| 
    Extraterritorial income exclusion
    
 |  |  | (10.6 | ) |  |  | (3.2 | ) |  |  | (5.6 | ) | 
| 
    Non-deductible expenses
    
 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 4.8 |  | 
| 
    Other
    
 |  |  | (0.8 | ) |  |  | 0.6 |  |  |  | 6.7 |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Total
    
 |  | $ | 28.7 |  |  | $ | 29.7 |  |  | $ | 82.0 |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
 
    |  |  | 
    | 13. | Restructuring
    Reserve | 
 
    As of the date of the Acquisition, the Company began to assess
    and formulate a plan to reduce costs of the business and
    recorded a severance and restructuring accrual as part of the
    cost of the Acquisition. The accrued severance is for employees
    including executives, corporate functions and administrative
    support that were identified at the time of the Acquisition.
    Actions required by the plan of termination began immediately
    after consummation of the transaction. The balance of the
    restructuring reserve at December 31, 2005, was zero.
    
    107
 
 
 
    HERBALIFE
    LTD.
    (FORMERLY WH HOLDINGS (CAYMAN ISLANDS) LTD.)
 
 
    NOTES TO
    CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
    STATEMENTS  (Continued)
 
    The following table summarizes the activity in the
    Companys restructuring accrual subsequent to July 31,
    2002 during each of the years in the three years ended
    December 31, 2005 (in millions):
 
    |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  | January 1, 
 |  |  | January 1, 
 |  |  | January 1, 
 |  | 
|  |  | 2003 to 
 |  |  | 2004 to 
 |  |  | 2005 to 
 |  | 
|  |  | December 31, 
 |  |  | December 31, 
 |  |  | December 31, 
 |  | 
|  |  | 2003 |  |  | 2004 |  |  | 2005 |  | 
|  | 
| 
    Beginning balance
    
 |  | $ | 8.7 |  |  | $ | 2.5 |  |  | $ | 0.7 |  | 
| 
    Reduction of accrual
    
 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | (0.4 | ) | 
| 
    Payments made
    
 |  |  | (6.2 | ) |  |  | (1.8 | ) |  |  | (0.3 | ) | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  | $ | 2.5 |  |  | $ | 0.7 |  |  | $ | 0.0 |  | 
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
 
    |  |  | 
    | 14. | Quarterly
    Information (Unaudited) | 
 
    |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
|  |  | 2004 |  |  | 2005 |  | 
|  |  | (In millions, except per share
    data) |  | 
|  | 
| 
    First Quarter Ended
    March 31
 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Net sales
    
 |  | $ | 324.1 |  |  | $ | 372.1 |  | 
| 
    Gross profit
    
 |  |  | 260.4 |  |  |  | 296.3 |  | 
| 
    Net income (loss)
    
 |  |  | (0.5 | ) |  |  | 13.3 |  | 
| 
    Earnings (loss) per share
    
 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Basic
    
 |  | $ | (0.01 | ) |  | $ | 0.19 |  | 
| 
    Diluted
    
 |  | $ | (0.01 | ) |  | $ | 0.19 |  | 
| 
    Second Quarter Ended
    June 30
 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Net sales
    
 |  | $ | 324.2 |  |  | $ | 384.7 |  | 
| 
    Gross profit
    
 |  |  | 257.9 |  |  |  | 307.3 |  | 
| 
    Net income
    
 |  |  | 12.1 |  |  |  | 22.8 |  | 
| 
    Earnings per share
    
 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Basic
    
 |  | $ | 0.23 |  |  | $ | 0.33 |  | 
| 
    Diluted
    
 |  | $ | 0.22 |  |  | $ | 0.32 |  | 
| 
    Third Quarter Ended
    September 30
 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Net sales
    
 |  | $ | 319.8 |  |  | $ | 401.0 |  | 
| 
    Gross profit
    
 |  |  | 250.8 |  |  |  | 321.5 |  | 
| 
    Net income
    
 |  |  | 11.5 |  |  |  | 27.1 |  | 
| 
    Earnings per share
    
 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Basic
    
 |  | $ | 0.22 |  |  | $ | 0.39 |  | 
| 
    Diluted
    
 |  | $ | 0.21 |  |  | $ | 0.37 |  | 
| 
    Fourth Quarter Ended
    December 31
 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Net sales
    
 |  | $ | 341.6 |  |  | $ | 409.0 |  | 
| 
    Gross profit
    
 |  |  | 270.7 |  |  |  | 325.9 |  | 
| 
    Net income (loss)
    
 |  |  | (37.4 | ) |  |  | 30.0 |  | 
| 
    Earnings (loss) per share
    
 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Basic
    
 |  | $ | (0.68 | ) |  | $ | 0.43 |  | 
| 
    Diluted
    
 |  | $ | (0.68 | ) |  | $ | 0.41 |  | 
    
    108
 
 
 
    SIGNATURES
 
    Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the
    Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused
    this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned,
    thereto duly authorized.
 
    HERBALIFE Ltd.
 
    Richard Goudis
    Chief Financial Officer
 
    Dated: February 28, 2006
 
    Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of
    1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons
    on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the
    date indicated.
 
    |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Signature
 |  | 
    Title
 |  | 
    Date
 | 
|  | 
| /s/  MICHAEL O.
    JOHNSON Michael
    O. Johnson
 |  | Chief Executive Officer, Director
    (Principal Executive Offices) |  | February 28, 2006 | 
|  |  |  |  |  | 
| /s/  RICHARD GOUDIS Richard
    Goudis
 |  | Chief Financial Officer (Principal
    Financial Officer) |  | February 28, 2006 | 
|  |  |  |  |  | 
| /s/  DAVID PEZZULLO David
    Pezzullo
 |  | Chief Accounting Officer
    (Principal Accounting Officer) |  | February 28, 2006 | 
|  |  |  |  |  | 
| /s/  PETER CASTLEMAN Peter
    Castleman
 |  | Director, Chairman of the Board |  | February 28, 2006 | 
|  |  |  |  |  | 
| /s/  KEN DIEKROEGER Ken
    Diekroeger
 |  | Director |  | February 28, 2006 | 
|  |  |  |  |  | 
| /s/  JAMES FORDYCE James
    Fordyce
 |  | Director |  | February 28, 2006 | 
|  |  |  |  |  | 
| /s/  JESSE ROGERS Jesse
    Rogers
 |  | Director |  | February 28, 2006 | 
|  |  |  |  |  | 
| /s/  CHARLES ORR Charles
    Orr
 |  | Director |  | February 28, 2006 | 
|  |  |  |  |  | 
| /s/  PETER MASLEN Peter
    Maslen
 |  | Director |  | February 28, 2006 | 
|  |  |  |  |  | 
| /s/  RICHARD
    BERMINGHAM Richard
    Bermingham
 |  | Director |  | February 28, 2006 | 
    
    109
 
 
    |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
| 
    Signature
 |  | 
    Title
 |  | 
    Date
 | 
|  | 
|  |  |  |  |  | 
| /s/  LEROY BARNES Leroy
    Barnes
 |  | Director |  | February 28, 2006 | 
|  |  |  |  |  | 
| /s/  LEON WAISBEIN Leon
    Waisbein
 |  | Director |  | February 28, 2006 | 
|  |  |  |  |  | 
| /s/  JOHN TARTOL John
    Tartol
 |  | Director |  | February 28, 2006 | 
    110